Home

Help Manual - 1099 Pro Wiki

1. 5 A Step 1 Tag all filers to use in this Print run Use the tag buttons or your mouse to select as many Filers as you need then press the Proceed button to continue Curent View By Paper Code TI zi Tag Payer Code f TIN Location Name 0 Namne 2 RO uel Land Now you will be shown how many recipients will have forms printed for them once you have confirmed this is the correct amount click on the Next button to continue I E 5 A 5 A Getting Ready to Print your 1099 MISC forms These tips and instructions wil help you to get started with the Print Vizard Total selected Recipients 12 D In cases where there is additional information and help available for a topic you will 2 see a Help button like this one next to it Click on the button to view the special help D We highly recommend that you run a Control Totals Report for this form type before printing any forms so that you can verify that all information and amounts are correct Important dates for this tax year D Original copies for your recipients must be mailed on or before January 31 2008 D Original red IRS Copy A must be mailed to the IRS on or before February 29 2008 D For corrections the IRS requests that you provide copies as soon a possible Click on the Next button to begin the wizard If you wish to go back to a previous step you can press the Back button at any tine Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Pressure Sea
2. Wa Use Form W 9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification to request a recipient s TIN if the recipient is a U S person or U S resident alien If the recipient is a foreign person use the appropriate Form W 8 See How to Create a W9 Request in the software Warnings See Errors and Warnings Web Updates The Check for Updates feature uses the Internet to check the 1099 Pro Inc update servers for a newer version of this program Instead of running the full Web Update procedure from your Windows Start gt Programs menu you can now quickly check for updates from within 1099 Pro or even have the program automatically check for you If there is a new version a message will pop up to display the new version and a one line summary of what is included in the update Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 352 1099 Pro 2011 36 1 250 rule Rule of 250 The Rule of 250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those forms electronically Failure to do so may resultin fines of up to 50 per form If you are not signed up for the IRS FIRE system or do not wish to do so our SAS 70 TYPE II Service Bureau offers electronic filing services Please call us at 866 444 3559 to schedule an appointment and obtain pricing Please see the excerpts below from the IRS General Instructions for Forms 1099 1098 5498 and W 2G 1099 Informational Returns Electronic reporting may be required for filing all
3. Access for One User Select this query and then click Select User to Show to pick a user or click Show Records with No Users for any records with an unknown user All Special Events Details every time Security or Audit Trails are enabled and disabled Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _ 1080 Proe 2011 11 2 Purge Logon Records The Security Access Log tracks all attempts to open 1099 Pro If the log becomes so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised older records may be purged When purging records ONLY successful log on s are deleted To purge logon records 1 On the menu bar click File and Security and Administration 2 Atthe Administration screen click Manage Security Access Logs 3 Atthe Browse amp Manage the Security Access Log screen click the Purge Logon Records button 4 The Purge Audit History screen allows the user to indicate the date PRIOR to which logon records are purged Modify this date as necessary 5 Click Begin to start deleting records A warning screen reminds that all deletions are permanent Click Start Deleting to continue or Cancel to abort All purge attempts are permanently recorded in the log Backup Data Backup Data The 1099 Pro Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip format By default 1099 Pro prompts for a daily backup Remember it s smart to backup your data on a regular basis If a problem occurs and d
4. Note The filing state on the record being printed must be Puerto Rico otherwise the following option will not appear 14 Click the printed form type that you would like and click Print Now button to begin the print process Assigning a Printed Status Assigning a Printed Status Select this option after printing and approving all copies of these records including Copy A These records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a 1096 transmittal or electronic file Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 257 Kl Print Status Overview 26 7 Field Sizes Field Sizes Listed below are the maximum number of characters that will print in the respective field In some fields 1099 Pro may allow the entry of more characters than will actually print The maximum printable characters is assumed numeric unless otherwise stated Some field sizes are dependent on the selected address type USA Canada or Other foreign not Canada Filer Data Location Code Establishment No 4 Filer Name 36 Filer Name 2 36 Address 1 36 Address 2 36 State 2 ZIP 9 Department 6 Contact Name 24 Phone Number 10 Extension 5 RTN 9 Fax Number 10 Recipient Data If using an SSN Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ase 1099 Proo 2011 First Name 40 Last Name 40 Name Line 2 40 If using an EIN Company 40 Name Line 2 40 State ID Numbers State Abbreviation 2 State ID Number
5. Reset to Pending Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 265 To resetthis status for a print session go to Reports Print Sessions highlight the print session and click the Reset Session button Shortcut 1099 Pro includes a shortcut to assign pending records a printed status without actually printing the records To update records to a printed status without physically printing any paper Generate a false printing session 1 Follow the Print Wizard instructions through steps 1 4 2 Atstep 5 select Preprinted forms as your paper type and do NOT select any copies to print 3 Use the Next button to continue through the Print Wizard 4 Atthe Print Summary screen the Print Wizard will warn you that no copies have been selected to print Click OK to proceed and click the Print button 5 Atthe Are these forms ready to send to the IRS screen select I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms These records are assigned a printed status 26 12 Printing Tax Forms Wizard Printing Tax Forms Wizard To print forms 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Printing Tax Forms screen choose the method to select pending forms for print All pending forms for the current filer default selection All pending forms for all filers Manually select forms for the current filer thi
6. 12 Next you may optionally specify a default file name for the files that will be imported using this map Processing Options for Tax Form Imports Note This is a Corporate Suite ASP Feature ONLY 13 Select the type of data processing that will be applied when your import is performed e Standard All forms are added as individual records regardless of whether other forms may exist in the system for the same recipient e Transactional If existing forms are found for a recipient that match the form matching rules configured at the time of import the new information will update the existing record and be added as a transaction for that record Non matching forms are added as new e Year To Date Transactions are added to existing tax forms to reflect the new YTD amounts and Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 225 information Existing forms that are not included in the YTD import will be flagged as zero drop candidates if the zero drop option is enabled e Replacement This feature is currently unavailable 1099 Pro Fixed Length Import Wizard Specify how the Import will affect existing Tax Forms These options let you specity whether new information wil update existing forms or replace them D Select the type of data processing that will be applied when this type of import is performed Processing Options for Tax Form imports Standard All Tax Forms are added as individual records independent of all other forms
7. 2 Atthe Administration screen click Purge Audit Trail Records 3 Atthe Purge Tax Data Audit Trail Record screen all records prior to the selected date are deleted Modify this date as necessary 4 Click Begin to start deleting records Awarning screen reminds that all deletions are permanent Click Start Deleting to continue or Cancel to abort Record History Record History The Record History screen displays audit trail information for the selected tax form and is available to all Access Groups Alimited version of the Master Audit Trail Browser this screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record Cascading updates are not reflected MI if Record History does not reflect a known change to a tax form Audit Trails are or were disabled To learn more See Viewing Record History and Enabling amp Disabling Audit Trails Turn Audit Trails On Off Turn Audit Trails On Off Disable Audit Trails only if speed performance is critical to the user By disabling this feature tax form changes are not tracked AND the Record History screen is automatically disabled To turn audit trails On Off 1 On the menu bar click File and Security and Administration 2 The Administration screen indicates if Audit Trails are on or off Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Audit Trails 129 Click Activate Audit Trails to turn on functionality Click Turn OFF Audit Trails to turn off functionality To view record history At t
8. Each record must be 750 positions T Record A Record pepe paa a of Identifies the Payer the institution or person making payments the type of document being reported amp other misc info MA Sed gust A Ze BL B By Se ER B Record VR ah BY CHKA Identifies the K Record SY ANY SY Payee the Summary of State s Totals C Record A specific for Combined Federal Zen State files Each state will ee oe B peme have a separate K record money amounts by amounts and B i A payer and typeof B info pertinent to return lt that form F Record Note When generating State files K records will be generated if you have checked the Combined Federal State Filing Program CFS for the Filer and if the form type is in the CFS program i e DIV G INT MISC OID PATR R 5498 K records will only be generated for states that participate in the combined program Use of the Category option can result in multiple K records if the Filer amp Form Type are in the CFS program Filers where you opt out of the CFS will not have K records To change the variable for the CFS click on File then Filers list and double click on the Filer to change any parameters If you have state withholding or if you use the category field you may generate multiple K records To suppress K records consider opting out of the CFS before generating files for states that do not participate in the CFS program 19 4 Loading and Viewing Fi
9. c Incorrect code in the distribution code field in the Payee B Record d Incorrect payee address e Incorrect payee indicator These errors require only one return to make the correction Caution If you must correct a TIN and or name and address follow the instructions under Error 2 Correcting an Error Type 1 A Form 1098 1099 5498 or W 2G 1 Prepare a new information return 2 Enter an X in the CORRECTED box and date optional at the top of the form 3 Correct any recipient information such as money amounts and address Report other information as per original return B Form 1096 1 Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096 2 Provide all requested information on the form as it applies to Part A 1 and 2 3 File form 1096 and Copy A of the return with the appropriate service center Do not include a copy of the original return that was filed incorrectly Error Type 2 Two 2 separate transactions are required to make the following corrections properly Follow the directions for both Transactions 1 and 2 See Note 2 DO NOT use the two step correction process to correct money amounts a No payee TIN SSN ITIN or EIN b Incorrect payee TIN c Incorrect payee name and address d Wrong type of return indicator for example a Form1099 DIV was filed when a Form 1099 INT should have been filed Two separate returns are required to make the correction properly Follow all instructions for both St
10. etc You must manually reset that form s status back to Pending and then go back and allow the software to include those tax forms in the cascading process made changes earlier to a tax form and now I am being prompted with a window Recipient Record may need updating or Possible Recipient Information Mis Match What do do now 1099 Pro will prompt you to update or synchronize changes if it sees that the existing information doesn t match with what is in the master recipient database It will continue to do this for all consecutive tax forms that require updating Click Yes to apply the changes or No Do not make any changes The same applies to changes made to filer and contact information as well as manual changes made to the Recipient Master list directly Change a Record Change a Record Only records with a pending status are available for modification 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight a record and click Change or double click to access the Changing a Form screen 2 Make necessary changes and click Save Delete a Record Delete a Record Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Records 13 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight the record and click Delete 2 1099 Pro prompts to confirm the deletion Click Yes to delete the record or No to cancel This reportis based on the currently selected query if the default query All Records is chosen then the report is identical to the Cont
11. 3 Atthe Adding a Filer Record screen complete all fields Use the lt F1 gt key at any time to access field specific information 4 After completing all fields click OK to save the filer See Filer Record Details for a thorough explanation on each entry field 4 2 Change a Filer Change a Filer Changes made to a filer affect only records with a pending status To switch between existing filers use the Select Filer button To change a filer 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Filers list icon 2 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen highlight the filer and click Change 3 Atthe Changing a Filer Record screen make changes and click OK 4 The Administrator prompts to update all pending records with the new filer information Users are encouraged to click Yes 4 3 Contact Contact Use the Add button to add a Contact Person Department and Phone Number Adding multiple contacts allows you to change the contact information on different records use the Dept field at the Adding a Form Record screen Atleast one contact is required The phone number prints on all copies and 1096 Transmittals The Transmitter Submitter contact name is included in electronic files 4 4 Delete a Filer Delete a Filer Afiler can only be deleted if itis NOT associated with any recipient records To delete a Filer 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Filers list icon 2 Atthe Browse
12. 3 Click the LOGIN button ten click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen 4 Browse to your upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location select it and then click UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau 5 SIGN and FAX your cover sheet to the phone number indicated on your printouts Method C Sending your file on a disk via FedEx UPS USPS erc 1 Copy the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location to a CD ROM preferred or floppy dek 2 Package the disk SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer nota plain envelope 3 Mail the package to the address listed below Use FedEx or similar to ensure fast secure package delivery 1099 Pro Inc Attn Electronic Upload Dept 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 Calabasas CA91302 Note Mailing in a CD ROM or Floppy Disk is strongly discouraged due to potential damage or delays in mailing Note Do NOT modify the name of your upload file as it is used to identify you Wizard SB Upload Create an Upload File SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau To Upload 1 Highlight the session you wish to upload atthe At the Printing Mailing Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen 2 At the bottom of the screen click the Complete Pending Upload button to proceed and choose the best option for upload At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation Summary Report and verify that a
13. Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip format By default 1099 Pro prompts for a daily backup Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zu _ 1080 Proe 2011 Blank Paper Print Copy B amp or C directly onto blank copier paper This is good in case of an emergency when Blank Laser Perforated paper is unavailable might require special folding and or cutting to fitin standard IRS approved envelopes 1099 Pro Inc offers custom designed IRS regulation envelopes to fit copier paper Blank Laser Perforated Print Copy B amp or C directly onto blank laser perforated stock 1099 Pro prints the necessary graphics Easier to fold than blank copy paper because of the perforations and since it is blank it won t go out of date Bulk TIN Matching TIN Matching is a pre filing service offered to payers and or authorized agents who submit any of six information returns subject to backup withholding Forms 1099 B INT DIV OID PATR and MISC With nteractive TIN Matching authorized payers can match up to 25 payee TIN and name combinations against IRS records prior to submitting an information return Bulk TIN Matching allows payers and or authorized agents filing any of the six information returns to match up to 100 000 TIN and name combinations In order to participate in TIN Matching payers must be listed in the IRS Payer Account File PAF database If your firm has not filed information returns with the IRS in
14. Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 Form Desc Instructions Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions Copy B Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copies B C Dwith Preprinted Instructions Copy B C D Print Instructions Separately Copy C B Instructions Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Maximum 4Filer Lines Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back 274 1099 Pro 2011 1099 B Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 B Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 C Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 C Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 CAP Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 CAP Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb
15. Forms Status Values See topic on Forms Status Values om Generating Account Numbers See Account Number Generation Group Actions Group Actions let you tag select a number of items and then perform a single action on them In all cases you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken H History 1099 Pro lets you view a list of prior changes to a form Records with a pending status display the Changing a Record screen In the upper right corner of the form is a audit trails button Click the audit trails button This screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record Import Many database and spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel Access and Lotus 1 2 3 provide for the exporting of data to an ASCII file These files can be imported into 1099 Pro thus relieving the burden of manually entering the information onto the tax form If your data has already been entered once why type it again INI Files The Pro99T11 INI file contains information specific to your installation and is located at C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Admin If installing to a directory such as Program Files it may be placed in C Windows The INI file may or may not be deleted during a custom uninstall This file can be manually deleted if you want to totally remove 1099 Pro from your system or if you want to perform a clean reinstallation This file can remain if you want to reinstall the software but retain your settings Copyr
16. irs gov The last few pages of the 1042 S form instructions have both the country name amp country codes in the section entitled Country Codes Note You may receive an error during import or while manually entering a form if you ve indicated an incorrect Address Type of For Example C for Canada and Country Code of JA for Japan To fix this during an import of data abandon the import at the Edit Post or Abandon Import Records screen then go back and edit your data file to reflect the proper Address Type for the Country Test by re importing your file You may also manually correct the error upon importing and posting your data by highlighting the problem record and clicking on the Change Fix selected record button If you are manually entering a form then highlight that form in the Enter Update amp View screen click the change button then modify the Country code and or Address Type to reflect the proper combination then save the record by clicking on the Save button e Check boxes Enter Y 1 X or T to mark the checkbox Enter N 0 zero F or leave the field blank to not mark the checkbox Values are not case sensitive Applies to all check boxes including the 2nd TIN Notice checkbox gt Form 1099 A Ablank in box 5 automatically results in the No box being checked Dates Required format is MWDD YYYY Unacceptable formats include Jan 3 2011 and January 3 2011 Dollar Amounts Do not use commas
17. 3 When 1099 Pro prompts to limit the report to only the selected recipient click Yes or No Click Yes to preview the report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 40 1089 Proe 2011 5 7 5 8 Group Actions Group Actions Printing Pending Tax Forms You can select tag any number of tax forms that have a status of Pending then print them using the Quick Print options to quickly select the paper type Copies sort order and more If you need to print copy A forms and change the status of the forms from Pending to Printed you must use the standard Print Tax Forms button and wizard Quick Printing does not provide for changing status Reprinting Printed or Filed Tax Forms Allows you to select tag from a list of all forms that no longer have a status of Pending and then reprint the forms using the Quick Print options to quickly select the paper type Copies sort order and more Adding New Forms for Selected Recipients This option lets you select tag any number of recipients and then loop through the list creating new forms for them The program will automatically fill in the recipient information on each new form so all you have to do is fill in the specific box information for the form For additional flexibility you are also given the option to add the forms in any of four sort orders by name by TIN by State or by ZIP Deleting Pending Tax Forms Using this option you can select tag any number of Pending tax forms and de
18. Click Next to continue 6 Confirm your backup choices and click Back to revise or Proceed with Backup to continue This screen details Total data Files Total Size and Estimated Zip Size 7 1099 Pro indicates if backup was successful Note From Windows Explorer if you hover your mouse over the name of the backup file you will see information about the backup file including the version of software that created the file M Use WinZip a shareware utility to access your backup data Download it at www winzip com 11 2 1 Restore Data Restore Data 1099 Pro Professional Enterprise Only If your data files are damaged or destroyed use a backup file to restore data For information on restoring your data files please contact Technical Support z Restoring a data file means losing ALL changes made since the last backup Thus it s smart to backup your data on a regular basis Restoring Data to your 1099 Software is an easy task 1 Install your 1099 software 2 Locate your backup file which should be in zip format i e 1099 Pro Backup 9 AUG 2011 9 38AM ZIP and is usually located in the Data Backups directory Default is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Data Backups 3 Unzip this file by using the utility Winzip to extract all the contents of this file tps files to your C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Data directory You can find more information on Winzip here 4 Open your software and run a form counts by filer report to verify your data
19. Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Copy B Instructions Box Quad Copies B C 2 2 w Instructions Box Quad Copies B C 2 2 w Instructions Box Quad Copies B C 2 2 w Instructions Box Quad Copies B C 2 2 w Instructions Horizontal Quad Copies B C 2 2w Instr 276 1099 Pro 2011 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2G W 2G W 2G Moore Wallace TFP TFP Moore Wallace Alt Recip Comb Alt Payer Comb Alt Recip Comb MW 1286 81 2 x 14 Single Sided Horizontal Quad Copies B Eccentic Z Fold C 2 2 5228 81 2 x 14 Single Sided Horizontal Quad Copies B Eccentric Z Fold C 2 2 5227 81 2 x14 Single Sided Horizontal Quad Copies B Eccenric Z Fold C 2 2w Instr MW1301 81 2 x 14 Single Sided Horizontal 3 Up Copies B 2 Eccentric Z Fold Cw Instr 5145 Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy C B 2 Instructions Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back Bank Paper 81 2 x11 Single Sided Copy D Page lof W 9 Blank Paper 81 2 x11 Single Sided Copies C B 2 No Instructions 27 2 Pressure Seal and Alter
20. Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Exports Flowchart for Incorrect Name TIN 1099 Software could ask the user if they would like to issue a W 9 B notice after bulk TIN matching returns incorrect TIN information CP2100 CP2100A Software tracks date notice We should keep track within the software on recipients who have and have not had their information submitted to the IRS for TIN 157 The payer only has to send two notices within a three year period Beyond the two notices the Payer has provided due diligence and doesn t IS the mismatch due to IRS processing IRS approved a prior submitted TIN info bulk TIN matching change is indicated in Program Payer uses software to issue a B notice and status change is indicated in program a certified W 9 within 20 business days Is the mismatch due to an error in our submission Mismatch due to record update action Is the payee 1099 iere form item subject to backup withholding see dictionary for list of backup withholding items The Payer would update the payee s profile with the correct information and close out the pending 2 B Stop backup notice status Payer would withholding if stop backup withholding already begun The 1099 software would show that the payee has not returned the forms so the NX formreciprent status would remain open with a 2 B notice status Payer continues backup w
21. If a waiver for original returns is approved any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered under the waiver However if you submit original returns electronically but you want to submit your corrections on paper a waiver must be approved for the corrections if you must file 250 or more corrections If you receive an approved waiver do not send a copy of it to the service center where you file your paper returns Keep the waiver for your records only Penalty If you are required to file electronically but fail to do so and you do not have an approved waiver you may be subject to a penalty of 50 per return for failure to file electronically unless you establish reasonable cause However you can file up to 250 returns on paper those returns will not be subject to a penalty for failure to file electronically The penalty applies separately to original returns and corrected returns 36 2 Alignment Alignment Alignment adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default margin For example 0 25 would shift the top margin down 1 4 inch and 0 25 would shift the top margin up 1 4 inch 36 3 Business Rules Business Rules Business Rules are formulated in conjunction with the compliance experts from IRS Compliance to check that data being processed in 1099 Pro s software does not contain common formatting errors form specific errors is valid for State and Federal filing and can be used to separate records
22. In order to view and print a PDF file you will first need to download Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 aso 1099 Pro0 2011 26 3 1 and install a copy of the Adobe Acrobat Reader To download and install Acrobat Reader please visit ADOBE Adobe Acrobat Reader may be installed in two different ways e As a plug in to your browser your PDF documents can be viewed directly in the browser window e As astand alone program PDF files can be downloaded and viewed separately Why would I want to generate a PDF file Creating PDF files is fast and easy For Example You want to E Mail or electronically transfer your PDF file va the Internet This is now the preferred method of generating a PDF file instead of printing through a PDF printer selection or driver through the print menu In addition you are given the option to password protect your PDF file and save it to a location on your hard disk or on a network as well as view it in Adobe Acrobat plan on E Mailing my information over the Internet and I m concerned about security Does 1099Pro generate PDF s that are secure 1099 Pro offers the option to encrypt and password the PDF for security This feature enables 1099 Pro to create and process encrypted PDF documents according to the Acrobat 5 0 standard Encryption is commonly used to prevent unauthorized viewing printing editing copying text from the document and doing annotations You can then control how they are used The Standard Secur
23. Place a check mark in the box YES which tells 1099Pro that you want to select a different location other than the default directory for your prior year s data Browse to the directory where your prior year s data is located then proceed in rolling forward your data You may also run into a problem where if the data you want to rollover is relates to a year prior to your last year s data you may need to update it by performing a check for updates in your software See Web Updates on how to perform this function You may also run into a problem where if the data you want to rollover is related to a year prior to your last years data you may need to update it by performing a check for updates in your software Prior 1099 software may require a web update to perform a roll forward if the file format is out of date See Web Update in the prior year software instructions on how to perform this function Rolling forward data from a year prior to the previous tax year is not directly supported Contact Technical Support if you need assistance in rolling forward data from a year prior to last year SAS 70 Type Il SAS 70 Type Il SAS 70 is an acronym which stands for Statement on Auditing Standard 70 It was developed and is maintained by the AICPA American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Specifically SAS 70 is a Report on the Processing of Transactions by Service Organizations Professional standards are set up for a Service Auditor that aud
24. This information is also available via log reports 26 14 Quick Print Quick Print 1099 Pro makes it easy to quickly print a tax form using the Quick Print feature within the Enter Update and View Screen To quick print a session 1 On the task panel select the Browse Enter amp Edit Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop down menu to select the form type to print 2 Highlight an existing record and click the Quick Print Form button 3 Atthe Print Options screen select the paper type Preprinted forms Blank stock or Continuous forms If selecting pre printed forms adjust margin alignment as necessary 4 Indicate your preview preference Ask me before processing each copy default Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me No send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them 5 Select the sort order to print forms this field is ghosted if the print session contains only one record By Last Name Company Name default By TIN By Zip Code use to pre sort mailings for the post office By State Abbreviation Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zem 1080 Proe 2011 6 When satisfied with all entries click the Print Now button Click Close to exit this screen Also see Recipient Lookup Feature 26 15 Reprint Print Sessions Reprint Print Sessions 1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a printsession To reprint a print session 1 Onthe task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Pri
25. dividends and rents may be reported in the same submission Pub 1220 provides the procedures for reporting electronically and is updated annually Pub 1220 is available on the IRS website at www irs gov You can file electronically through the Filing Information Returns Electronically System FIRE System however you must have software that can produce a file in the proper format according to Pub 1220 The FIRE System does not provide a fill in form option The FIRE System operates 24 hours a day 7 days a week You may access the FIRE System via the Internet at htto fire irs gov See Pub 1220 for more information Who must file electronically If you are required to file 250 or more information returns you must file electronically The 250 or more requirement applies separately to each type of form For example if you must file 500 Forms 1098 and 100 Forms 1099 A you must file Forms 1098 electronically but you are not required to file Forms 1099 A electronically The electronic filing requirement does not apply if you apply for and receive a hardship waiver See How to request a waiver from filing electronically below The IRS encourages you to file electronically even though you are filing fewer than 250 returns Filing requirement applies separately to originals and corrections The electronic filing requirements apply separately to original returns and corrected returns Originals and corrections are not aggregated to determine wh
26. me botton below Access Groups define the ag eelere an Combining Forms and Program Areas that are available Tax Forms DCS Add Remove Users from Profiles EEN Create and Manage Access Groups Rules amp 3 Set Security Preferences Options o Create your User Profiles by selecting the Reports and Access Logs button below User Profiles associate e Q Reporting Access Groups with Filers ei View Print Security Reports Thresholds Create and manage User Profiles EN for Filers and Access Groups OQ Manage Security Access Logs Optional Fields 11 1 3 System Security Settings Password Requirements Step 1 i amp Logging i Setting Password Requirements Step 1 Set Security Preferences Password requirements The Security Preferences Passwords requirements section allow you to configure details regarding a user s password such as password length lockout settings expiration and password format For Corporate Suite users you can also set the login type such as tying Corporate Suite security into Windows Active Directory security 1 To configure password login requirements click the Set Password requirements Set Security Preferences Corporate Suite button 2 Atthe Modify System Security Settings window you have the option of configuring the following settings a Login Type Corporate Suite Only i Default Requires the user to enter the username and password assigned to during user c
27. recipient cascade Allow cascade Restrict to current filer only Disable cascade Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security E Error level if missing address line 1 and 2 neng S No error Warning Error po pO pO PO Reject pO ae pO pO EC O po po Error level if for SWT and non taxing states No error Warning Error Reject 11 3 4 Manage PS ACL Access Control CS version only Manage Pressure Seal and Alternate Layout for 1099 Pro NET Using this screen in the Corporate Suite you can manage the alternate print layout s or pressure seal forms that are available to users of the 1099 Pro NET ASP module In order to make alternate layout s available simply select your tax year and form type then use the approve button to select the layouts you want available in the 1099 Pro NET module In the example below the N14EZ Blank Stock for 1099 Misc Pressure Seal layout is available to 1099 Pro NET users a Web PS ACL Access Control Manage Web User Access to Pressure Seal and Alternate Print Layouts Here is where you can choose which Pressure Seal and or Alternate Layouts if any your web users can see and select when printing tax forms Select the Year and Form Type to Manage Tax Year 2010 e Form Type 1099 MISC v Available Pressure Seal Alternate Layouts Approved Pressure Seal Alternate Layouts Select a Layout and click on Approve to make it available to Web users Sel
28. specify your dollar amount format options for and using implied decimals then set your date field format options and the order in which your date components will be displayed Click Next Enter a title and description which will be displayed for users when they need to select an import map to use You may also enter some optional notes which describe your custom map Set options for locating your import files 9 10 Specify the default folder where this type of import file will be located If left blank you will always be prompted to locate the import file Next you may optionally specify a default file name for the files that will be imported using this map Click Next to continue Processing Options for Tax Form Imports Note This is a Corporate Suite ASP Feature ONLY 11 Select the type of data processing that will be applied when your import is performed e Standard All forms are added as individual records regardless of whether other forms may exist in the system for the same recipient e Transactional If existing forms are found for a recipient that match the form matching rules configured at the time of import the new information will update the existing record and be added as a transaction for that record Non matching forms are added as new Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 223 e Year To Date Transactions are added to existing tax forms to reflect the new Year to Date YTD amounts and info
29. 1 Creating an Upload File for Bulk TIN matching Step 1 Creating an Upload File for Bulk TIN Matching Step 1 Creating an Upload File SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau If you prefer you may view a tutorial on this process by clicking here and selecting Service Bureau Uploads for your Product To create an upload file 1 On the task panel select the Service Bureau section then click the Bulk TIN Matching via SB icon to elect to have the Service Bureau upload records for Bulk TIN matching 2 Atthe Printing Mailing Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen click either the Bulk Tin Matching Upload button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Service Bureau Overview 325 3 Atthe Upload Wizard click Next to proceed Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 4 You are then prompted with the Do you have the latest version of 1099Pro screen We highly recommend you check for updates to this program before starting any printing or filing process That will ensure that you have the most recent version of the software and the process will go as smoothly as possible See Web Updates for more information Choose a method for selecting eligible records Selected Form Types for ALL Fillers This option prompts you to select tag the form types to include in this upload file All filers will be processed Selected Form Types for Selected Filers This option prompts you to select tag the filer and the form types to include in this
30. 1 Tag all filers to use in this Select Filers for Print Code W Use the tag buttons of your mouse lo select as mary Fiers as you need then press the Proceed button to continue Total Tagged 1 Cumert Views By Payer Code PTIN D SeachPCo EEE Show Tagged D Leg X Untag x E Prev Tag Proceed to Next Step va Tag t X Untag Aa Per A New Tag X Cancel Help e When you have finished selecting your Filers click on the Proceed to Next Step button to save your changes and return to the Code Message Will Be Created window 6 Message will print on Copies This will allow you to input what forms will have your custom text printed on them this will be determined by the alphanumeric character that you place within the box 1 Placing a 1 in the text box will print your message on all Copy 1 For the State Dept forms 2 Placing a 2 in the text box will print your message on all Copy 2 For the Recipient to File with State Tax Return forms B Placing a B in the text box will print your message on all Copy B for Recipient forms C Placing a C in the text box will print your message on all Copy C for payer Forms forms R Placing a R in the text box will print your message on all Combined for Recipient B Instructions 2 forms Note You can also combine the form type that this effects by placing multiple characters in the text box I E 12C will place your message on all Copy 1 For the State Dept Copy 2 For
31. 1099 Pro 2011 Filing amp Connections A bsd File via 1096 paper A Correcting Fled Forms 1 In order to begin this process first you must click on the File via e File or d under the Filing amp Corrections box 2 Next click on the Quarterly State Reporting button Welcome to the State Quarterly E File Wizard 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Welcome to the State Quarterly MagMedia wizard This wizard wil walk you through the process of creating State Quarterly MagMedia files Using this Wizard gt Incases where there ts additional information and help available for a topic you will see a Help button like this one netto it Click on the button to view the special help IMPORTANT Before starting a State Quarterly generation process D gt All files generated will be in the appropriate format for the state selected Click on the Nest button to begin the wizard If you wish to go back lo previous st can S the Back button at time 3 This will begin the State Quarterly E File Wizard When you are done reading the welcome click on Next to proceed Do you have the latest version of 1099Pro Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 22 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Do you have the latest version of 1099 Pro You should always be using the most up to date version when creating State Quarterly MagMedia files Check for updates before filing
32. 14 Recipient Data If using an SSN First Name 40 Last Name 40 Name Line 2 40 If using an EIN First name 40 Company 40 Name Line 2 40 USA Address Type Address 40 Address 2 40 City 21 State 2 ZIP 9 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 25 Canadian Address Type Address 40 Address 2 40 City 21 Province 2 Postal 6 plus 1 space Other Address Type Delivery St 40 Other loc 40 City Postal 40 E Mail 40 Account Number 20 Optional Grouping Fields for Querying Form Source 12 Category 6 The First amp Last Name fields print a combined maximum of 37 characters plus one space UNLESS the Last Name field contains 24 or more characters AND the First Name field contains 14 or more characters then the First Name field prints only 1 character regardless of actual characters in that field lf there are 20 or more characters in the City field Canada is automatically truncated to Cana Form Specific Data All 1099 Forms Boxes containing dollar amounts allow a maximum of 12 numeric characters eo 1 234 567 890 12 Form 1098 Box 5 58 text characters 1099 A Box 6 52 text characters Form 1099 B Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20 1099 Pro 2011 Box 1b 13 text characters Box 5 26 text characters 1099 C Box 5 52 text characters 1099 DIV Box 7 16 text characters Form 1099 INT Box 7 16 text chara
33. 155 As of this writing the IRS does not allow other form types to participate in this program under penalty of perjury and possible imprisonment Click here to see How to use Bulk TIN Matching 17 5 1 Create a file manually Create a file manually In Bulk TIN Matching you may attach a txt file with up to 100 000 TIN Name combinations to be matched If you are using Microsoft Excel then the maximum is 65 000 TIN Name combinations Microsoft Excel limit The following is a direct excerpt from the IRS Bulk TIN Matching system s help documentation and is current as of 06 15 2009 What is Bulk TIN Matching Bulk TIN Matching is used to verify TIN and Name Matching for as many as 100 000 combinations Who can submit a Bulk TIN Matching request Any payer can submit a TIN Matching request once they are registered in e services and have received approval to use the TIN Matching product What format do I use to submit my file Do the TIN name or type have to be in any certain order To submit a Bulk TIN Matching request begin by preparing a text txt file containing the following information separated by semicolons TIN TYPE TIN NUMBER TIN NAME ACCOUNT NUMBER optional e Taxpayer Identification Number TIN Type is a one digit number e 1 represents an Employer Identification Number EIN e 2 represents a Social Security Number SSN e 3 represents an unknown TIN type e TIN Number is the nine digit SSN or EIN for the taxpay
34. 32 PCL Printing 262 P Code 32 PDF File Genration Overview 249 PDF Options 250 Penalties 147 Pending 195 Post Commit Rate 202 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Post Results 228 Preferences 92 Preprinted Paper 332 pressure 273 pressure seal 107 273 Pressure Seal Forms 272 332 Print 267 Print an Import Map Repot 301 Print Code 107 112 Print Codes 107 112 Print Export 151 Print IRS Form amp Instructions 252 Print Options 246 Print Preview Toolbar 23 Print Session Report 264 Print Users By Name Report 88 Print View Record Reports 140 Printed 195 Printed Status 264 printing 244 273 Printing Blank Forms 252 Printing Tax Forms Wizard 265 Program Areas Functions Report 88 Protected Forms 46 65 Purge 128 Purge Audit Trail 128 Purge Audit Trail Log Records 128 s0 query 44 Query Wizard 284 Quick 267 Quick Print 267 Quick Tour 16 R Recipient Lookup Account Selection 37 Recipient Lookup Screen 37 Recipient Notes 136 Recipient Record Details 41 Recipient Search 37 Record History 128 Record Limit 18 Referential Integrity Delete Error 203 Registration amp Upgrades 18 364 1099 Pro 2011 Reject Errors 145 Reject Imports 241 Repair Files 203 Reports 33 42 Reports Overview 288 Reprint 1096 Form 52 Reprint Corrections 66 Reprint Originals 67 Reprint Print Sessions 268 Reprint Records 269 Reset Void Upload 329 Reset 1096 Session 52 Reset Magmedia Session 176 Reset Print Se
35. AATETTA A aA KAE 67 Types Of Corre CUOMNS ii eeeEgg eeE ronen ino ein osn Nans NAANA RAKAA NEn ANAK EASA NAAA DEN NNI geesde 67 Account Generation Wizard 69 How to generate account NUMberS ssssssssensunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn mennan nnmnnn 70 Administration and Security 70 SAO TAA feces cccscccecccsetec ctecsssececaauss cteateeveccesercceteseeecuotes lt tetesraqecdotssaceiesszecceheccendys 73 PaSSW OFS EE Turn On Off Security ae System Security Settings Password Requirements Step 1 Security Access Group Step 2 uu cesccesstessessessessevseseeeseeseeseeseesnesaesoesseseeeseesaesoesaesaesaesaevevanvsneaneaneneesnesaesansaes Security Manage Profiles Step 3 ov ccsssessseesessessevseeseeseeseeseeseesaesaesesseesessneseesaesaesaesaeusevanvaeeanennennesnesansansaes Security Add Update Individual Users Step 4 uu ccecestssseessesseseesessseeseeseeseesaesaessesevsevsnvanesneseeseesnesaesansaes Security Add Users to a Profile Step 5 0 cc ccseeseeseseeneneseeseeseesseesesseeseesaesaessesaevsevonvaneanenneneesnesaesansans Security REPOPFtS ccscssssssssssssssenssnssnsenssnsessusoussnnsnessenssssaceacescesnssasuasansnasansassausasausaueseeanensenssaseaseauusouanesnsuasnasnasa Security ACESS LO E Backup Data A A geeege deed eege Ee A dee Restore Data gege 91 Rules and Options icien ar anaE NEE N DEENTRAR NEE E ANANA ENa NANAREN ANa 92 Pre fe O S ege geed deed Custom Tax Form Validation Rules
36. Click Finish to exit the 1096 Wizard 1096 Not Filed 1096 Not Filed Select this option if you are dissatisfied with the 1096 destroy the printed 1096 The records in this print session maintain their printed status and are available for inclusion in another 1096 transmittal M Print Status Overview Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1096 Overview Is your 2009 1096 ready to send to the IRS H everything printed correctly press Finish to save this 2009 1096 session YES My 1096 printed correctly and am ready to mark my forms as FILED These forms will be marked as Filed which means that they have been ka sent to the government If you do need to revise a Filed form you will need to create a new Corrected form and submit that to the IRS as well This option leaves your forms with a status of Printed which means that ka they have not been filed yet The 1096 you just printed is not regarded as valid and should be discarded gt Ifyou need to adjust the alignment again press the Back button to return to the Print select Form Alignment page Z Finish X Cancel Help 7 1 2 Assign Filed 1096 Status Assign Filed 1096 Status Select this option if the 1096 transmittal was completed properly and printed to your satisfaction The records in this print session are assigned a Filed 1096 status and are no longer available for edits Remember to mail your Copy A s and 1096 form to the IRS
37. Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 217 gt Canadian Postal Codes Required format is letter number letter a space then number letter number For example C3H 4W9 is a valid Canadian postal code Country 1099 Pro contains a map by name column called Country that can contain the following A country name This is matched against the country file and if a match is found it assigns the proper country code to the form e g Japan An alias for a country name If a match is found for an alias it will convert it to the proper country name e g You may setup FR as an alias for France A country code and optionally one of the internal country key values for cases where there are multiple names associated with one code ex UK can be United Kingdom England Scotland Wales etc The format is a two character country code a slash and then the country key if any The country file is arranged so that if there is no key being imported it will use the most inclusive generic country name Examples UK translates to United Kingdom as would UK 0 or UK 1 UK 2 Great Britain UK 3 Northern Ireland and so on The country name may also be spelled out however the spelling must match what is displayed in the list of acceptable country names in the 1042 S Instructions listed on the IRS s website For more information refer to the Instructions for 1042 S from the IRS Website at http www
38. Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 315 e Every X days Allows you to set a custom day interval for the job to run Weekly Select how many weeks between each job e Select the day s of the week to run this process on Choose which days this job should run on Monthly Select the start Day or Select via the Day of Week e Select the months to run this process Tag the months this process will be run in One Time Only This job runs on the time and date specified one time only If you specify a date in the past the job is run immediately Return to_Adding or Changing a Job 30 2 2 Browsing Reports Browsing Reports By highlighting a job from and clicking the Browse Reports button on the Browse Jobs screen you will be able to review documentation related to the highlighted job by clicking View Selected Report View Selected Document b Control Total Al Control Total Warnings lt gt NW Close Help 31 Service Bureau Overview Service Bureau Overview SAS 70 Type II Why should I use the Service Bureau The 1099 Pro Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro all performed in our secure SAS 70 Type Il environment Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a 1080 Proe 2011 31 1 We provide Printing amp Mailing Electronic Delivery Web Presentment Bulk TIN Matching and IRS Filing services to thousands of our users Our customers utilize the Se
39. Correction Select if after submitting file to the IRS you need to change data For example a TIN amount or form type were incorrect Test Select if creating a test file for submission to the Combined Federal State Filing Program Replacement of Original File Select if the IRS requests a replacement because the original file was damaged Replacement of Correction File Select if the IRS requests a replacement because the corrected file was damaged Select how you want to submit the file to the IRS MCC Form 4804 is no longer required for electronic filing Electronic Filing Select whether to apply optional Federal Thresholds and the filtering criteria Apply Federal Thresholds This option applies the Federal Thresholds to the data being considered for your E File Do Not apply Federal Thresholds This option will NOT apply the Federal Thresholds to the data being considered for your E File Use EIN in Threshold Filter Applies Federal Thresholds to a recipient for a particular form type and totals recipient amounts based on one Filer TIN Use PCode in Threshold Filter Applies Federal Thresholds to a recipient based on PCode as opposed to Filer TIN Select the destination folder Default location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 MagFiles Verify Transmitter Information Changes made here are temporary and affect this session only To make permanent changes exit the E File Wizard and go to the Update E File Transmitter Information screen Ver
40. Corrections Forms Correction Type Status a 3 02 10 1099 INT 12 031 ANTHONY BASILE IRS Amount Change Pending 3 0210 1099 INT 122 22 1031 KAREN BASILE New split form Pending 3 020 1099 INT 457 41 5470 RON BASILE New split form Pending db Create Spit E A Change sf initiate a NEW Correction Process E Reprint correction form Close Help Image 2 To process a one to many correction 1 Correct the parent as detailed in Create Corrections 2 After saving the corrected parent record click the Create Split button at the Corrected Options screen 3 The Administrator prompts to add a new form click Yes 4 Ablank form is presented for the child 5 After saving the child record you may use the Add Related button to continue to add additional children 9 6 Protected Forms Protected Forms Records with a Printed Filed or Void print status are protected from changes or edits Use the Protected Form Update Options screen to access these records Available update options vary according to the record s print status Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 es _ 1080 Proe 201 9 7 Print Status Available Options Printed View the form reset the form to pending print status void the form or reprint the form Records that were imported with a printed status cannot be void reset or delete The entire import session must be reset Voided View the form unvoid the formor reprint the fo
41. D We highly recommend that you check for updates to this program before starting any printing or filing process That will ensure that you have the most recent version of the software and that the process will be as trouble free as possible Db Checking for an update is not required in order to generate a State Quarterly file Check for Updates right now Please be sure you are connected to the Internet before clicking on the Check for Updates button 4 You will then be prompted to check for updates before proceeding if you have never checked for updates it is HIGHLY recommended that you do so at this point if you do not wish to check for updates you may click on Next to continue Choose how forms will be selected for the State Quarterly E File 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Choose how forms will be selected for the State Quarterly MagMedia These options let you choose which tax forms will be included in the file D No matter which option you select only forms that are eligible will be processed Forms that have been voided will never be processed Choose a method for selecting eligible records C ALL Forms for ALL Filers This option automatically selects every eligible tax form for every Filer in the system C Selected Form types for ALL Filers Ifyou choose this option you will be asked to choose which types of tax forms to include in this magmedia session All filers will be processed Selected For
42. DAMAGES THE ENTIRE LIA BILITY OF eFile Viewer AND ANY OF ITS SUPPLIERS UNDER ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA AND YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ALL OF THE FOREGOING EXCEPT FOR ANY REMEDY OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT ELECTED BY eFile Viewer WITH RESPECT TO ANY BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE GREATER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTW ARE OR U S 5 00 THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS EXCLUSIONS AND DISCLAIMERS INCLUDING SECTIONS 7 8 AND 9 ABOVE SHALL APPLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE 11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT This EULA including any addendum or amendment to this EULA which is included with the Software is the entire agreement between you and eFile Viewer relating to the Software and the support services if any and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications proposals and representations with respect to the Software or any other subject matter covered by this EULA To the extent the terms of any eFile Viewer policies or programs for support services conflict with the terms of this EULA the terms of this EULA shall control 12 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors assigns and personal representatives of the parties except to the extent of any contrary provision in this agreement If any term provision covenant or condition of this EULA is held by a court of competent juri
43. DIV 1099 G 1099 INT 1099 MISC 1099 OlD 1099 PATR 1099 R and 5498 Test Files 1 Electronic test files coded for this program must be submitted between November 1 2011 and February 15 2012 2 A test file is only required for the first year when you apply to participate in the Program Each Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile 165 record both in the test and the actual data file must conform to this Revenue Procedure 3 While a test file is only required for the first year when a filer applies to participate in the Program it is highly recommended that a test be sent every year you111 participate in the Combined Federal State Filing program Each record both in the test and the actual data file must conform to the current Revenue Procedure 4 Electronic filers must log on to the FIRE System within two business days to check the acceptability of their test file The new test file must be transmitted by between November 1 2011 and February 15 2012 1099 Pro Service Bureau If the Service Bureau is filing your informational returns a test file is not required IRS Publication 1220 Sec 13 Excerpt COMBINED FEDERAL STATE ALING PROGRAM The Combined Federal State Filing Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer IRS MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers Separate reporting to those states is not necessary Some pa
44. Document Type at the bottom of the transmittal Ready to Print your 1096s See 1096 Print Wizard for more details Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1096 Overview Maintain Printed Status Select this option if you are dissatisfied with the 1096 destroy the printed 1096 The records in this print session maintain their printed status and are available for inclusion in another 1096 transmittal See Maintaining Printed Status for more information 1096 Session Report The Print Session report summarizes all data for the selected transmittal See Printing 1096 Session Report Assigning 1096 Filed Status Select this option if the 1096 transmittal was completed properly and printed to your satisfaction The records in this print session are assigned a Filed 1096 status and are no longer available for edits See Assigning 1096 Filed Status Reset 1096 Session Void a 1096 and all records in that print session are automatically reset to printed status See Voiding a 1096 Session Reprint 1096 Form Things to keep in mind The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS SSA scanners Although your data should ideally align in the proper box it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste Align margins if data does not align in the proper box See Reprinting 1096 for more information 7 1 1096 Print Wizard 1096 Print Wizard The 1096 Print Wizard makes it ea
45. Form Data fo modify Security and File Tax Forms With IRS SSA Administration settings Import Tax Form Data Service Bureau Upload Tax form access must be Tax Forms Edit Pending ladded separately using Tax Forms Full Rights ladditional groups E g Tax Tax Forms View Only Forms Full Rights W 3 Tracking aen A Chae oee HB Groups that are this color are Built in Groups 4 Close and cannot be deleted or changed other than just adding or removing members Help 3 After clicking the Add button the Update Access Group window will open Here you will assign the rights to Program Area s and Forms In the screenshot below you can see this Access Group would only have access to the Form W 2G for purposes of data entry correction but would be unable to run reports or print forms for W 2G This group would have ability to import all forms Group Name 2 Update Modify amp Import Tax Form or Area Access for this Group Total Tagged 2 Search Name Tag Modify Report Print Add notes for this Access Group Form 3921 Form 3922 Form 5498 Form 5498 ESA Form 5498 54 Form W 2G x x x x Administration Filers Recipients Recipient CSR Lookup Import x x x x Export i Filing on Paper 1096 W 3 etc Generate files for Electronic Filing 4 DEM Iag X Untag LA Prev Tag A Modify aw S
46. Form Types for All Filers or Selected Form Types for Selected Filers If you select the Selected Filers option then on the following screen choose the filer s you want to include in the export process If not then click Next 3 On the next screen it is important to Note The IRS does not allow submission of the form types displayed in RED Only check these form types if you have verified with the IRS or appropriate counsel that it is legal to submit recipients receiving these form types Tag the form types you want to include in the export process and then click Next 4 Now specify where the export should be created you may accept the default location of C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 EXPORTS or click the Select the destination folder and choose another location 5 Click Finish to generate the file 6 In the Exports directory you will see two files a Your primary Bulk TIN file export with a date and time stamp in the file name indicating when you performed the export b A file with the same date and time stampe but the word duplicates is appended to the file name When submitting your file to us or to the IRS send the primary file not the file with the word duplicates The duplicates file is for your records as the IRS will penalize any uploads containing duplicates 7 When you are ready to upload your file to us visit the IRS at http Awww irs gowtaxpros sign up for our purchase our TIN matching service at http www 109
47. Forms Create Corrections Reprint Corrected or Original Forms About the Service Bureau Offers more help regarding the 1099 Pro Inc Service Bureau Recipients List View all recipients Add or change recipients Delete recipients Run a recipient report W 9 B Notice Allows you to initiate a W 9 or B notice request for solicitation of Recipient TIN numbers 2 2 5 Print Preview Toolbar Print Preview Toolbar The Preview screen allows you to view a form or a report and check it for accuracy before printing Use the following icons located at the top of the Preview screen Ob to print THIS page only d to VIEW the previous page to view the NEXT page 4A to toggle STAY after printing Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 aa _ 1080 Proe 2011 2 3 To Search for characters within a report to access the Print Setup screen to print the entire report to exit the preview report WITHOUT printing to view the preview reportin full WIDTH view to view the preview report in full HEIGHT view to make a PDF when printing to VIEW PDF after printing PASSO HS to password protect PDF Additional options available for this screen include Zoom PCT which defaults to 98 may vary depending on monitor and adjusts from 25 to 250 viewing If the preview consists of more than one page scroll forwards and backwards with the double arrow icons Keyboard Shortcuts Keyboard Shortcuts lt Alt gt Use lt Alt gt and the und
48. From either the Quick Print screen or the Print Tax Forms screen select Pressure Seal ACL when asked to Select the type of paper you want to print on 2 Click on Puerto Rico 480 7C 3 Click the Select button 4 Click the Print Now button Note Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico 1099 R compatible printout 6 pages per recipient it is recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing Currently address information is spaced to fit into an 8888 1 envelope If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the address information to be displayed properly with other envelopes T Select 1099 R Pressure Seal Format Alternate Comb 81 2 11 Duplex 3 Panels Per Side Blank 5145 Blank Stock Copy B C 2 Print Instructions Separately Moore Wallace 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided EZ Fold Preprinted ssure Seal gt Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 asa _ 1080 Prow 2011 To Print 1099 Int s on approved Puerto Rico forms 5 Select Pressure Seal ACL when asked to Select the type of paper you want to print on 6 Click Puerto Rico 480 7A No PR Tax W H to print 1099 Int Puerto Rico forms without Tax withheld for Puerto Rico or Select Puerto Rico 480 7A PR Tax W H to print 1099 Int Puerto Rico forms with Tax withheld for Puerto Rico Click the Print Now button Note Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout 4 pages per recipient
49. Groups assigned to it Notes for the Selected Profile There are no restrictions on Administrator level users D 4 D a Add A Change m Delete s Quick Assign an Clone Profile E Groups that are this color are Built in Groups dd Close and cannot be deleted or changed other than just adding or removing members Help 3 After clicking Add Change or Clone Profile you will be working in the Update User Profile screen Here you will assign Access groups to Filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security e Update User Profile Profile Name TT Selecting this option will grant this User Profile access to all existing Filer combinations and all future combinations FilersT agged for this Profile Total Tagged 2 Search Name Location Code Add Notes for this Profile Name 990000099 PRIN FILERNAME 1 0000000000000000FILERN 880000088 Filer Name 891234567 Company 2 4 gt 4 a Iag X Untag C Prev Tag Show Tagged A Assian 4f Save Changes to Group Access Tag All X Untag Al Next Tag Groups x Cancel Help To Create or Update a User Profile follow these instructions A Create a name for the User Profile A Tag the Filers that you wish to have access to To tag a selection highlight the line and use the Tag button or click in the tag
50. IRS SSA 1099 Un a TIN ia Staue TIN is received received Payer to use 1042S Pro software to issue a the 1099 recipient 1042S form software Software keeps track of Update your reminds the whether a W Make annual records and solicitations for petal anon 9 has been STOP backup making annual issued for a TIN as required to withholding solicitations payee without ng avoid penalty based ona date atin stamp of when last solicitation was issued by the payer software 1099 keeps track on the status of all rs al Payees who are missing a TIN Status are y maintained when data is rolled over from one year to another 17 5 4 Using Bulk TIN Matching Using Bulk TIN Matching If you have questions about specific tax regulations or regulatory services please contact IRSCompliance org via Phone 877 TAX REGS 877 829 7342 Email compliance IRSCompliance org How does the bulk TIN Matching work There are two methods to creating a file for upload into the IRS s Bulk TIN Matching system Create a file manually or Create a file using the 1099 Pro Export Utility for IRS Bulk TIN Matching Use the Export for IRS Bulk TIN Matching wizard 1 To initiate the Export wizard for IRS Bulk TIN Matching select Utilities at the top of the screen in 1099Pro then select Export for IRS Bulk TIN Matching Click Next Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 2 Select whether to include all Selected
51. MISC moome eee ee 6 2733270 SE emeng Lan Dei H 65 1233828 Recipiert s g re View mode tor Edt mode amey Subst ents in be om 2 Same End Street End Loe NEE West Hills CA 91307 4321 ere mg KE eae KD s ee ml a STT fa enges eee state no Tet Aux Optenat eoe zo reported Lat tote IRE ine Processing Mertrictora Special frirt Coder Optional Grouping Filtering feces ee IT NO PrietMet Net cl M w re wg O Tei lei Jl gees Et Select Codes Te w n State NO Merge Emaon sn Fae with RS Mo Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections e Once you are done making this correction of a correction click on the Save Form button Example of modifying a corrected form 9595 L volo L CORRECTED PAYER S name siret address city state 2iP oode andtdephone no 1 Rents Sample W 2 Filer 2328 Sample Addr 1100 00 2006 Miscellaneous Calabasas CA 91302 Saat l 260 00 ncome Wi Zo income EE 616 273 8270 PAYERS Federal identification number RECIPIENTS identification number Fisting boat proceeds Medcal amp heath oare p 65 1233828 56565651 Recipient s address jew mode cick for Edt mode s Langley di Nonemployee compensation Substitute payments in teu e of dividends or interest Name2 Suite Street a don insurance procesds West Hills CA 91307 4321 lt nh GE Ee fei Gemeng Account rember see instractions TEST 2nd TIN a Excess golden
52. Mapped to Field and one labeled Field Name Column Field Name sd Mapped to Field Field Name Column E Cancel Help 11 Enter the name of the header into Field Name Column 12 Drag the new header Input Field Name Column to the Mapped Import Field Column Value corresponding to the Map to Field Destination See the Map by Name section for more detail 13 Once you are done click Next 14 Please review all subsequent screens and click Next if they meet with your approval 15 Click on Finish Your import map will now be modified and the next time that you use this import map to bring in tax forms it will also bring in the information located underneath the newly designated header Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 230 1099 Pro 2011 Adding an import field after import map creation for a custom import map without headers Fixed Position 1 Click on Import Forms from the left hand navigation menu IW Click on Begin a new XXXX Import Process wo Click Next A Click on Add Update XXXX Import Maps ol Select the import map that you would like to add the new import field to e gt Click on Change N Click Next Click Next Ko Select the Database Form Field on the left hand side that you wish to add Highlighted in yellow below 1099 Pro Delimited Import Wizard Set the Field Column Order for the Fixed Position 10
53. Medical and health care Box 8 Substitute payrnents in lieu of divant Box 13 Excess golden parachute Box 15a Section 4094 deferrals Box 16 State income tax withheld Box 1 Rents 11 111 00 Box 3 Other income Box 5 Fishing boat proceeds Box 7 Nonemployee compensation Box 10 Crop insurance proceeds Box 14 Gross proceeds paid to an attomey Box 15b Section 4094 income Box 18 State income X Cancel Help i About Corrections About Corrections An Overview When do I need to create a correction If you filed a return with the IRS and later discover you made an error on it you must correct itas soon as possible For some corrections you must file two returns with Form 1096 and for some only one return with Form 1096 In addition you must provide statements to recipients showing the corrections as soon as possible If you fail to file correct information returns or furnish a correct payee statement you may be subject to a penalty To begin the process of making a correction s See Creating a Correction Do I need to file corrections with the IRS You need only file a correction with the IRS if you sent data to the IRS that was incorrect If for example you sent out your forms in January and you fixed any errors before sending your data to the IRS then the data the IRS has is correct Do I need to file corrections with my Recipients The IRS requires that you issue a correct payee statement to your rec
54. One User enter User ID Limit report to a Date Range None all dates will be shown O Today O Last days Last 30 Days O Last14days Specify Other Range Deleted Record Options All activity Skip deleted Only deleted Z Limit Report to changes for one Form Type All Forms Choosing this option will list all available form types on your report One Form Type select from list This option will let you choose which forms will be used in the report from a list You will be asked to TAG each form type you would like listed Limit Report to changes for one PCode All Fillers Choosing this option will show all available PCodes on the report One Filer Select from list Choosing this option will allow you select which PCodes will be included on your report I E P2 P2 Limit Report to changes for one P ode O All Pier One Filer select from list P0001 e Limit Report to changes from one User ID e All Users Choosing this option will show all available UserID s on your report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Audit Trails One User enter User ID Choosing this option will allow you to choose which UserID will be used to filter down your report I E P3 P3 Limit Report to changes from one User ID O All Users One User enter User ID Limit report to a Date Range None all dates will be shown Today Choosing this option will show all changes made today Last 7 days Ch
55. Options tab and the Recipients List icon 2 Atthe Browse the Recipients File screen click Run Recipient Report 3 When 1099 Prof prompts to preview the report click Yes Select a Recipient Select a Recipient Select a Recipient All recipient records are stored in a master database thatis accessible at any taxform To access this information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the lt F2 gt key or right click your mouse The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers available for selection At the Select a Recipient screen highlight a recipient and click Select or double click the recipient To Filter Recipients 1 Place your cursor in the Search Filter box 2 Select the View by TIN SSN EIN or View by Last Name tab 3 Enter your search criteria and hit TAB on your keyboard For example to view only recipients with last names starting with the letter B type B and TAB 4 Toremove the filter click the Show All remove filter button Tagging Recipients Tagging Recipients Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Recipients 43 1099 Pro allows you to manually tag select records for inclusion in a print session To tag records 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing tab and the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Selected Form drop down menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Printing Tax Forms screen choose the Manuall
56. PRIOR AND CONTEMPORANEOUS ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND DISCUSSIONS NO EMPLOYEE OF eFile Viewer HAS THE POWER OR AUTHORITY TO MODIFY THIS AGREEMENT EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING WHICH BEARS THE SIGNITURE OF AN OFFICER OF THE CORPORATION 9 EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL AND CERTAIN OTHER DAMAGES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICA BLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL eFile Viewer OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS OR CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION FOR PERSONAL INJURY FOR LOSS OF PRIVACY FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING OF GOOD FAITH OR OF REASONABLE CARE FOR NEGLIGENCE AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER LOSS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTW ARE THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA EVEN IN THE EVENT OF THE FAULT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY BREACH OF CONTRACT OR BREACH OF WARRANTY OF eFile Viewer OR ANY SUPPLIER AND EVEN IF eFile Viewer OR ANY SUPPLIER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 10 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND REMEDIES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED ABOVE AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL
57. Please direct such questions to your accountant or attorney Calls may be limited during peak tax season Accounting Tax Advice Our lawyer says we can t give out advice and we don t However 1099 Pro Inc provides the publications issued by the Internal Revenue Service on our installation CD Rom and website Or contact the IRS Information Reporting Call Site directly at 866 455 7438 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Video Display Issues Video Display Issues F206 _ 1080 Prow 2011 22 11 Video Display Issues If the data on the form appears distorted or out of alignment please follow the directions below to correct your resolution and font settings TA Changing a Form 1099 MISC Record x 9595 O vomi CORRECTED PAYER S name street address city state ZIP code andtdephone no 1 Rents OMB No 1545 0115 Sample Company Mi a s 23901 Calabasas Road 2 Royalties pa AGe H H Calabasas CA 91302 Form 1099 MISC 3 Other income 1 FROGS OO TOE withheld P AF idengj ion number RECIPIENT S identification number Fishing boat opoceeds 6 Medical amp health care payments Pe a 888 sea S88e Phone Dept Tax om 8 l 400 00 A Audit Trail EE 95 1234567 55522227239 Memel rm wes D H Notes Recipient s address View mode click for edit mode j S 9 Payer made direct sales of 10 Crop insurance proceeds 5 000 Charlie Tuna GEES Preferences ace e regen reet 10000900000 00 cean St 1 State CA Zero Kie
58. Pro 2011 Help amp Maintenance 205 Help Tutorials and Knowledge Base http www 1099pro com Phone 888 776 1099 toll free or 818 876 0200 E mail ts 1099pro com Service Bureau Phone 866 444 3559 E Mail so 1099pro com Normal Hours Monday Friday 7 00 AM 5 00 PM PST Saturday Closed Sunday Closed Tax Season Hours January Monday Friday 7 00 AM 5 00 PM PST Saturday 8 00 AM Noon PST Sunday Closed Direct Links Flash Tutorials http www 1099pro com demo 1099demo htm Software download location http host 1099pro com Technical Support Docs http host 1099pro com ftp product 2011 Tech_Support_docs IRS Telephone Assistance Information Reporting Customer Service Site If you have questions about reporting on Forms 1096 1098 1099 5498 W 2 W 2G and W 3 you may call a toll free number 1 866 455 7438 You may still use the original telephone number 304 263 8700 not toll free For TTY TDD equipment call 304 267 3367 not toll free The call site can also be reached by E Mail at mccirp irs gov The hours of operation for the call site are Monday through Friday from 8 30 a m to 4 30 p m Eastern time Other tax related matters For other tax information related to business returns or accounts call 1 800 829 4933 Complimentary technical support is limited to questions regarding 1099 Pro software We are NOT authorized to provide accounting tax or legal advice
59. Recomended OutPut File Name You may designate a three character extension for output files IF you wish this extension can be used to identify the output from a single input file Extension TAB Please select how you would like to handle custom data in positions 663 722 of the IRS file This data area is used in special cases and is not defined in IRS specifications e Ignore it C Extract using the default format To begin converting your file press the Process button Process Exit 19 5 1 Limitations of Export This utility will create files that can be imported into 1099 Pro While the utility has been thoroughly tested you the user must exercise precautions to verify the accuracy of your data Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview 193 All output files will be given abbreviated names in the form of PTin plus the PTin Form Type Orig or Corr and a two digit number to account for possible duplicates in Filer Name and Form Type and a three character extension which you may specify A log of output file names filers and form types is also created You may also print out this log file for reference Note Running eFile Viewer more than one time can result in files that are overwritten Overwriting can occur if you direct eFileViewer to place the output in a directory with existing files froma previous eFile Viewer session KNOWN LIMITATIONS Allexports are in the format for 2011 for
60. Reports Forms IRS Utilities Help Control Totals for Current Filer amp Form Type Form Counts by Filer Status all Filers all Form Types All Forms Issued by Selected Filers Tax Form Print Sessions Form 1096 Filing Sessions Electronic Sessions Summary Report Electronic Session Log Detail Reports Service Bureau Upload Sessions Recipients Listing Filers Listing W 9 and B Notice Tracking From there you will see the E File Log Report Wizard welcome screen this will give you a brief overview of how the Wizard will assist you in generating a report when you are done reading this you may click on Next to proceed Example of E File Log Report Wizard Welcome Screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview 187 1099 Pro Mag Log Report Welcome to the Mag Log Report wizard This wizard wil wrak you through the process of creating a Mag Log Report Using this Wizard gt Incases where there is additional information and help available for a topic you will see a Help bution like this one next to it Click on the button to view the special help About the MagLog Report generation process D The first step is to specify how your totals will be sorted and grouped D Next based on your selection criteria you will be asked to select one or more EIN S PCode s and form types to include in your report D Finally based on your selection criteria a report will be produced Click on the Nest button to begi
61. Require at least One 1 Numeric Character TI Require Special Characters in Password TI Special Characters Up to 15 X Cancel Hep 11 1 4 Security Access Group Step 2 Access Groups Step 2 Creating and Managing Access Groups Access Groups allow an Administrator to define the Program Areas and Form types that a User will have access to as well as the level of access that they will have to them Users will only have the rights specifically assigned to them any rights not assigned are denied by default The rights available within 1099 Pro are View Access area Create Modify Delete Report Correct Print and Reset Void where applicable 1 To create or modify an Access group begin by clicking Create and Manage Access Groups from within the EM Create and Manage Access Groups Security Options window Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 2 Click Add to create a new access group You may also D i About Access Groups select Change to modify any access groups you have Arr Sa he ih eller art a already created or to view the contents of a built in Access Group 1099 Pro comes with 11 built in access groups Built in groups are in a teal color on this screen and cannot be modified or deleted This group grants a user full All Except Security amp Tax Forms laccess to all areas of the All Tax Forms software including the ability Export Tax
62. Rollup Procedure Microsoft Access Roll up Procedure for Microsoft Office 2007 This procedure will walk you through the process of aggregating information for multiple tax forms located on one spreadsheet and combining them all into one sheet This walk though can be useful if you are exporting information from multiple databases and several of them have information for the same recipient 1099 Pro does not supply customers with Microsoft Office 2007 or Microsoft Access 2007 Note The 1099 Pro Corporate Suite edition of the software includes a option to have tax form information aggregated on import Microsoft Access Rollup Procedure for Microsoft Office 2007 Note You will need tax form information in an existing Excel spreadsheet prior to beginning this tutorial 1 Start Microsoft access 2007 ba a Micha SL E Ste ze 2 Click on Blank Database and name it something appropriate Note If necessary select an alternate location to save your database file to 3 Click on the External Data tab 4 Click on Excel over the Import area 5 Click on Browse and you will be given the option to locate the excel file that you would Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 206 1099 Pro0 2011 like to import Note Make sure the option Import the source data into a new table in the current database is selected 6 You will then be presented with a screen showing you everything in your spreadsheet divid
63. Rule Transactional Imports Year to Date Import Zero Drop Overview Schedule Imports and Reporting ASP net Features These are the advantages of using the ASP net edition of our softw are e No software installation on end user machines Internet Explorer 6 0 or higher is necessary e Lightning fast Multi Year lookup This feature can be regulated by Administrator set permissions e Custom Queries User definable search criteria e Security 128 bit encryption e Recipient Printable Forms Recipient Module Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Getting Started 15 1099 Pro provides award winning software solutions that are easy to use 1099 Pro provides software solutions that simplify the process of organizing and filing your 1098 1099 5498 W 2 and 1042 S tax forms with the IRS Supported forms include all twenty three 1099 1098 5498 amp W2 G informational returns including the new 1099 SA amp 5498 SA corrections W 9 s amp B Notices 7 21 2011 2011 1 1 Disclaimer Disclaimer The 1099 Pro Inc methodology of flagging errors amp warnings is merely a tool to help detect some of the possible inconsistencies or omissions in your data 1099 Pro Inc does not assert that our system of detecting Errors and Warnings matches that of the IRS SSA or that our system will detect any or all errors in your data You may in fact have records that flag no Errors or Warnings and the IRS SSA may both reject your files and or records and
64. So how does 1099 Pro know the tax state for a recipient It s easy the tax state is determined by the following rules 1 State Withholding if there is state withholding on a form for a state then that state is the tax state regardless of the recipient s address or category These forms include the 1099 MISC 1099 R and W 2G 2 Override default for State tax reporting If you use the optional Override default for State tax reporting button located on the right hand pane of the form entry window the selected state will override the recipient s state in their address 3 Recipient Address If there is no state withholding and a different state is not selected in the Override default for State tax reporting box as discussed above then the state in the recipient address will be used M TIP Number 1 Be careful of potential duplicate filings where you may have already filed your data in the Combined Federal State Filing Program If you have specific questions concerning state filing please contact that state Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 164 _ 1080 Proe 2011 18 2 M TIP Number 2 1099 Pro is capable of combining multiple filers with the multiple form types in one file If you want separate files for Filers A B and C and multiple form types then consider processing one Filer and Form type at a time See E File States Subset File Wizard to begin the process Combined Federal State Filing Program Combined Federal S tate Fili
65. States Code Table When you add or change information in a tax form the Employees master list or Employers master list you have the option of setting the State code via a list of state names and abbreviations You can right click on an existing State field in a tax form or an entry screen and select from the list of states The list that appears on the screen is determined by the Address Type you have selected For Example If you choose an address type of USA the list of states will appear Selecting Canada will allow you to select a province and other will allow you to select a country from the Country Codes Table Besclect state a By Abbrev By Name Locate Name C California Colorado Connecticut H District of Columbia Delaware Florida Fed States of Micronesi Georgia Guam Hawaii lowa Idaho Illinois Indiana sl Cancel 24 1 11 Import Status Overview Import Status Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine Import Data Selecting the correct status is important because aside from Pending the status of the session can only be reset by voiding deleting the entire session Use the Import Session Report to review the status of records in an import session Import Status Overview Loaded Nothing has been done to the entire import other than the initial load In Process Something has happened to logs edit posted aba
66. TIN Matching program please visit Service Bureau Overview The 1099 Pro Service Bureau now offers Bulk TIN matching Did you know that if the Name and TIN SSN EIN do not match on your 1099 s that the penalty is 50 00 for each mismatch up to a maximum of 250 000 00 per company Fortunately the IRS has introduced the Interactive TIN Matching and Bulk TIN Matching Program for form types 1099 B DIV INT MISC OID and PATR only Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ai _ 1080 Proe 2011 There are two steps to participate Register for the IRS TIN Matching System This will take at least 4 6 weeks Perform a 1099 Pro Web Update to acquire the latest updates for your 2011 software That s all there is to it The details are described below How to register for the IRS TIN matching program e First go to http www irs gowtaxpros and click on the E Services link e Click on Registration Services at the bottom of the page After completing the online registration BE SURE TO SAVE YOUR USERNAME AND PASSWORD FOR FUTURE REFERENCE It will take about 10 business days to receive your IRS confirmation code by mail Once you ve received the confirmation code return to the Registration Services page and select the Confirm Registration link Once your registration is officially confirmed you may complete the application for the TIN Matching Programs Notes on system use Once you become a registered user you can immediately veri
67. The 1099 Pro Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro all performed in our secure SAS 70 Type Il environment We provide Printing amp Mailing Electronic Delivery Web Presentment Bulk TIN Matching and IRS Filing services to thousands of our users Our customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money minimize administrative headaches safeguard their sensitive data and benefit from our extensive experience Whether you have a large or small job consider the cost savings and the value of a job done right during your busiest months of the year We ve made the process simple 1 Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to file 2 Call or E Mail our Service Bureau to schedule an appointment date We must have your data by the Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ete 1080 Proe 2011 31 2 1 agreed upon appointment date to ensure that itis posted online mailed or filed by the IRS deadline 3 Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software 4 Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software 5 E Mail or FTP your encrypted upload file to us on or before your appointment date Customers are encouraged to schedule their upload appointments now Rates and availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked Worried about filing late or incorrectly Keep in mind NO customer has EVER incurred an IRS penalty due to a
68. Upload via SB icon to elect to have the Service Bureau print and mail or e file 2 Atthe Printing Mailing Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen click either the Printing and Mailing Upload or Filing with the IRS upload depending on what action you want done Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Service Bureau Overview 39 3 Atthe Upload Wizard click Next to proceed Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 4 You are then prompted with the Do you have the latest version of 1099Pro screen We highly recommend you check for updates to this program before starting any printing or filing process That will ensure that you have the most recent version of the software and the process will go as smoothly as possible See Web Updates for more information Choose a method for selecting eligible records ALL Forms for ALL Filers This option automatically selects every eligible form for every filer If a particular form type has no eligible forms that form type will be skipped Selected Form Types for ALL Filers This option prompts you to select tag the form types to include in this upload file All filers will be processed Selected Form Types for Selected Filers This option prompts you to select tag the filer and the form types to include in this upload file Check for Upload Data Problems e Click the Scan Selected Forms for Common Formatting and Validation Problems This will scan your files to see if any of th
69. View 28 Combine 235 Combined Federal State Filing Program 164 Combining Tax Forms 55 56 Commit Rate 202 Compliance 44 Compliance Seminars 44 Confidential 356 Confidentiality 356 Contact 31 Contact Information 32 Continuous 331 Continuous Form Feed 331 Control Totals Report 289 Corrected Options 57 Correction Types 67 Corrections 195 About Corrections 56 Corrections Box 246 Country 210 Country Codes Table 215 Create a Bulk TIN file manually 155 Create a new Upload for Print Filing with the IRS 318 Create a Transmitter 333 Current View 143 Custom 28 107 Custom Codes 117 Custom Layout 107 Custom messages 107 112 Custom Print Message 247 Custom Query Wizard 287 Custom Sort Order 144 Custom View 144 Customize a Fixed Field 220 Customize Fixed Filler 221 D Daily 302 Daily totals 302 Data 93 Data Aggregation 55 56 Data Confindential 356 Data Entry 139 Dates 208 Dead Beat Dad Overview 242 Deadlines 208 Dedicated Servers 114 Delete a Filer 31 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Delete a Recipient 39 Delete a Record 133 138 Delete Corrected Forms 64 Delete Corrections 64 Deleted Record Detail 127 Delimited 150 Delimited Import Map Wizard 221 Delimited Import Mapping 221 Delimiters 239 Demo 18 Department 139 Department Indicator 139 Disclaimer 15 Display issues 206 Distribution 143 Distribution Codes 143 Donnelley RR Donnelley 151 duplex 273 duplex printing 273 E Edit 28 Edits 93 Ef
70. a tax form Click the radio button next to Disable Remove all Aggregation Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 123 2 When finished click Save Apply Changes to save your changes 3 All forms currently aggregated will be de aggregated and listed as individual tax forms again To find out how to use Aggregation click here Aggregation Roll up Options Aggregation is currently ON Turn OFF Auen Global Settings 1099 MISC 1099 INT 1099 R All 1099 Mise Forms will aggregate based on matching these fields in this order SR SevChange Matching Criteria Exceptions for Individual Filers Select the tax form to aggregate on 1 Select the tax form you want to enable Global Aggregation for and then click the Set Change Matching Criteria button Is Global Default 1099 MISC Options All Filers will be affected unless they have an Exception Select the fields to Aggregate combine forms by To create the Aggregation rule drag and drop fields from the avadabie fields _ amp Down column to the selected fiekis column To remove a selected tieki drag To adjust the order of the field s from the selected fields column selected fiekts use the up and to the available fiaskis column down arrow keys OR disable Aggregation for the specific Filer F Disable aggregation for this Filer x owes 2 we First time users will want to set aggregation rules which determine current rules
71. account number IRS Publication 1220 states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers Enter any number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information returns This number must be unique for each information return The IRS has indicated that they will not reject files if they do not have account numbers but by having account numbers the IRS will be able to process any corrections that they encounter This wizard will create unique Account Numbers for unfiled tax forms to satisfy the new requirement You can also individually specify which Filers and form types to process Things to keep in mind e Onlyunfiled forms with a status of Printed or Pending will be updated e Any form with existing Account information will NOT be changed regardless of status e You can manually replace generated account numbers at anytime before filing e Account numbers are created using two letters from the last name the IRS form code and a number unique to that form For example one might look like this AB Q 0001234 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 10 1 11 See Generating Account Numbers How to generate account numbers How to generate account numbers To Generate Account Numbers 1 At the Enter Update and View screen select Utilities from the menu at the top 2 Select Generate Account Numbers 3 Click Next choose how your forms will be selected for Account Number Generat
72. and regardless of whether other forms may exist in the system for the same recipient C Transactional aggregation must be enabled It an existing forms are tound for a recipient according to the form matching rules currently in effect for the Filer the new information wil update the existing record and be added as a transaction for that record Non matching forms are added as new C Year To Date Transactions are aided to existing tax forms to reflect the new YTD amounts and information Existing forme that are not included in the YTD import wil be flagged as zero drop candidates if the zero drop option is enabled C Replacement All existing Tax Form information for the Filer is deleted and replaced by the new forms ae co x carat m 14 Finally confirm the settings on the summary screen before you click Finish 24 1 6 6 Optional Database Fields CS version only Optional Database Fields 1099 Pro Corporate Suite Version Only Optional Database Features The following is a list of optional database fields that may be assigned for a fixed width import e AuxSir1 Rcp Life of Line An informational field used to describe additional recipient information such as Life of etc e Alternate Account PACE Key This field can be used as an alternate account field which requires a custom print process by 1099 Pro Inc e Name Line 3 and Name Line 4 This field can be used to store additional name and addressing information
73. and end of a data string Delimters can be commas periods tabs spaces and even quotes You will need to specify delimiters for your import file Upon correctly setting delimiters each field of your header record should appear on a different line at the Import Data Delimiter screen If your data displays in one long row or contains strange characters the wrong delimiter was used Select the appropriate delimiter to correct this problem File Format Choices Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F240 1080 Proe 2011 24 5 Standard Tab Delimited Works with all TAB sample import files and standard TAB files Standard Comma Delimited CSV Works with comma separated value CSV files Pipe Works with pipe delimited values FiekiGox Number import value to be assigned toi Ja Rep TIN 123 22 1031 Last NamesCompany BASLE First Name ANTHONY Name Line 2 Address Type Address DeliviStreet 115 86 238TH ST Address AptSutte City ORMOND BEACH State FL Zip 32174 1234 Courtry Ren pret ace e ai gt v Import Session Report Import Session Report The Import Session report details all records in the selected import session To generate this report 1 On the task panel select General Options and the Importing Forms icon 2 Atthe Completed amp In Process Import Sessions screen highlight an import session and click the View Print Session Report button Click Yes to preview the report Reset Import Session Re
74. and sign them to certify that the information is complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge Ready to upload your file via Built in FTP using the Internet This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099Pro Service Bureau The wizard will automatically upload the file for you using the standard FTP File Transfer Protocol An Internet connection is required for this option i e Dial up DSL Cable Modem etc Select Built in FTP to upload your file via File Transfer Protocol to the Internet Click Next In the next screen please confirm your settings in the summary window before starting the Upload Process Upload Type Upload for filing with the IRS Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 322 1099 Pro 2011 Upload Method FTP Built in Total Filer Form Combinations Total Tax Forms File Name Example S9999999 ABC1 23 zip Type File Location i e C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Uploads Contact Information Contact First and Last Name E mail Address and Phone Number Press Upload Now to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing During the upload process the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to view the progress If you need to abort the upload process click the Cancel Stop the Upload button Alternatively you may manually transfer the file to the Service Bureau E mail your upload file to uploads 1099pro com You will rec
75. assess significant penalties on the data or lack of data that you submitted or did not submit 1099 Pro Inc assumes no responsibility or liability for the detection of errors omissions inconsistencies warnings formatting accuracy or compete filing or processing of your data This software application identifies many but not all of the most common format errors in information compliance submissions The likelihood of submission rejection though not eliminated is greatly reduced when utilizing this application Even if no errors are identified by this software your submission could be returned or you could be penalized because of other errors 1 2 Getting the Most Out of 1099Pro Getting the Most Out of 1099Pro Filers Browse Filers Recipients Browse Recipients Tax Forms Create a Tax Form Issue a W 9 Form Issue a First B Notice Issue a Second B Notice Aggregation Corporate Suite Version Only Margins Align Margins Data Roll Forward Data Backup Data Import Maps Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 16 1080 Proe 201 1 3 Importing Data Exporting Data Export Maps Create Corrections Data Aggregation Printing Print a Tax Form Print to a PDF File w IRS Filing via E File Uploading to the Service Bureau Security Administration amp Security System Security Settings Access Groups Rights Groups User Groups Users Hosting Hosted Solutions Miscellaneous View IRS Instructions Contact Technica
76. at large scale businesses e An internet brow ser based interface make setting up multiple users quick and simple if they have Internet Explorer they have access to the program access to the internet is not necessary as all users need is access to the server where 1099Pro net is installed via intranet or internet e Multi Year lookup makes digging through multiple pieces of softw are or files obsolete All tax year information entered into the SQL database Searchable back to year 1997 can be accessed from the same interface by using a simple drop dow n menu e Information stored in the SQL database can be easily accessed using customizable queries multiple search criteria can be used one at a time or in conjunction w ith one another This information is further narrow ed by different operators e High level encryption keeps your information secure utilizing up to 256 bit levels of encryption Note Security levels are configurable by the administrator e Output forms as Adobe Acrobat PDFs so that they can easily be e mailed printed or transferred to recipients or stored in their completed format outside the SQL database 3 1 No Software Install No Software Installation This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software With 1099Pro net client side installations are no longer necessary using Internet Explorer 6 0 or higher anyone within your network can have access to the software
77. available operators that can be used to evaluate your rules AT lconcatenate two stings together eee left parenthesis left and right parenthesis as a set fight parenthesis subtract two numbers value on the lett is less than the value on the night value on the left is less than o equal to the value on the right value on the left is not equal to the value on the right two values are equal value on the left is greater than the value on the right value on the left is greater than or equal to the value on the right do a boolean AND of the values to the left and right Choose expression if true false Choose one option or another Choose number value value2 vahseN Choose option based upon value of number do a boolean OR of the values to the left and sight slice from position 1 to position 2 in a sting divide two numbers Casse ze e Select an operator by clicking on it and then clicking on the Select High Lighted Value button 11 12 Set Aggregation Rules CS Version only Setting Aggregation Rule This feature is only available in the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software To turn on the Aggregation feature 1 From the general menu click File and then Security amp Administration 2 Now click the Combining Tax Forms Button on the left 3 Make sure the button at the top of this window Turn on Aggregation is set to On To turn off the Aggregation feature 1 To remove existing aggregation from
78. available to users manually entering forms or importing them into the software The following applies to the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite ASP interface only Note If you have the recipients list disabled during an import the records that were imported will not be combined with future transactional imports This is because there is no record kept of the transaction Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 101 being linked to a specific recipient when the Recipient list has been disabled Bypass Recipient Compare process Compare Tax Form date to Recipient record on entry and offer updates When importing or manually entering recipient information the software will prompt if this is newer information than the information currently stored in the recipient database Bypass Recipient Compare process for ASP only When manually entering recipient information into the Corporate Suite software the software will prompt if this is newer information than the information currently stored in the recipient database Bypass Recipient Compare process for ASP and CS You will not be prompted when entering recipient information if this is newer information than the information stored in the recipient database in either the Corporate Suite software or the ASP interface Bypass Recipient cascade process Recipient Cascade process depends on Recipient Compare settings If Bypass Recipient Compare is turned on then no cascades can take plac
79. be used to access the software or Change User in the case of clicking Change button The information below will assist you in adding a new user or modifying an existing user a User ID Enter that will be used to login Note Corporate Suite users using the Active Directory Login Type must use the same username that the user logs into their network with b Password By default all new accounts start with NEW as their password and cannot be edited here You may set the requirements users must meet for passwords by clicking Set Security Preferences on the Security Options window c Lock Status this field displays whether or not an account is locked due to login failures Click Change to lock or unlock an account for use Remember to reset the password if it is a case of the user forgetting their login information d Corporate Suite only Pre W2K Domain This is only used when Active Directory Login type is selected by clicking Set Security Preferences on the Security Options screen e Optional Information User Name Provide the end users full name This does not affect Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 as _ 1080 Prow 2011 login Phone Supply a contact phone number for the user Other info This field can be used to store other info such as department e mail address location etc f User Profile Membership This field displays all of the User Profiles that the user is c
80. begin printing your report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 132 1099 Pro 2011 13 13 1 Browse form records Browse Form Records The Browse Form Records screen is accessible via the task panel Forms amp Printing section and Browse Enter amp Edit Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop down menu to select the appropriate form type Browse IRS Tax Forms Browse IRS Tax Forms The following instructions are PDF files contained within your local 1099 Pro installation 1099 Instructions via the internet General 1099 Instructions 1096 Transmittal 1098 Mortgage Interest Statement 1098 E Student Loan Interest Payments 1098 T Tuition Payments Statement 1099 A Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property 1099 B Proceeds From Broker amp Barter Exchange Transactions 1099 C Cancellation of Debt 1099 CAP Changes in Corporate Control amp Capital Structure 1099 DIV Dividends amp Distribution 1099 G Certain Government amp Qualified State Tuition Program Payments 1099 H Health Insurance Advance Payments No Longer Mandatory 1099 INT Interest Income 1099 LTC Long Term Care amp Accelerated Death Benefits 1099 MISC Miscellaneous Income 1099 OID Original Issue Discount 1099 PATR Taxable Distributions Received from Cooperatives Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse form records 133 1099 Q Qualified Tuition Program Payments Under Section 529 1099 R Distributions From Pensions Annuities Retirement or Profit Sh
81. bh Process 945 State Balancing Report Choose a method for selecting eligible records ALL Fiers This option automatically selects every eligible tax form for every Filer in the system C Selected Fiers Setect this option you want to manually select which Filers to process feck er x Conc 2 Hee Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1099 Proe 2011 29 4 29 5 9 Click on the Next button once you have made your selections 10 At the Generate a worksheet export file screen decide whether or not you want to create an export file where you want to save it The spreadsheet is designed so that a user can work with detailed totals by Department or with Filer totals by FEIN 1099 Pro 945 Balancing Report Generate an worksheet export file This step lets you specify if the information on the worksheet should also be exported D Ifyou want you can also create an export file containing the raw data for the 945 Balancing report I Check this box to create the 945 Balancing report export file IT Open created export file s Specify the fokler where the 945 export fie should be created a J Select the Destination folder a x coma 2 me 11 When you are finished click on the Finish button to generate your report Note This will create a file that contains 2 dates and a time the first date is the cutoff date the second date is the date and time when the report was created Example 945 1099 Federal Bala
82. by the filing deadline v Print Status Overview v Import Status 7 2 1096 Session Report 1096 Session Report Print Session Report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 52 1099 Pro 2011 7 3 7 4 The Print Session report summarizes all data for the selected trans mittal To generate this report 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and the File via 1096 paper icon 2 Atthe Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the View Print Session Report button Click Yes to preview the report Reprint 1096 Form Assign Filed 1096 Status 1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a 1096 Transmittal Things to keep in mind The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS SSAscanners Although your data should ideally align in the proper box it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste Align margins if data does not align in the proper box To reprint a 1096 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and the File via 1096 paper icon 2 Atthe Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the Reprint Form 1096 button 3 Atthe Reprinta Form screen you may enter a message to print at the bottom of the 1096 transmittal 4 Printa test alignment to blank paper to minimize form waste When satisfied with alignment click the Reprint Form
83. cannot be deleted if any records are associated with it See Deleting a Recipient Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 aw _ 1080 Proe 201 Run Forms Issued Report The Forms Issued for Recipient report details all forms issued to each recipient Includes filer recipient address and form status See Running Forms Issued Reports Group Actions Group Actions let you tag select a number of items and then perform a single action on them In all cases you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken See Group Actions Multiple Recipients One TIN Occasionally a filer may issue multiple forms to the same recipient or issue forms to two individuals sharing one SSN or EIN For example Jane Doe DBA Jane s Courier Service and Jane Doe both use an SSN of 123 45 6789 However Jane Doe DBAand Jane Doe have different addresses To enter both recipients follow this procedure See Multiple Recipients w One TIN Run Recipient Report The Recipient Listing includes the Name TIN and Address ofall recipients in the 1099 Pro database For more detailed recipient information including Account Numbers and status of any forms use the Conirol Totals report See How to Run a Recipient Report Select a Recipient All recipient records are stored in a master database that is accessible at any taxform To access this information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the lt F2 gt key or right
84. country code alias Country Alias Validation Options Update Country Alias File 99 Reapply Alias Validation 9 After clicking on the Reapply Alias Validation button 1099 Pro will ask how you would like to apply your alias translations You can apply them to all records or records with problems only Administrator q How would you like to apply the update Only records with problems 2 faster but not as thorough All records regardless of status checks every record for problems Il All records Cancel 10 Once your aliases validations have been applied 1099 Pro will be able to properly translate JPN to Japan or JP and the Invalid Country warning will be removed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 213 BS 1099 Pro for 2006 Enterprise SQL View Fix Import Session Records Fie Reports Forms IRS Utilities Help Current Filer CALABASA E Post or Abandon 1099 MISC Imported Records 35 418 5342 Coerect errors before final posting of these records 99 Pro 12322 100 ACH 05 Forms amp Printing 12322 1031 ACH 06 ok QS Browse Entes amp Edt 12322 1032 ACH 04 ok 12322 1083 ACH 01 ok amp Print Tax Forms 123221043 ACH 07 ok D I Fom Totais Reports 12322 1050 Lan 15 ok C More IRS Forms amp Info E pot 555 331234 ACH 73 ok ACH 32 ok Filing amp Corrections A 77 7441234 ACH 38 ok ACH 02 ok G File via 1096 papes Fie vis e bie ot disk
85. create your file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error It is also faster 11 Confirm the settings on the summary screen and click finished then close the Browse the Export Map List Screen You will then be taken back to the 1099 Pro Export Wizard 12 If you created a new Custom Map Field you can now select it from the list and proceed to create your Export file with these new settings Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _1080 Proe 201 17 2 Export Wizard Export Wizard The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating export files You may export all Forms for All Filers or just the Filer Form Type that you need To view the files open Excel or Access and then open the export file s If you open the files in Notepad they will appear to be out of alignment because the files are Tab delimited Note All export files are Map by Name compatible and may be imported into another Filer directly To export data 1 At the menu bar select Utilities and click on Export Database to ASCII File s 2 At the 1099 Pro Export Wizard click Next to proceed Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 3 On the Select the type of data and format to use screen Click the drop down arrow and select your tax form type Next there are two columns which define the type of data you are exporting Your choices are e Delimited where each line has one record and each fie
86. deleted during a custom uninstall This file can be manually deleted if you want to totally remove 1099 Pro from your system or if you want to perform a clean reinstallation This file can remain if you want to reinstall the software but retain your settings Electronic Filing Module Electronic File Module The Electronic File Module is available in the Enterprise or Corporate Suite Edition only You can either upgrade or use the Service Bureau to file electronically with the IRS on your behalf Filing Deadlines Paper filers must file returns by February 28 2012 Electronic filers may file returns electronically through April 2 2012 without a late filing penalty Important Note Electronic Filing functionality is available to Enterprise Edition customers as a free Web Update every December The IRS does not allow testing of the current year s Electronic File format until November 1 1099 Pro sends test files to the IRS and awaits full verification of the Electronic File format before releasing the electronic filing module to our customer base We employ this strategy to bring you a proven and tested product No customer of 1099 Pro has ever been penalized by the IRS due to a software error on our part Transmitter Control Code TCC A TCC is required if your company will be filing electronically via the 1099 Pro Enterprise Electronic File Module If you don t already have one we suggest you submit your request to the IRS at leas
87. e Manually add a recipient record Enter the Master Employees List under the menu option General Options and manually create a new recipient record by pressing the Add button e Import recipient data Enter the Import module by clicking on the Utilities tab on the main menu and then clicking on the Run Import Wizard option Create a new map for importing recipient data and then use the map to import you recipient data Note Please see the following links to learn more about creating and using Delimited Import Maps and Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Fara _ 1080 Proe 2011 24 1 3 Fixed Width Import Maps Once you have created your recipient data you can proceed to import the transactional data e Create a new map for your transactional data using the Import Wizard e Make sure that the correct TIN Account Numbers and other associated data match the recipient information that you would like to import this data for e Import your transactional data using the map you created Note Please see the following links to learn more about creating and using Delimited Import Maps and Fixed Width Import Maps Note If you attempt to import transactional data without having added an associated recipient the software will save the transactional data import until the recipient is added and the import can be posted Note If you have the recipients list disabled during an import the records that were imported will not be combined with fut
88. enter additional transactions you must upgrade 1099 Pro with a bump code Bump codes may be purchased online at www 1099pro com or by contacting Sales at 888 776 1099 To upgrade transactions 1 Atthe menu bar go to Utilities and Software Registration amp Upgrades 2 Enter yourbump code and click Upgrade Now The window Image 1 reflects available record transactions Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Getting Started 1 Product Registration Demo Activation 1009 1099 Pro Enterprise Edition Registered Copy for Tax Year 2006 Reaistration Current Record Limit 5 000 Multi User 2 5 users Current Record Total 0 If you would like to upgrade your record limits contact us at 1099 Pro Inc Phone 888 Pro 1099 9 AM to 5 PM PST Email support 1099pro com Web site Online store hitpvwww 1089pro com If you are ready to upgrade your copy of 1099 Pro Enter the code you received then press the Upgrade Now button Upgrade Bump Code l gt gt Upgrade Now Chose Image 1 How Many Transactions Do Have To track your transactions refer to the Registration window 1 Atthe menu bar go to Utilities and Software Registration Demo Activation 2 Atthe window Image 1 subtract the Current Record Limit from the Current Record Total In this example 0 records transactions existand 5 000 are still available 1 5 What s New What s New What s NEW in 1099 Pro 2011 The following are Changes a
89. for printing and or changes The terms pending and not printed are sometimes used interchangeably See Print Status topic 36 17 Pending Status Pending Status Select this option if you are still printing copies of these records These records maintain their pending print status and are available for edits and or further printing Wl Print Status Overview 36 18 Recipient Employee Recipient Employee Arecipient is an individual or business that receives a 1099 An employee receives a W 2 The terms recipient and employee are sometimes used interchangeably 36 19 Roll Forward Utility Roll Forward Utility Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ese 1080 Proe 201 36 20 36 21 Transfer filer recipient transmitter amp Recipient data from 1099 Pro prior year data into 1099 Pro 2011 You have the option of choosing these individually Roll Forward During installation the wizard automatically looks for prior data files If files are located the wizard prompts to Copy 2010 Filers to 1099 Pro 2011 and to Copy 2010 Recipients to 1099 Pro 2011 This is the only opportunity to roll previous year data into 1099 Pro 2011 Note During the process of rolling forward your data you may encounter a situation in where your 1099 Pro checks for but does not immediately see your data Perhaps your data is located in another location such as on a floppy disk or possibly on a location on a network server i e X Company Name 1099 Pro Data9910
90. generate Mag Log Report Verify that your selections are correct then press Finish to begin generating Please confirm the settings below before starting the generation process Process Type Mag Log Report Selected Filers 1 Filers Selected Form type 24 form types ALL Group Sor by Form EIN Date Range 1101 2007 to 12 31 2007 gt If you would like to change any options press the Back button now Click on FINISH when you are ready to begin cresting your Maglog report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 192 1099 Pro 2011 19 5 Exporting a File To export a file Note You must register for this functionality Please see Installation and Registration 1 Begin by opening the eFile Viewer in the root of the program directory i e C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Find the file eFileViewer exe and double click to open 2 Click the Export button Review and accept the Readme and License Agreement 3 Specify the Output Directory Output File Name Extension type Specify how to display data in fields 663 722 itis recommended that you do not specify an output file name and let eFileViewer create one A 750 Byte IRS File Conversion Utility 09 24 A single input file may result in more than one output file All output files will be placed in a single directory which you may specify Output Directory Browse Enter the output file name If left blank a file name will be automatically created using the PTin and Form Type
91. graphics PCL 5 was designed for more complex desktop publishing graphic design and presentation applications Introduced in mid 1990 with the HP LaserJet Ill this is the most widely used version of PCL compatibility in use by customers PCL 5E Enhanced Though it was labeled an enhancement to PCL 5 it was the internal code released with the HP LaserJet 4 HP LaserJet 4M HP LaserJet 4L HP LaserJet 4ML HP LaserJet 4P HP LaserJet 4MP HP LaserJet 4Plus HP LaserJet 4Mplus HP LaserJet 5P HP LaserJet 5MP HP LaserJet 5L HP LaserJet 5L FS HP LaserJet 5Lxtra HP LaserJet 6L HP LaserJet 6LXI HP LaserJet 6LSE HP LaserJet 6P HP LaserJet 6MP HP LaserJet 6PXI HP LaserJet 6PSE and HP LaserJet bei HP LaserJet 8000 series HP LaserJet 9000 series printers It had major improvements and changes including bidirectional communication between the printer and the PC It featured a wider selection of fonts for use primarily with the Microsoft Windows environment and applications PCL 5C Color This was also an enhancement to PCL 5 to add functional color support for HP Color LaserJet HP Color LaserJet 5 HP Color LaserJet 5M HP Color LaserJet 2500 series HP Color LaserJet 4500 series HP Color LaserJet 4550 series HP Color LaserJet 4600 series HP Color LaserJet 5500 series HP Color LaserJet 8500 series and HP Color LaserJet 8550 series printers It offered no other changes except the commands needed to support color printing PCL 6 This version of
92. highlight the user and click Tag button or click in the column to the left of their UserID Corporate Suite Only you may also select which tax years users have access to under the profile 3 Click Save Save my Changes to this Profile Year Corporate Suite 4 Repeat the steps above to add users to additional profiles Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 Available User Profiles j i Use this utility to assign Users to User Profiles and quickly display which users are members of a particular User Profile You can also specify which tax years they have access to Year Associated with Profile fall Years X TIP You must SAVE your changes before switching Profiles or Tax Years or those changes will be lost Tag to Include or untag to Exclude users from the selected Profile amp Year PS Administrator Enter your name Corey Jsmith John Smith 1099pro Russells 1099pro w Lag X Untag N Ep Z Tag kl e negl Flip Ai EE Show Tagged Mea og Prev Tag Wf Save my Changes to this Profile Year AS Exit Cancel Help 11 1 8 Security Reports Security Reports 1099 Pro offers numerous reports to track Users User Profiles and Access Groups These security reports are available only to administrators or users with administrative rights To generate security reports 1 Atthe menu bar go to File and Security and Administration 2 Atthe Administration
93. imported into the software via the import utility Recipient Select options Note The following list applies only if you have an existing list of recipients within the software Select from Recipient list Default Choosing this option will allow people who are manually entering a record to pull information from the recipient list into the form Select Recipients from forms ASP Only Choosing this option will only allow people using the ASP interface to pull information from the recipients list when manually entering a record Select Recipients from Forms Corporate Suite and ASP only Choosing this option will not allow people using the Corporate Suite software or ASP interface to pull information from the already existing recipients database Force Recipients as New Do not force Recipients as new Choosing this option will cause the software to ask the user who is entering recipient information if they would like to update users and forms already in the recipient database Note The above option applies on both manual entry and import All Recipients on import or manual entry are forces as new unique Choosing this option will create a new entry in the recipient database for every recipients information entered into the software Note The above option applies on both manual entry and import Disable Recipient List Choosing this option will disable the storing of recipients information altogether and information will not be
94. in the North Valley District 7 LIMITED WARRANTY LIMITED WARRANTY FOR SOFTWARE ACQUIRED IN THE US AND CANADA eFile Viewer warrants that the SOFTWARE will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying materials for a period of ninety 90 days fromthe date of receipt If an implied warranty or condition is created by your state jurisdiction and federal or state provincial law prohibits disclaimer of it you also have an implied warranty or condition BUT ONLY AS TO DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY NINETY DAYS AS TO ANY DEFECTS DISCOVERED AFTER THE NINETY 90 DAY PERIOD THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND Some states jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty or condition lasts so the above limitation may not apply to you Any supplements or updates to the SOFTWARE including without limitation any if any web updates service packs or hot fixes provided to you after the expiration of the ninety 90 day Limited Warranty period are not covered by any warranty or condition express implied or statutory LIMITATION ON REMEDIES NO CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES Your exclusive remedy for any breach of this Limited Warranty is as set forth below Except for any refund elected by eFileViewer YOU ARE NOT ENTITLED TO ANY DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES if the SOFTWARE does not meet eFile Viewer s Limited Warranty and to the maximum exte
95. inactive or off 2 Atthe menu bar click File Print Setup and click specific printer Verify the paper setting size is 81 2 inch x 11 inch and that the selector box says Source Continuous No Page Break Generic Print Driver If 1099 Pro indicates your driver is obsolete then consider installing an additional print driver Go to the Windows Machine connected to the dot matrix printer Click Start Settings Printers and Add Printer In the left window select Generic and then Next Keep your existing driver select LPT1 if appropriate and name the printer Generic12CPI Indicate this is NOT the default printer and if prompted provide the computer with your Windows CD After installing this new print driver verify paper size is 82 inch x 11 inch and dip switches are off If you are on a Windows Network you must install this Generici 2CP driver on the computer connected to the printer and allow sharing To allow sharing click Start Settings Printers right click on Generic12CPI and select Sharing Pressure Seal Forms Pressure Seal Forms Support To meet the needs of customers who are printing out high volumes of 1099 and W2 forms 1099 Pro Inc has added the ability to print to pressure seal forms in our 1099 Pro amp W2 Pro Professional and Enterprise products Several different formats of pressure seal forms are available from 1099 Pro Inc Our W2 Pro 1099 Professional and Enterprise software will
96. information returns discussed in these instructions see Who must file electronically on this page Different types of payments such as interest dividends and rents may be reported in the same submission Pub 1220 provides the procedures for reporting electronically and is updated annually Pub 1220 is available on the IRS website at www irs gov You can file electronically through the Filing Information Returns Electronically System FIRE System however you must have software that can produce a file in the proper format according to Pub 1220 The FIRE System does not provide a fill in form option The FIRE System operates 24 hours a day 7 days a week You may access the FIRE System via the Internet at htto fire irs gov See Pub 1220 for more information Who must file electronically If you are required to file 250 or more information returns you must file electronically The 250 or more requirement applies separately to each type of form For example if you must file 500 Forms 1098 and 100 Forms 1099 A you must file Forms 1098 electronically but you are not required to file Forms 1099 A electronically The electronic filing requirement does not apply if you apply for and receive a hardship waiver See How to request a waiver from filing electronically below The IRS encourages you to file electronically even though you are filing fewer than 250 returns Filing requirement applies separately to originals and corrections The elec
97. is checked during the Federal E File file creation process Change of Status from Quick Print ASP Only e Disallow status changes from Quick Print Regardless of what copies are printed using the quick print tool the status of the form will not change e Allow Quick Print status chances option will not be checked e Allow Quick Print status changes option will be checked Restrict Creation of Filed Wrong Form Corrections No Restrictions Anyone who has access to create corrections will have the ability to choose the filed wrong form option when a record will have its information manipulated Restrict for ASP only Representatives that use the ASP interface will not be able to choose the option Filed Wrong Form when manipulating a filed Record Restrict for ASP and CS Users in general will not have the option to choose the Filed Wrong Form option when choosing to alter a filed form Restrict Form 1099 LTC Box 5 This area will give you the option of what information is displayed when a 1099 LTC is printed out Note Box 5 indicates a Chronically Ill or Terminally Ill status Use Box 5 information for printing filing Information entered in box 5 of the 1099 LTC will be printed for all copies and included in electronic filing Suppress Box 5 for printing and filing This option suppresses printing or reporting via electronic filing information entered in box 5 of the 1099 LTC Options for allowing Processing Restrictions t
98. list of Names or Businesses by Last Name or by Tax Identification Number Search for Name TIN This feature is used for searching by Name or TIN only Filters By placing check marks in the following boxes the software then filters the list based on the criteria you select Request Types to show W 9 Show all W 9 requests only W 9S Show all W 9S Requests Only 1st B Notice Show only a list of first B Notice requests 2nd B Notice Show only a list of second B Notice Requests Show All By clicking this button you can place a check mark in all boxes automatically Request Status Types to show Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 35 4 35 5 e Open Pending Shows all currently open pending requests e Close Resolved Shows all closed or resolved requests when corrected info has been received back from the recipient e Voided Shows all VOIDED requests e Escalated If you choose Escalate when you save the Recipient form the existing form is closed and you are taken directly to the Info Request wizard to create a new form View Print Report Allows you to run a report based on the current list of requests then print it out Issue New Requests Takes you to the Print Information Requests Screen View Reprint Selected You can reprint a request by highlighting it in the list and clicking this button You have the option to preview the request before sending it to the printer Browse W 9 Single Batch Requests Browse W 9 Single B
99. made Depending on the type of note you may be able to view and update them from multiple places within the program Global Notes These are visible everywhere within the program and can be viewed and updated from every Notes browse You can also enter Global Notes directly from the main File menu using the Global Notes option Filer Notes Filer notes are associated with a specific Filer and are only available on the update form for that Filer When entering notes for a Recipient you can also view update all Global notes Recipient Notes Recipient notes are associated with the individual recipient and can be viewed and or updated from both the recipient update form and from every tax form associated with that recipient When entering notes fora Recipient you can also view update all Global notes Tax Form Notes Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Records 137 This type of note is attached to one specific tax form for one recipient When entering notes for a tax form you can also view update the notes for the recipient of the form as well as view update all Global notes Attachments Corporate Suite ASP Version Only You may attach documents to Filer Form Recipient Notes You will be able to View Download these documents from the program 14 3 1 Update Notes Update Notes This screen will allow you to add or modify notes Please see Browse Notes Attachments for all available note types 14 4 Browsing by Form Bro
100. numeric characters Enter the IRS assigned TIN dashes MUST be inserted Enter the name of the company or individual owning the TCC Enter a contact name and phone number Enter the TCC owner s address 3 Click OK to save changes or Cancel to abort The transmitter information is incorporated into the electronic file The TCC displays on the Computer Generated Substitute Form 4804 Form 4802 report which prints automatically after creating your Electronic File M itatter creating electronic files you discover that your TCC was entered incorrectly the Electronic File session must be voided Changes made at the Update Electronic File Transmitter Information screen will NOT flow through to already created electronic files 34 Year to Date Imports and Zero Drops 34 1 Year to Date Import Zero Drop Overview Year to Date Import Zero Drop Overview 1099 Pro Corporate Suite Version only This utility allows you to update and remove any records which were not included in the most current import A Year to Date import differs from a non transactional or transactional import in the following manner Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 sea _ 1080 Proe 201 When a transactional or non transactional import is completed all records are stored separately in the database After a Year to Date Import Zero Drop process is completed all records not included in the most recent import are removed and all included records are updated with the most rec
101. one or more areas in your 1099 Pro software 1 The Audit Trail Activity Report is available by launching the software 2 Click on File from the main menu 3 click on Security and Administration 4 Click on the Audit Trails amp Logging button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Audit Trails Wu Click the View Print Audit Changes Report button Select the options you would like to have included in your Audit Trail Activity Report and then click the OK button 7 You will now be brought to a screen that will ask Do you wish to PREVIEW this Report O Click the Yes button to access the preview options Click the No button to send the Audit Trail Activity Report to the printer to the printer without previewing Click the Cancel button to continue without generating the Audit Trail Activity Report Note Once the report prints out use the following legend to determine what changes have been made to the records and filers on the report Definitions of the items on the Audit Trail Activity Report are as follows T TIN Tax ID Number N Recipient Name R Recipient Name A Account Old values are on the left New values are on the right Subtype Audit report tool doesn t know what was done with the record TransType Audit report tool doesn t know what was changed on any transactions 12 2 Deleted Record Detail Deleted Record Detail From the Master Audit Trai
102. or dollar signs i e use 1250 00 not 1 250 Decimals are not assumed if none are contained in the amounts e g 1250 imports as 1 250 An import of 1250 0000 Access or double precision databases imports as 1 250 While error checking is performed on dollar signs and commas itis NOT performed on the actual dollar amounts Multiple Import Fields Boxes on some form types allow for multiple import fields For example Form 5498 has five check boxes in box 7 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 are 1080 Proe 2011 24 1 6 24 1 6 1 Box 7 checkbox 1 Box 7 checkbox 2 Box 7 checkbox 3 Box 7 checkbox 4 Box 7 checkbox 5 Import Wizard Import Wizard An import consists of a simple set of individual steps They can all be done at once or at different times Nothing is actually imported into your files until you have completed all three steps Initial Step Defining a Custom Map Optional Step 1 Importing Data The Import Wizard Step 2 Data Validation You will have the opportunity to test your data for errors Step 3 Posting the results of your import Post results of your import into the main Enter Update amp View Screen Database and Spreadsheet applications files can be imported into 1099 Pro thus relieving the burden of manually entering the information onto the tax form To see more information on importing for Delimited File Types or Excel See Import Maps for a Delimited File Type or Excel To see more information o
103. or more Filers By EIN Fitters the report tor only selected EIN s One or more FormTypes Fitters the report tor onty selected form type s One or more Session ID s Filters the report tor only selected log session id s Additional Grouping C Group and generate additional subtotals by EIN Example of selection by PCode Select which FllenPCode to use for the Mag Log Report his browse lets you hand pick the Flers to include Select the Filers PCode you want to include in your report D To select records you can left click in the Tag column to tag and untag records right click in the browse for a tag menu or you can use the buttons below the browse Example of Selection by EIN Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview 189 Select which Filer EIN to use for the Mag Log Report This browse lets you hand pick the Fiers to include Select the Filers EIN you want to include in your report D To select records you can left click in the Tag column to tag and untag records right click in the browse for a tag menu or you can use the buttons below the browse Select specie tax form types for this Mag Log Report This browse lets you hand pick the tax form types to include Select the Form types you want to include in your report D To select records you can left click in the Tag column to tag and untag records right click in the browse for a tag menu or you can use
104. order of the fields use the up and down arrow keys When finished click OK then click Save to apply your changes 5 The software aggregates by on the chosen fields for this filer for the specified form type Un Installing Uninstall Routines The Select Uninstall Method screen offers two options for removing 1099 Pro from your hard drive Custom allows the user to select files individually recommended Automatic initiates a default uninstall routine To uninstall 1099 Pro custom 1 Close all applications including 1099 Prof 2 On your Windows desktop click the Start button 3 Go to Settings Control Panel and select Add Remove Programs 4 Select 1099 Pro 2011 and click the Add Remove button 5 Atthe Select Uninstall Method screen choose Custom and then click the Next button to start the uninstall program Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 125 6 Files are categorized for deletion Users may Select All recommended Select None or use their mouse to select specific files Categories include System Files Directories INI Files INI Entries Registration Database Keys 7 After selecting appropriate files click Finish to complete the uninstall To uninstall 1099 Pro automatic 1 Close all applications including 1099 Prof 2 On your Windows desktop click the Start button 3 Go to Settings Control Panel and select Add Remove Programs 4 Select 1099 P
105. pen za ec P Advanced Print Options for Recipient Forms These options ordy apply to Recipiert Copies not Federal Steted_ooal copies Special Options for THES run ony addresssEnvelope Offsets ube thern for mare than ore print rut you mutt set them each iene Optional message to be prited om all forms in this print run A short message to the recipient cen be printed on each form Enter Your own message or choose from Pe ket Ovettide progtam conti oled vahees for this pried run C Force an X in the Corrected box on ail forms C Force an X in the Void box rare not on most forms C Print 0 00 instead of banks for all zero amounts IMPORTANT Checking these boxes does NOT create a valid correction os void a form Please click on Help for detalis Reese ecu Geca 2 el Note Below are advanced options for the fine tuning of where the Filers and Recipients address will print if you are using non standard windowed envelopes this will help you adjust the printout so that it is readable on the outside of the form I E S 2 S 2 Advanced Print Options for Recipient Forms These options ordy siv to Recipiert Copies not FederalStated coal copies Special Options for THES run only Address Errvelope Offsets These options allow you to shit the position of Pe Filer and Recipient Sar etSCS Up Gown and Over d you are rd bing standard ervekpes Address oduatmerts are measured in hundreths of an inch from the D I ALL TI placem
106. print See Trouble shooting Control Total Reports for more information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 29 1 Form Control Totals Form Control Totals The Control Totals report is an invaluable tool for reviewing recipient records Information contained in this report includes Form type Filer s Name and TIN Recipient s First Name Last Name TIN Account Number and optionally their Address Individual record print status and date of last update Box by box totals Number of missing TINs and more To generate report 1 On the task panel click the Forms amp Printing section Select the form type to process and then click the Form Totals Reports icon 2 Report Filter and Form Selection Options Choose a method for selecting records All pending forms for this filer All forms for this filer regardless of print status Use Query Wizard Manually select records tagging 3 Error and Warning Messages Choose how to print warnings and or errors This option is ghosted if the Summary Version report format is selected 4 Report Record Ordering Options Choose how to sort the records By Last Name By TIN By Account Number then Last Name Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20 1089 Proe 2011 5 Report Format Options Choose a report format Summary Version lists recipient address and all dollar amounts but no text information and limited checkbox data Extended Version lists all information including recipient addr
107. print too large or otherwise print strangely This is typically due to printing with a postscript driver To resolve this situation try printing to a PCL 5 PCL 6 EMF or any other non postscript driver Help File Print Problems Some print drivers may have difficulty printing hot spot or jump items For example instead of printing a dotted or solid line underneath the hot spot jump item only a blank line prints To resolve this issue install an HP 4L print driver and setit as the default printer Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 271 Default Printer 1099 Pro may default to a specific printer Always review the selected printer while choosing your paper type in the Print Wizard To switch printers use the Select a Different Printer or Port button to access the Print Setup screen Random Errors Occasionally a virus checker e g Norton McAfee can corrupt the 1099 Pro installation and cause random inexplicable errors If this is happens backup your data files perform a custom uninstall and then reinstall the software with the virus checker disabled Continuous Form Alignment If your continuous dot matrix forms are not aligning properly see Margin Alignment Continuous Dot Matrix Printers To successfully print to a continuous printer verify Printer is set to print at 12 CPI characters per inch and Paper size is to 82 inch x 11 inch user defined sizes are not supported and Both software and hardware op
108. process again starting with Step 1 above Be sure and check with your Administrator to ensure you have the proper rights to carry out this task Step 2 Validate your Data Step 2 Validate your Data Validating and Check your data for potential errors 1 Click the Test My Import Now button to perform a test import on up to 250 records The Test Import Result window displays any errors and warnings Select any record and click Change to view data however changes are not saved in test mode This is an excellent opportunity to verify your data and go back and make any necessary changes to mappings delimiters etc Click Close to exit this screen 2 Decide how to proceed with the import 3 If records need to be corrected or deleted click Finish and then Report to run a summary report detailing any errors or warnings This reportis not available once the import session is posted Then proceed to the Edit Post or Abandon Imported Records screen 4 If NO records need to be corrected or deleted AND you want to proceed directly to the final step of the import routine click Finish and then Continue At the Edit Post or Abandon Imported Records screen click Post Session You immediately enter the Post Import Records wizard 5 lf NO records need to be corrected or deleted BUT you don t want to proceed to the final step of the import routine at this time click Finish and then Stop Remember to return at some point to modify del
109. recommended Automatic initiates a default uninstall routine This option leaves behind your current data files under the main program directory in the folder named Data the Uploads folder containing any uploads generated by the 1099 software for submission to the Service Bureau and miscellaneous DLL files used by the software In addition the INI file is also preserved in the Windows directory Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Glossary 351 User s UserlD A user is an individual who has access to the software Rights and permissions which delegate what this user can and cannot do are assigned to the user and then the user freely uses the software either with some restrictions or no restrictions User Group s User Groups are created by attaching one or more Access Groups and one Activity Group to them A users rights are determined based on which User Groups they are a member of e Administrator ALL Rights e Tax Forms Edit Pending e Tax Forms Full Rights e Tax Forms View Only e Import Tax Form Data e Export Tax Form Data e All Tasks Except Security e File Tax Forms with IRS e Service Bureau Upload e W 9 Tracking V Virus Checkers Disable virus checkers e g Norton McAfee ViruScan etc PRIOR to installation to avoid potential corruption Random errors in 1099 Pro are typically due to installation of software while running a virus checker After a successful installation re enable the virus checker W
110. required to obtain the correct Name TIN This information may not be solicited by telephone You need a TIN validation IRS Letter 147C or Form SSA 7028 as appropriate in order to stop current backup withholding or prevent backup withholding from starting Third and Subsequent Notices Is a Third B Notice Required Generally you may ignore a third or subsequent notice of missing or incorrect TIN s if you completed the actions for the First and Second B Notices and the incorrect payee name and TIN combination and account number remain the same However if the CP2100 CP2100A Notice and listing s relate to the same payee but with a different Name TIN combination than on the first and second notice you must treat the notice as a first notice 35 6 W 9 Report W 9 Report Information Request Report Options available are as follows Select the Printer Selects the current printer to use to print the request Select the Sort Order e By Last Name e By TIN Report Preview Enables you to preview the report before it is printed Request Types W 9 W 9S 1st B Notice amp 2nd B Notice Request Status Opened Pending Closed Resolved Voided Escalated Date Issued Range From Begin Date to End Date Filer to Include Option available for selection is All Filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 aa 1080 Proe 2011 36 Glossary Glossary a f 10 Day Per IRS Pub 1220 part C section 7 If the elect
111. s password i Require at least One 1 Numeric Character Determines whether or not there must be atleast one numeric character in a User s password j Require Special Characters in Password Determines whether or not special characters i e A etc are required in a User s password Note You must specify which special characters may be used before enabling this option see K below k Special Characters Up to 15 Define special character s which may be used during password creation Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 Record Will Be Changed Modify System Security Settings These settings apply to all passwords for all Users throughout 1099 Pro M Login Type Default 1099 Pro security user is prompted for both ID and password C AutoFill 1099 Pro security user ID pre filled with Windows User Name Active Directory Use Windows Domain Login Password no login prompt M General Minimium Password Length 5 15 JE Ej Lock a User ID after this many invalid login attempts requires Administrator to reset fo M Expiration and Reuse options Days before a password expires fo a Note A Zero Days to warn user before their Password expires 0 2 A Kette Ulsavie UO Times before a password can be used again fo aj requirement Password Format Options Require at least One 1 Uppercase Character J Require at least One 1 Lower Case Character
112. select or enter a message or force an X to be printed 1 The Special Options for this run only tab allows you to specify an optional message to be printed on all Recipient copies for the print run For your convenience 1099 pro provides a number of built in messages such as Re issued Form Revised and Re Issued Corrected and Re issued Replacement Copy Duplicate copy per request Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 246 1080 Proe 2011 2 You mayalso force an X to be printed in the corrected box for the forms by placing a check mark in this option For the few recipient copies that have a VOID box on them most forms don t you can force an X to be printed in that box as well 26 1 2 Making Address Adjustments 26 2 Making Address Adjustments Address adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default placement For example a change of 25 would resultin the address shifting down or to the right 1 4 of an inch To modify the position of the address vertically or horizontally 1 Choose the form type in the Current Form drop down menu above the Forms amp Printing section 2 Choose the method to be used for selecting the 1099 form to be printed 3 Click on the Begin Print Process button in the Print Forms for Recipients and the IRS screen 4 Select the print stock you will be printing on whether pre printed or blank stock or continuous forms Click Next 5 Choose a
113. sort order Click Next to continue 6 Choose whether to preview the forms for printing Click Next to continue 7 On the summary screen you are then presented with a summary of your current printer print options paper type total recipients selected form sort order and other information The Advanced Print Options button appears in the middle of the summary screen Click on Advanced Print Options button 8 On the Address Envelope Offsets tab begin by modifying the values for vertical and horizontal adjustments using the arrows As you make your adjustments the adjustment title will turn RED indicating that your adjustments may be too large When finished click OK To close this window validate all of your settings and click OK or to abandon your settings click Cancel If you have made Advanced Printer Option modifications then click Print to preview your changes and or click Print to print the form Form Limits Overview Form Limits Overview 1099Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides extra filtering options when Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 2 printing forms Why would I want to use a Form Session Limits Filter Let s say you have a group of 1 000 forms that need to be printed You have already set the print process to generate ALL Pending forms for the current filer however you want to go the extra step and filter ALL Pending forms with a Zip code ra
114. the Update Country Alias File button to add JPN as an alias country code for Japan 5 At the Browse Country Alias Translations window you will see a list of all of the current country alias if any exist To create a new alias click on the Add button Bn Browse Country Alias Translations ES Translation file for Country Names This is where you can specily akemative spellings fos imparting county names By Alas lp I S Country Name 6 At the Adding a Country Alias Record window type the alias that you are currently using in this case JPN in the first box top On the second box bottom enter the name of the country or click on the ellipsis for a complete list of IRS country names and codes With your alias and corresponding IRS country code selected click on the OK button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 212 1099 Pro 2011 i Adding a CountryAlias Record i x n Alias is an alternate spelling or code that you can use to match your incoming import values to IRS country names and codes When an incoming value for a country name is the following JPN Translate it to the IRS country name and code of Japan Code JA y OK x Cancel Help 7 Now that you have your alias configured click on the Close button on the Browse Country Alias Translation window to return to the import wizard 8 You can now click on the Reapply Alias Validation button to allow 1099 Pro to use your new
115. the Recipient to File with State Tax Returns and Copy C for payer Forms Note Do not put spaces in between the characters in order to have your custom message effect the maximum amount of forms Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security m dn Dieseng n Message FomType 1039R zl Distnbutions from Pensions Annuities IRAs Insurance etc Message Detctiption Alabama DeimedBereftPiay 777 Print Code A Message wil pirt on Copes R Set Fontsize ppo De Size Message process type Plain text Message Text Alabama Defined Benefit Pan 7 Duplicate or addtional field Field Nome J Pint Posdioning Method Specified position in thousandths of an inch Xhoizonta 180 Y veicat 2640 Preset position Payer Code TIN Location Name Cty State Zp Jw 011111111 10011 ag Testing basas 001200000 10012 2 State Data Set AZUSA 001000000 10019 5498 Filer alaba 0011 119 0020 ederal Filing Test Wit 555055555 CALABASA sige Corporate Filer 0101 Example E Select tag Specific Fiers 7 Once you have completed creating your print code click on the Save button to save any changes and exit the print code creation screen You may also click on the Cancel button to discard any changes and exit the screen age Will Be Created Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 112 1099 Pro 2011 11 3 5 1 Using Print Codes CS version only Using Print Codes Corporate Suite Version Only In order to appl
116. the ability to set withholding as a percentage in box 2 Federal income tax withheld Note Either Federal 25 State 5 or Federal 10 State 2 e A drop down box for boxes 11 First I D and 12 Second I D Note The ID s used in these boxes can be defined under Security and administration then Business Rules Manage Data Entry Code Lists amp Options then click on the Code Type to view update of Recipient LD Types with that option selected you will have click on Add to add Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security optional groups people to the box 11 or 12 drop down lists 1042 S Suppress No TIN Message Turning on this option will suppress the warning given if a form is entered and there is no TIN number assigned to the form at that time Filter the CSR list by Filer is Security is on 11 3 3 2 Local Local Tab Recipient Address ZIP Code City Options Convert City to UPPER case during manual entry ZIP lookups Clicking this check box will cause the program to automatically convert the City to all upper case characters when using the softwares build in zip code to city matching utility Always convert Recipient City to UPPER case during printing When printing records from the Corporate Suite software or ASP interface the City name will always print in upper case regardless of what is viewed in the Browse Enter and Edit screen Local Options Automatically reselect the last Filer at program
117. the buttons below the browse Contributions of Motor Vehicles Boats and Airplanes Student Loon interest Statement Tuttion Payments Statement Acquisition or Abandonment ot Secured Property Proceeds From Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions Cancellation of Debt Changes in Corporate Control and Capital Structure Dividends and Distributions Certain Government and Qualified State Tuttion Program Payments Health Coverage Tax Credit HCTC Advance Payments Example of selection by E File Log Session ld s Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 190 1099 Pro 2011 Select one or more sessions for this Mag Log Report This step lets you include log session to include in th s report Select the Log Session for this report D This screen will allow you to select one or more sessions for this report Tag Session pl Session Date Log Count Fie Nome aaam After you have chose what information will be included in your report click on Next to continue Next you will be prompted to enter the date range for the E File Log report If you would like to use the default date of 1 01 2011 to 12 31 2011 you can click on Next to proceed and begin the report generation process if you would like to narrow the dates the report will show you can click on the Select date range to use button Example for the date range selection Select the date range for this Mag Log Report This step lets you include log records that are within
118. the file name will be automatically be generated depending on what options you chose beforehand E G CA Q3TAX 7 30 08 4 43PM TXT e Also you will be given the option to have a column depicting the State Withholding Summary Report for the selected states e Finally there are 2 more options on the page e Detail Report lists all TIN plus totals This option will place a column on the report showing the Filers TIN as well as the totals Summary Report totals only This option will place a column on the report showing only the total 13 Once you have selected which options you would like to display on your report click on next to continue Verify Transmitter information for your State Quarterly E File file Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Reports 297 099 agMedia Wiz Verify Transmitter information for your State Quarterly MagMedia file Transmitter information identifies the originator of the fie to the IRSMOC gt ATransmitter Control Code number or TCC is required by the IRS when filing magnetically or electronically ATCC is composed of five alpha numeric characters D Changes made here are temporary and apply to this session only Ifyou want to make these changes permanent you must update your Transmitter record File gt Transmitter information Transmitter Information Transmitter Control Code TCC 33034 Transmitter TIN EIN SSN or TIN fest 234657 Transmitter Name Line 1 Sample Transmitter Transmitter Name Lin
119. the settings on the summary screen and click finished then close the Custom Import Maps screen You will then be taken back to the main Browse the Import Maps screen If you created a new Custom Map Field you can now select it from the list If you make changes to your header name changes to your import file then you will need to modify your existing map or if you chose create a new map which matches those changes 24 1 6 5 Fixed Length Import Map Wizard CS version only Fixed Length Import Map Wizard 1099 Pro Corporate Suite Version Only The 1099 Pro Import Wizard simplifies the process of creating Import Maps so you can then import your data into the 1099 Pro software The first step in creating an Import Map is to specify how the records to import will be selected and where the records will be inserted into the tax form Import files can be imported in a variety of formats including delimited CSV Fixed Length Excel XLS or XLSX and XML Follow the steps below to create and or define an Import map Defining a Fixed Length Map Type also See Defining a Tab Delimited File Map 1 From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the Import Forms link in the navigation bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities on the main menu then click Run the Import Wizard 2 Click on the Manage Create Import Maps button 3 Next Click Add to add a new Import map to the list when prompted with Which type of import woul
120. to form while viewing all of the data for each form When you use Browse by Form your current view and Query settings will still be in effect just as if you were using the standard browse For example if you are viewing the list of forms in Last Name Company order and have a Query to only show forms that have Notes you will still see only forms that have notes in Last Name Company order when you switch to Browse by Form mode See Browsing by Form for further instructions Quick Print Form Button To quickly print any tax form from the Browse Enter amp Edit screen highlight the form and click on Quick Print See Quick Print for further instructions 14 1 Add a Record Add a Record 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Browse Enter amp Edit icon Use the Selected Form drop down menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Browse Form Records screen click Add to access the Adding a Form Record screen 3 After completing all fields click Save The record is saved and a blank screen is presented for your next record Click Cancel to exit the Adding a Form Record screen 14 2 Void Records Void Records Records are voided instead of deleted to retain data for possible future reference Only records with a printed status can be voided To void a record 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight a record and click Change to access the Protected Form Update Options screen 2 Clic
121. value of 0 default will sort by FilerID 18 6 2 FIRE upload process FIRE system upload The purpose of this tutorial is to guide you through account creation for the IRS FIRE Filing Information Returns Electronically system and uploading your file to the IRS Note this process applies to 1098 s 1099 s 5498 s 1042 S s and W 2G s Not W 2 s If you have never created an IRS FIRE system account you will need to do so 1 Visit http FIRE IRS gov 2 Click on the link labeled Create New Account 3 Now you will be asked to enter your company specific information Enter your information in the indicated fields Note This is critical because if there is any problem with the file this is the information the IRS will use to attempt to contact you Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 170 1099 Pro 2011 Create FIRE System Account Please complete the form below All fields are required unless noted otherwise If you already have an account you can go ahead and Log on Do you already have an account but cant remember your password Give us a call toll free at 1 866 455 7438 to assign a new password Company 1999 Pro Tax Software Professionals Address 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 city Calabasas State CA zip 91367 Phone 888 776 1099 Exten Optional contact 1099 Pro Customer Service E mail CustomerService 1099pro com 4 Once you have completed filling the information in click Submit to continue 5 You
122. will be the only PC where software updates can be applied Subsequent installations are Workstations Remote Data Program Location When installing the Server you are presented with an option to have your data and program DLL s reside on another PC Novell drive or Network Attached Storage e Check the box Allow Remote Server Installation to start the Remote Data Program Location e Click on the Browse button and select the destination directory Note that the value under Select Destination Directory must end with a pathname of Pro99T11 or similar depending if you are installing 1099 W 2 or 1042 S Pro Note that you may select a mapped network drive or you may use UNC such as amd800 C in this case e Next you will be prompted if you wish to roll forward data such as Filers Security Settings from a prior year Once you have finished installation you can open the software click on Help and About and then click on the graphic icon for the software and you can see the data paths involved Note that none of the data or program files are kept on the Server they are kept at the Remote Server Data Location Install Workstations Perform subsequent workstation installations as needed Be sure that each workstation has read write delete rights to the Remote Data Program Location Note each Workstation must communicate with the Remote Server Data Location via UNC or a mapped letter drive Workstations do not have to communi
123. with different levels of issues for processing 36 4 Ascii ASCII A simple text file w here fields are separated delimited w ith certain characters e g a tab space or pipe 1099 Pro s import capability includes most any ASCII file These files can be exported out of most database amp spreadsheet applications as an ASCII file comma separated value CSV or tab delimited Need help Contact Technical Support Phone 888 PRO 1099 Select Option 2 Email Click here to E Mail Support Technical support is available Monday thru Friday from 7am to 5pm PST Excluding Holidays 36 5 Cascading updates Cascading updates Cascading updates are changes made to a recipient s name or address at the Browse Recipients screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 esa _ 1080 Proe 2011 36 6 36 7 36 8 36 9 36 10 36 11 36 12 Copy A C opy A LLI Copy A and the 1096 Transmittal Sheets are preprinted with a special red ink thatis invisible to the IRS scanners You are encouraged NOT to print Copy A and the Transmittals until mid February in case changes are required If filing 250 forms of any one type you must file electronically with the IRS or face penalties Corrected options Corrected Options The Corrected Options screen is accessed whenever a corrected form or original form associated with a correction is selected at the Browse Form Records screen End of Payer C Record End of Payer C Record End of Payer C
124. with your approval 14 You will see your new entry in the Drag map Fields from here on the left side under the Col entry will be the column where the import map will be looking for the information to import on your spreadsheet 15 Note Itis very important that the column number thatis listed in there matches the column number over from the left on your spreadsheet For example if it indicated that it will be the 6th column over on your new import map area it must be the 6th column over on your spreadsheet 16 Please review the information located in the right window that contains the Map to Field Destination Mapped Import Field Column Value and Col columns 17 if your information is correct click on Next 18 Please review all subsequent screens and click Next if they meet with your approval 19 Click on Finish Your import map will now be modified and the next time that you use this import map to bring in tax forms it will also bring in the information located underneath the added column 24 1 7 Drag and drop methods Drag and Drop Methods Drag amp Drop Import Method Use if your import file contains your ow n unique headers or no headers at all Click on a field from the Available Input Fields and drag it across to the matching field in the Input Field list Repeat this procedure until all of the necessary fields have been assigned If the wrong field is accidentally assigned double left click the mouse on the i
125. you want to check and which filer s and or specific forms you want to be included in the report This report is useful for verifying changes made to records by an individual user Scheduler Overview Scheduler Utility Corporate Suite Only The scheduler allows users to schedule unattended import and posting of records as well as reporting This will allow you to set long imports etc to run during off hours thereby increasing productivity and decreasing load on your server during business hours Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 303 Scheduled Jobs Tax Year Status Type Start Date Time NextDate Time 1099 5 Import 1 Sched1 2008 2008 Enabled Import 6 26 2009 14 45 1099 5 Import 2 Sched1 2009 2009 Enabled Import 6 26 2009 14 46 1099 INT Transactional 2008 Enabled Import 903 2009 16 14 10 42 2009 16 14 3922 Balancing Report 2009 Enabled Report 9 25 2009 15 17 945 report for ptin 1401 2009 Enabled Report 10 07 2009 1 30 11 05 2009 1 30 Balance Report 2009 Disabled Report 9 24 2009 4 08 10 07 2009 4 08 BH 08 1098 import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 4 scheduled import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 CAP Import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 Misc trans import 2008 Enabled Import 9 02 2009 17 14 1042 2009 17 14 BH 08 1099 R scheduled trans
126. 0 00 per company Fortunately the IRS has introduced the Interactive TIN Matching and Bulk TIN Matching Program for form types 1099 B DIV INT MISC OID and PATR only Bulk TIN matching via the 1099 Pro Service Bureau offers protection from IRS Penalties e Due Diligence Using the TIN Matching System allows you to verify the accuracy of TIN and Name information prior to submitting information to the IRS IRS Code 6724 provides any penalties under Section 6721 may be waived if the Filer shows the failure to provide a correct TIN on an information return is due to Reasonable Cause and not Willful Neglect e File may prove Due Diligence and receive a waiver from proposed penalties if they prove the TIN and Name combination they submitted matched IRS records Providing a copy of the Print Screen of your IRS System Responses will be considered proof of Due Diligence As of this writing the IRS does not allow other form types to participate in this program under penalty of perjury and possible imprisonment How does the bulk TIN Matching work Using the 1099 Pro software you will create a file that is sent to our Service Bureau for bulk TIN matching Upon receiving the results from the IRS we will mail them back to you in a password protected Excel spreadsheet With your results you can manage the W9 B Notice process using the features built into our software to collect the correct TIN information from your payees To get started go to Step
127. 011 Types of Corrections 67 U Un Installing 124 Upcoming Features 48 Update Users 84 Updating a Form 53 Updating a Record 53 Upgrade 18 User Detail Report 88 User Group Detail Report 88 User Groups Overview 73 Users 73 Using Bulk TIN Matching 158 324 Using Rollup Options 55 56 Validate your data during import 227 Validation 93 Validation Checking 145 Video Display Issues 206 View a Map Report 301 Viewing as Field List 184 Viewing as Text 184 Viewing Options 184 Virtual Mapping 231 Virus Checkers 115 Void Records 135 W W 9 339 W 9 Main Screen 338 W 9 Request for TIN Overview 339 WO Request Options Screen 341 W9 Single Batch Requests 339 W9 Wizard 337 Warnings 145 Web Updates 113 What can expect from the States Subset File Wizard 162 What s New 19 When to file 208 Where to file 208 Windows Effects button 206 ze 1080 Proe 2011 Withholding 97 102 Withholding State 139 X X Correction Box 246 D 8 Zip Code Look up 142 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011
128. 099 Pro 2011 202 1080 Proe 2011 22 5 Optimize Posting Optimize Posting When posting very large import files 1099 Pro may run out of RAM and terminate before the Postis complete Users can modify their INI file to optimize the Post process according to the amount of RAMin the machine running the Post By default the Post pauses every 2 000 records to commit new records Users can increase or decrease the number of records processed between commits to speed up the process Unless you are importing large amounts of records and have a powerful machine with lots of RAM there is no need to modify the default value of 2 000 records To optimize posting 1 Exit 1099 Pro 2 In Windows Explorer go to C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Admin and open Pro99T11 INI 3 Inthe System section modify the Post Commit entry accordingly do not enter a comma in the numeric value 32 megs of RAM Try the default and lower to 1000 if necessary 64 megs of RAM Use the default 96 megs of RAM Use the default or try increasing to 4000 128 megs of RAM Try 10000 256 megs of RAM Try 20000 512 megs of RAM Try 50000 512 megs of RAM Experiment 1099 Pro beta testers have successfully imported over 128 000 records in a single commit on a machine with 1 gigabyte of RAM 4 Save your changes and exit Pro99T11 INI 5 Open 1099 Pro and Post your import The Post Commit entry may need to be manually added to the System section Your entry shoul
129. 099 Pro also requires display settings of 800x600 and small fonts to properly display windows and type Some Deskjet Inkjet or Bubblejet printers may not print to the bottom 1 2 inch of paper Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1080 Proe 2011 23 23 1 Important Dates Filing Deadlines Filing Deadlines M 1099 Pro Inc strongly recommends verifying all filing deadlines and addresses 1099 Pro Inc assumes no liability for inaccuracies or changes contained herein WHEN TO FILE Recipient Copy B Mailing Deadlines Deadline to mail recipient Copy B paper returns is January 31 2012 for the 2011 tax year Except for Form 5498 ESA which is May 1st 2012 and forms 5498 and 5498 SA Recipient Copies by May 31 2012 Form 1099 B 1099 S and 1099 MISC reporting payments in Boxes 8 or 14 must be mailed by February 15 2012 Form 5498 containing FMV RMD must be mailed by January 31 2012 Under some circumstances it is acceptable to issue Copy B earlier Please review the IRS Instructions for specific details IRS Filing Deadline via Mail Deadline to mail IRS Copy A s is February 28 2012 except for Form 5498 5498 ESA and 5498 SA which is May 31 2012 Electronic Filing Deadline via the HRE System Deadline to file all 1099 1098 and W 2G IRS Copy A s electronically is April 2 2012 for the 2011 taxyear File all Form 5498 Form 5498 ESA and 5498 SAIRS Copy A s electronically by May 31 2012 Federal Extension See Fo
130. 1099 MISC Form Information e View the form as orginally printed and fied with the IRS the contents d _ View Orignal cannot be changed except for the Notes Source and Category fields Original Form History Imported on MAY 17 2007 as Filed 1096 Filed on Last changed n a Filed via Form 1096 Forms Printed n a Date Corrected AUG 1 2007 BJ Reprint orignal form 14 Original Form Pet Update History Associated Corrected and Corrections Forms FL N SO ET 80107 1099 MISC_ 1123 22 1031 ANTHONY BASLE P Amount Change Pending 8 You have now corrected your form click on the Close button and file your corrected form 9 3 Correction of a Correction CS Version only Creating a correction of a correction Corporate Suite version only This walk through will guide you through the process of creating a correction of a correction Note A corrected form must be filed prior to correcting a correction if the form in question has not been filed yet you may simply change the value on the form and save it Note It will be necessary to file a Federal or State correction depending on what is done within the correction Select the form type that you wish to perform a correction of a correction on Click on Browse Enter amp Edit in the Forms and Printing box Select the recipient who s form you would like to perform the correction of a correction on Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1099 Pro 2011 Click on the ch
131. 10994 1099 PRO HELP MANUAL 2011 PROFESSIONAL ENTERPRISE amp CORPORATE SUITE Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro Professional Enterprise and Corporate Suite help manual by 1099 Pro The 1099 Pro Software produces all forms in the 1099 1098 5498 and 39xx series It also prints to plain paper preprinted forms and continuous forms In addition or software also offers eFile options to the IRS This help manual will assist you wth instructions and operations on how to use 1099 Pro 1099 Pro 2011 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Disclaimer All rights reserved No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for anyloss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been cause
132. 2s ar02 html Select the appropriate code from the list then click the select button or click cancel to go back to the tax form screen Import File Conventions Import File Conventions For a smooth import please thoroughly review these conventions PRIOR to creating your import file The order of data fields is not important and it s OK to have extra fields that won t be included in your import file e g phone number date of birth etc Rep TIN Enter dashes in TINs to differentiate SSNs and EINs This is a required field Last Name Company Enter Company if Recipient TIN is an EIN Enter Last Name if Recipient TIN is an SSN This is a required field First Name Enter First Name only if Recipient TIN is an SSN If Recipient TIN is an EIN then we recommend you leave this field blank Address Type Leave blank for US addresses Optionally enter C for Canada to validate the Canadian Postal Code format and or O not 0 for foreign addresses to turn on country address formatting See Country Codes Table for more information Address Deliv Street This field is imported separately during import Address Apt Suite This field is imported separately during import City US and Canadian addresses enter city Foreign addresses only enter city country and postal codes State US and Canadian states enter 2 letter abbreviation Zip US and Canadian addresses enter postal codes Foreign addresses enter postal codes in City field
133. 4 Security Assign Users Step 4 Add Update Individual Users Generally you will have one user for each physical user of the software This section will guide you through creating updating and deleting Users 1 To configure Users click on the Add Update 3 Add Remove Users from Profiles Individual Users from within the Security Options window 1 The Users window opens displaying a list of all current users in the software The Add User button allows you to add a new user The Change button allows you to modify an existing user or view the profiles they are associated with The Delete button will remove a user from the system Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security Cn Browse and Update the List of Users People on this list have access to this program along with whatever rights you assign to them Search UserlD UserID Full Name Phone Other Info Creating Users Jane Dos Supervisor To create a User click on John Doe 818 876 0200 Customer Service icant treats creating 4 user you must attach them to a User Profile that grants them the necessary Rights to use the system Built in Users Users that are this color are Built in Users and cannot be deleted s Add User Delete Close Help 2 Clicking the Add User button will open the Adding a User window Here you will input the login information that will
134. 99 MISC file Move fields from the available fields list to the Import list gt Select the fields from the left to be filled from the Import file and add them to your layout List of columns fields currently in the Import Map Select a field to map then click on Add Feld Selected Field Details Field Action Ze Fill from Import Set Fixed Value Field Description Last Name Company Field Type Size Character 40 max Ri alue Recipient last or Company name Add this Field Fb Columns so tar 0 H E db Add Filler A ven Remove u Back REES x cancel Help 10 Click Add this Field to move the Database Field over to your import map Mapped To Field Value D 11 Use the Up and Down Arrow Ou to move the Database Form field to match the column in your import file Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 231 Note The column on the import map must match the column s location on the spreadsheet In the Col you will see which column on the spreadsheet the import map will be referencing when it imports F1 C fe PINECREST DRIVE RFD 2 A B c D E F 1 123 22 1002 ADAM LILLIAN c PINECREST DRIVERFD2 f 2 123 22 1031 BASILE ANTHONY 115 86 238TH ST 123 22 1032 NORTON DONALD G 123 E LAIRD DR 123 22 1033 NORTON WALLACE G 730 18TH AVE 12 When you are done making changes adding columns click Next 13 Please review all subsequent screens and click Next if they meet
135. 99 Pro 2011 F106 _ 1080 Prow 2011 Corporate Suite allows you to create custom print codes that will be applied to your forms at the time of printing Print Codes allow for the insertion of a print message on the Blank Stock Combined print out The message can be the Duplication of a field of data on the record or it can be a static message of up to 39 characters Up to 3 print codes can be imported or added manually at an individual tax form Click on the Select Codes button to expose the codes that have been set up for use with any Filer PTIN Special Primt Codes G a 3 amp Select Codes screen Select print codes from the Special Print Codes box on the form entry Please click here for further information on applying print codes To configure Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages please use the following steps 1 From the file menu select Security and Administration 2 From the Global Administrative Options window select Business Rules 3 Under the Business Rules and Options pane click on the Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages button 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view or change those options Business Rules and Options Overall Program Options and Settings Zeg Preference Update Groups and Program M Aisit Treas DS d d us 4 8 Logging Task Specific Options and Settings Tax Form Print Codes a A Cust
136. 99 please review the IRS Instructions 24 Imports Overview Imports Overview 1099Pro features a powerful yet intuitive Import Wizard to make importing your data a breeze The general rule is that if you can see your data in a product like Excel then you can import your data Importing data that is delimited that is that each field is separated by a delimiter is easiest You can also import Fixed Length files such as files created for the IRS Microsoft applications such as Excel Access and SQL allow for you to save a copy of your data as a txt file see converting from Excel formats whereas older applications will allow you to save your data as comma separated values CSV which can easily be imported Importing can allow for File Headers where the first line of your file is a header as opposed to real data If you are doing multiple imports consider using our Map by Name headers The allowable number of characters for each field is discussed under Import File Conventions See the Import Wizard to begin the process of importing your data Error Checking and Validation of your data is performed on each import allowing you to reject or flag questionable records Sample import files are included with the software Note that only the fields boxes that you need are required and the order of your fields does not matter Technical support would be happy to import a sample file with you and then reset void your import See Finding amp Fixing Pro
137. 99pro com M instant price estimates are available online at htto Awww 1099pro com servPricing asp Click here to learn more about the Service Bureau Upload Process Service Bureau Packages 1099 Pro Service Bureau Packages SAS 70 Type II These services are only available to 1099 Pro registered users The following standard options below are available Contact the 1099 Pro SAS 70 Type Il Service Bureau 866 444 3559 direct 818 876 0200 or via email so 1099pro com e Print and Mail Only The 1099 Pro Service Bureau SAS 70 Type Il certified will print and mail recipient copies by the IRS due date Our pricing includes first class US postage e Electronic Filing Only The 1099 Pro Service Bureau will file your data electronically with the IRS on your behalf e The Complete Package The 1099 Pro Service Bureau will print and mail recipient copies and Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 31 2 Service Bureau Overview 317 file your data electronically with the IRS Our pricing includes first class US postage e Service Bureau Support for the IRS Bulk TIN Matching Program The SAS 70 Type Il Service Bureau as an authorized agent can submit TIN Name combinations to the IRS on behalf of our users and results are available to our customers within 24 hours We encourage our customers to use this service to correct serious errors like invalid TIN numbers that would likely result in a 972CG CP2100 or CP2100A notice from the IRS and possible p
138. 9pro com servTINMatch asp create an account and upload your file It s that simple Some important things you should know for the Bulk TIN Matching Feature to function in the 1099 Pro software 1 Maximum acceptable record limit size would be 100 000 records Excel 2003 or earlier has a 65 000 record limit if submitting to TINcheck 2 The acceptable file naming convention is as follows 1099Pro_Bulk TIN Batch_1_15 SEP 2011 txt no quotation marks or similar making sure the file name ends in lower case txt What can I expect for the IRS after upload my TIN match request The IRS return file will contain the following responses from the IRS Code Response Name TIN combination matches IRS records Missing TIN or TIN not 9 digit numeric TIN not currently issued Name TIN combination does NOT match IRS records Invalid request i e contains alphas special characters Duplicate request matched on SSN when the TIN type is 3 unknown and a Matching TIN and name control is found only on the NAP DM1 database 7 matched on EIN when the TIN type is 3 unknown and a matching TIN and name control is found only on the EIN NC database 8 matched on EIN and SSN when the TIN type is 3 unknown and matching TIN and name control is found only on both the EIN NC and NAP DM1 databases OO P ob CH Note If you submit a record without the required fields TIN Type TIN Name the response you will receive will be Indicato
139. Atthe Selecting Form Records screen click the Tag button to select records Ared checkmark appears beside each tagged record See Tag Key Shortcuts below e To sortrecords prior to tagging use the View or Query drop menus 5 After tagging all records click Proceed to Next Step to initiate the Print Wizard Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 142 _ 1080 Proe 2011 14 16 Tag Key Shortcuts Tag Use this button or ALT T to tag individual records Tag All Use this button or ALT A to tag all records Untag Use this button or ALT U to untag an individual record Untag All Use this button to untag all records Flip Use this button or ALT F to reverse the tag status of an individual record Flip All Use this button or ALT L to reverse the tag status of all records For example if you have 3 records and only one record is tagged the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged records and untag the original record e Prev Tag Use this button or ALT P to scroll backwards through tagged records e Next Tag Use this button or ALT N to scroll forwards through tagged records Zip Code Lookup Zip Code Lookup 1099 Pro allows you to quickly find or verify zip codes cities and states within the USA The Zip Code Lookup feature Includes every 5 digit ZIP code in the USA Includes FPO Fleet Post Office and APO Army Post Office ZIP codes Allows you to search by city state or ZIP code Contains c
140. Click Yes to use the current query No for query options or Cancel to exit Query Options include Select a previously saved query Create a New Query Do Not Apply a Query generates standard Control Totals report Cancel Without Continuing 14 12 Search Search Use the Search field to quickly locate a recipient or filer To search AKA incremental index 1 Set the Current View to the correct sort order criteria i e By TIN At the Browse the Recipients Browse the Filers or Browse Forms screen of the software place your cursor in the Search field Enter the first few characters of your search criteria and hit the TAB key The browse screen highlights the record matching your entry If multiple records match your entry the screen highlights the first match Use the ARROW keys to scroll through the matches Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Records in The Search results are governed according to the column sort order i e If searching by Last Name Company and you search the last name of Charlie Tuna in ascending order by typing in the letters T then U in the search field then hit the TAB key the search results listed are displayed with Charlie Tuna s lastname If searching by Recipient TIN and you re sort order is set in ascending order then your search results are going to be listed in numeric order from beginning to end for this column only This same method and result applies to all respect
141. Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm _ 1080 Prow 2011 1099 Pro Fixed Length Import Wizard Select specific Fields to include in the Import process Move fields from the available fields list to the Import ist or create new fiekis D Select the fields from the left to be filled from the Import file and add them to your layout A Selected Field Details From Theu Sie Mapped To _ Fieki Value Field Size bo z 1 25 25 AR Accourt PACE Aternate Account Filer TIN Type 26 85 40 Rep Life of Line Lite of Line Aux Filer Location Feit Acton 66 105 40 NemeLine3 Recipient name in Filer Dept ER from import Filer Payer Code C Set Fixed Value Filer Phone Rep TN Field Description Rep TN Type Rep Account Field Value First Name Recipient name ine 4 Last Name Compary Name Line 2 Name Line 4 Address Type AddFicki Fb Ackiress Oeliv Street Address ApUSUte X Frits size so for 105 tial ab Aoir e A Mody am Remove Se x com Pm 24 1 6 7 Step 1 Import Data Step 1 Import Data To import data 1 On the task panel select the General Options tab and the Importing Forms icon gt Multi User Installations see comment below 2 Atthe Importing Information screen click on the on the Begin a new Delimited Import Process button 3 Atthe Import Wizard screen click Next to proceed Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 4 Select the type of import you wish to process by selecting it from the drop
142. D BEACH FL 32174 1234 7000 00 10 Crop inswance proceeds 5 000 or mere of consumer products to 3 buyer i recipient torremie gt X A coum tumber see instructions 2nd TIN 12 Excess gms parachute 14 Gross proceeds paid to matice pamen an attoiney ACH 06 o 453 Section 409A deferrals 15b Section 409A income 46 State tax withheld 47 State P ayers state no 250 00 2500 00 Text amp Aux Optional Text OwGas pt reported Ln 1 tothe IRS Lnz o r Processing Restrictions r Special Print Codes Optional Grouping Filtering fields Print viedl ype Bac O sl source FILED RECS Not changed 6 C wees 7 BR Copy to recip No T NO Merge amp Select Codes Category SAMPLE Fie with State Ho Fie with RS No 6 Atthis point you can click on the field that you wish to alter and enter a new value Note The only field that you may not alter at this pointis the PAYERS information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 so 1099 Pro 2011 PAYER S name street address aly state ZIP code andtdephone no Sample 1099 Mise Filer Fixed Width 876 Blueleaf Cir Radford IL 62550 415 256 2000 Recipient s address View mode click for Edit mode ANTHONY BASILE 115 86 238TH ST ORMOND BEACH FL 32174 1234 OMB No 1545 0115 2007 Miscellaneous Income ents in feu of Stied orb interest 7000 00 10 Crop inswance proceeds 5 000 of rere of consumer products to 3 buyer S r
143. FileViewer are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source To exercise your remedy contact eFile Viewer Attn eFile Viewer Sales Information Center 23901 Calabasas Rd Suite 2080 Calabasas CA 91302 or the eFileViewer subsidiary serving Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e _ 1080 Proe 2011 you 8 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES THE LIMITED WARRANTY THAT APPEARS ABOVEIS THE ONLY EXPRESS WARRANTY MADE TO YOU AND IS PROVIDED IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESS WARRANTIES IF ANY CREATED BY ANY DOCUMENTATION OR PACKAGING EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICA BLE LAW eFile Viewer AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTW ARE AND SUPPORT SERVICES IF ANY AS IS AND WITH ALL FAULTS AND HEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS EITHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES DUTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OR RESPONSES OF RESULTS OF WORKMANLIKE EFFORT OF LACK OF VIRUSES AND OF LACK OF NEGLIGENCE ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES ALSO THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE QUIET ENJOYMENT QUIET POSSESSION CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NON INFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTW ARE THIS EULA IS THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES ALL
144. G Coxtecting Filed Form Service Bureau General Options H Fiers List B Recipients List WA Notices Import Record Update Options Country Aliss Vabdation Options Post thas Sessi EF Import Forms A Change Fix selected record 8 Update County Abas Fie complete the import WwW Export Forms mons m Delte remove selected record 99 Reapply Alias Vabdation X e iak a A Chie Browsing Records Secunty OFF Wednesday October 25 2006 110 144M 24 1 2 Transactional Imports CS version only Transactional Imports Corporate Suite edition only A transactional import is an import which will allow you to aggregate combine data for a given recipient Aggregation is the process where a recipient with multiple forms of the same type can have the total s of certain tax form fields added together to create one overall form which will continually display the total of the specified tax form fields This is useful in situations where you would like to combine print and report on a single form the totaled amounts from multiple forms for a given recipient An important aspect of aggregation to understand is the criteria in which data is aggregated by Transactional imports are unique in that they require two steps The first step involves creating a recipient to import data in to and the second step is the actual importing of data to be associated with the previously created recipient record Recipient data can be added in 1 of 2 ways
145. Header records are not case sensitive Users are encouraged to incorporate header records from the sample import file into their own import file This ensures an easy Map By Name import If using your own header records or none use the Drag amp Drop method Sample Import Files Sample Import Files Instructions for trouble free creation of your Forms Import File We strongly recommend all 1099 Pro users to Check out the sample Excel sheets called XLS Data Shells provided in the Import folder of your 1099pro software folder What you need to do is copy your data under the respective field names provided in the Excel sheet The following example should give you a brief idea of the procedure you need to follow Example Importing data for your 1099 Misc form 1 Access your 1099 Pro software folder Default C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 In this folder you need to access another folder called Imports 2 In the Imports folder double click on XLS Data Shells and in XLS Data Shells Double Click on the Excel sheet called 1099 Misc 3 Copy the first row containing all the field names onto a brand new Excel sheet Then copy your relevant data under the respective field names Please go through Import File Conventions completely before you go to the Next step Then save this excel sheet as a Text Tab Delimited file This file is now ready to be imported into the software Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 233 24 1 10 States Code Table
146. Hosting Department 11 7 Installing Installing To install single user or Demo 1 Insertthe CD ROM into your computer s CD ROM drive 2 On your Windows desktop click the Start button and select Run 3 Inthe Open field type xAsetup exe where x is the name of the CD ROM drive and setup exe is the name of the 1099 Pro executable 4 Click OK to start the setup program 5 Follow the instructions provided by the setup program If 1099 Pro prior year data is detected on your system the Roll Forward Utility activates Virus Checkers Disable virus checkers e g Norton McAfee ViruScan etc PRIOR to installation to avoid potential corruption Random errors in 1099 Pro are typically due to installation of software while running a virus checker After a successful installation re enable the virus checker See Multi User Netw ork Installations 11 8 Logging in as a Different User Logon as a Different User If you are currently logged in with a user account in 1099 Pro you may log off your existing user and log in as a different user without fully closing the software Follow the steps below to log in as a different user IMPORTANT You must first close all screens in 1099 Pro using the close button at the bottom right Logon as Different User will only appear once you close all top level screens and you can see the following window in your 1099 Pro software Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vm 1 1080 Prow 2011 1099 P
147. However if you submit original returns electronically but you want to submit your corrections on paper a waiver must be approved for the corrections if you must file 250 or more corrections If you receive an approved waiver do not send a copy of it to the service center where you file your paper returns Keep the waiver for your records only Penalty If you are required to file electronically but fail to do so and you do not have an approved waiver you may be subject to a penalty of 50 per return for failure to file electronically unless you establish reasonable cause However you can file up to 250 returns on paper those returns will not be subject to a penalty for failure to file electronically The penalty applies separately to original returns and corrected returns The Advantage of Filing Electronically The Advantage of Filing Electronically Online notification within 1 2 work days as to the acceptability of the data transmitted for Forms 1098 1099 5498 and W 2G It is the filer s responsibility to log back in to check results Later due dates than paper for electronically filed Forms 1098 1099 and W 2G Allowing more attempts than electronic filing to correct bad files before imposing penalties for Forms 1098 1099 5498 and W 2G Better customer service due to on line availability of transmitter files for research purposes FIRE System Specifics Read Me For detailed information on the FIRE System including data compr
148. NA ANNEE AAAA AREER ARARA ed AR SE 48 Part VII 1096 Overview 48 1 1096 Print ET EE 49 NOSG Not File E E A E E E E E E A TAPE 50 Assign Filed 1096 Status s s ENEE EENEG 51 2 1096 Session Re e E 51 3 Reprint 1096 FOrM isease aaae Ea aaa a EER 52 4 Reset 1096 SeSSION ccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeseseeesaeeseaeeeeeseeeeeessaeeeeeseaeeeesees 52 Part VIII About Entry Forms 53 1 1099 Aggregation Feature CS Version Only cccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeenenseeeeeeeseeneeeens 55 Viewing Transactions CS Version only s snsusunnnrusnnnnnnsnnnnnnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnennunnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnn ennenen nn 55 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 6 1099 Pro 2011 Part IX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 X Part Part XI 1 4 5 6 Updating Transactions CS Version om 56 About Corrections 56 Corrected Options uone ge CNR de EU CNEL EEN EEN Ee 57 VEER E Le E 58 Correction of a Correction CS Version only EEN REENEN EEN EEN 61 Delete Corrected Forms EEN eee ee EE ence ne eeee ee eeeeeeee ee seeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeaaseeeseseaeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 64 One to Many Corrections CS Version OMly cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeees 64 Protected FOr S ici sce e ara ae aa deana cz eege ae a Ea aaea a Ed a aa e ha iaaeaie gaiii A 65 Reprint Corrections serae inea E an EENE cenece dace detdacecctecaces eeE aan E 66 R print Orginals a aaa a ea EEA bate
149. NOTE When you restore data to your Data folder i e C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Data You must always restore your data no earlier than the software version number that was used to create the backup For Example Let s say you backed up your data while your 1099 software was in version 12 01 2011 Well now your data is in that same version 12 01 2011 If you ever need to re install your software perform a check for updates and make sure you get your software version number current as of 12 01 2011 since most likely the version you install at first may be an earlier version Now drop your data in to the C1099 Pro Pro99T11 Data and open your software If you receive an error 47 then you most likely either performed the above task again or with your software closed just run the check for updates program to update the data and your software altogether For Multiuser installs of the 1099 software follow the same procedure above Once you open your 1099 software on the workstation it automatically downloads and synchronizes with the server version Take me back to Backup Data Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ez _ 1080 Prow 2011 11 3 Rules and Options 11 3 1 Preferences Preferences Preference items allow you to customize 1099 Pro software Preferences Setting 1099 Pro program preferences These options let you customize the way the program works for you Global Locat checking for Updates Options that apply to ALL users j
150. Now button 5 Click Exit to close this screen Reset 1096 Session Reset 1096 Session Reset 1096 Void a 1096 and all records in that print session are automatically reset to printed status Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1096 Overview 53 To reset session 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and the File via 1096 paper icon 2 Atthe Completed Form 1096 Print Session List highlight a 1096 print session and click the Reset Void 1096 button 3 1099 Pro prompts Are you sure you want to void this transmittal Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel 8 About Entry Forms Browsing amp Working with Entry Forms About Updates amp Corrections View List of Changes to a Form Group Actions About Protected Forms Using Lookups Saving amp Canceling Changes Tips for Filing Forms How to use Update and Corrections Entry Forms An entry form is where you view and update information for a form recipient Concerning recipients or payees The recipient is defined as the person receiving the information return You can enter an unlimited number of recipients for a given filer Per IRS instructions the account number on the corrected form must remain exactly as it was on the original form Make any necessary changes additions or deletions to the form then save the form by clicking the Save button which will then take you back to the Enter Update amp View screen Keep in mind that any changed val
151. O A EE 1099 DI 2 4 EVERETT A ACKLIN Changed from 1099 INT Corr 1096 S Reprint correction form Image 1 Creating a correction Creating a correction of a form This simple tutorial will guide you though the process of correcting a form 1 First select the form type which you would like to perform a correction on 1099 MISC e 2 Then click the Browse Enter and E tab in the Forms and Printing toolbox Forms amp Printing of Browse Enter amp Edk d Print Tax Forms Foem Totals Reports o More IRS Forms amp Info 3 Once you have done this you will be presented with a complete listing of all the filers for the form that you have selected 4 Simply click the filer whose information you would like to correct and click the change button 5 You will be presented with the unadjusted version of the file you wish to correct Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections 59 PAYER S name street address aly state ZIP code and tdephone no OMB No 1545 0115 Sample 1099 Mise Filer Fixed Width 1780 00 H 876 Blueleaf Cir OH 2007 a nie Radford IL 62550 R Form 1099 M come 4 Federal income tax withheld 415 256 2000 PAYER S Federal identification rumber RECIPIENT S identification number Fishing boat proceeds 6 Medical amp health care paymerts 87 1234567 23 22 1031 Recipient s address View mode for Edt mode ANTHONY BASILE of dividends or interest 115 86 238TH ST ORMON
152. Options 122 sizes 257 Small Fonts 206 Social security number 357 social security number masking 357 Sort 167 169 Sort Order 28 167 169 Spaces 257 Special Help 204 Spreadsheets 234 SSN 357 SSN Masking 357 SSN Matching 324 St Charles Seminar 44 State Filing Deadlines 208 State ID Number 162 States Code Table 233 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 States Subset File Wizard 161 Status 44 195 status codes 44 Statuses 195 Step 1 Creating an Upload File Step 1 Import Data 226 Step 2 Approve Control Totals 320 Step 2 Validate your Data 227 Step 3 File Upload Transfer amp Completion 321 Step 3 Final Import Post Results 228 stock 273 SWT 97 102 System Requirements 207 Ta T Record 184 Tag Filers 34 Tagging Recipients 42 Tagging Records 141 Task Based 21 Task Panel 21 22 Tax Form Notes 136 318 324 Tax State 139 163 Tax Supplies 330 TCC 332 Technical Support 204 Test Files 164 Text Alignments 206 Theme Effects button 206 Thresholds 165 TIN 357 TIN Masking 357 TIN Matching How to 158 324 TIN Matching Overview 153 323 Tool Bar 21 Tour 16 Transaction Button 55 56 Transmitter Control Code 332 Transmitter Information 332 Troubleshoot Printer Issues 270 Troubleshooting Control Totals 290 Trouble shooting Import Issues 226 Trouble shooting Pressure Seal Forms Turn Audit Trails On Off 128 Turn On Off Security 75 Type Il 356 272 332 Copyright 1099 Pro 2
153. Record Contains the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for each payer and or particular type of return End of Transmission F Record End of Transmission F Record Contains a summary of the number of payers in the entire file Filer Filer The term Filer is used by the IRS for the person or organization filing the 1096 transmittal The terms filer employer and payer are sometimes used interchangeably Hotspot Hotspot Hots pot or popup items are indicated by a dotted line underneath a word or phrase Click the hot spot to view a popup information box Jump items are indicated by a solid line underneath a w ord or phrase Click the jump to link to a related help topic Import Map Import Map Import Maps describe the format and contents of external data files so that the information they contain can be imported into the program Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Glossary 355 36 13 Location code Location Code Location Code Use to set up multiple filers w ith the same TIN allow s different return addresses for different forms 36 14 Payee B Record Payee B Record Payee B Record Contains the payment information from the information returns 36 15 Payer A Record Payer A Record Payer A Record Identifies the person making payments 36 16 Pending Pending All records are assigned a print status that determines their position in the filing cycle A pending record is available
154. Reprint this Form button 3 Atthe Print Options screen select the paper type preprinted laser continuous forms or blank stock If selecting preprinted laser or continuous forms adjust margin alignment as necessary 4 Indicate your preview preference Ask me before processing each copy default Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me No send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them 5 The Select the Sort Order to Print Forms field is ghosted because only one record is selected for print 6 Enter an optional message to printin the upper right corner of the form 7 When satisfied with all entries click the Print Now button Click Close to exit this screen M To reprint a group of forms see Group Actions M To reprint an entire print session as opposed to an individual record see Reprint Print Session Note See Advanced Print Options 26 17 Reset Print Session Reset Print Session to Pending Only printsessions with a printed status maybe reset Resetting a session will reset ALL records to pending status This is usually for making a revision to a tax form For Example an incorrect address a dollar amount ora TIN number etc To reset an individual record see Print Status Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 270 26 18 1099 Pro 2011 To reset session 1 Onthe task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and click the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop down menu to select t
155. Returns Reported Magnetically When you send Test files or complete the online fill in Form 8809 the PIN will not be required However the PIN is required for all ORIGINAL CORRECTION and REPLACEMENT files being sent electronically Although an authorized agent may enter their PIN the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the returns The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements refer to Publication 1220 Part A Please enter your 10 numeric PIN PIN Verify PIN 9 Now you will be redirected to the FIRE system account page where you can make modifications to your account or you can upload the file that 1099 Pro has created 10 To continue with the file upload process click on the Send Information Returns link in the top left corner 11 You will be asked to enter your TCC and EIN at this point Once you have entered this information click the Submit button Note If you do not have a TCC number you will need to complete form 4419 and submit the completed document to the IRS http Awww irs gow pub irs pdf f4419 pdf Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile Enter your TCC and EIN for Filing Information Returns Tec ics no EI 9 numerics N hyphens Do not send W 2 s on this system They must be filed via www ssa gov employer NOTE If you do not have a TCC orthe TCC EIN combination you entered does not appear to be valid please call toll fre
156. SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau Approve Control Totals Note After successfully generating your file 1099 Pro displays the 1099 Pro Service Bureau Upload Summary and Instructions will print Review this document it contains important information including the name and location of your upload file and details on uploading your file to the Service Bureau If the steps 1 3 are all correct you need to check EVERY ONE of the following Control Totals Reports to confirm that the number of records and the control totals dollar amounts for each of the boxes are correct The total number of Control Totals Reports for you to examine and certify will be listed summarized here What to do if the Summary or Control Totals are not correct 1 Highlight the session upload at the Begin a new Service Bureau Upload Session Screen 2 Click on the Reset VOID Upload button to void the upload All of the forms associated with any of the logs that were part of the Upload Session will be reset back to their original pre upload status 3 Correct all problems you discovered while examining your Control Total Reports then return to the Service Bureau Upload Session Screen and create a new Upload file What to do next after you have examined the Summary and Control Totals Reports 1 Return to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau Upload Center screen where the Service Bureau Upload Sessions are listed 2 On the list select any Pending log item that is p
157. Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 DIV Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 DIV Moore MW352 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z Instructions Copy B Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 DIV Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 DIV Payer Blank Stock 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Copy C Payer Instructions Combined 1099 G Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 G Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 H Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 H Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels CopyB Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 INT Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 INT Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 INT Moore MW 351 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z Instructions Copy B Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 INT Relyco PSB11Z 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z Instructions Copy B Pressure Seal Fold 1099 MISC Moore N11C 81 2 x 11 Duplex C Fold Copies 2 B Instructions Wallace Pressure S
158. The act of selecting a filer or recipient TCC A Transmitter Control Code number or TCC is required when filing electronically A TCC is composed of five alpha numeric characters If filing electronically via the Service Bureau a TCC is not required and this information need not be completed Technical Support See Technical Support TIN Taxpayer Identification Number NOTE All Forms 1099 must include payee tax identification numbers TINs ATIN is a social security number issued by the Social Security Administration an Employer Identification Number issued by the IRS or an Individual Tax Identification Number issued by the IRS Individual Tax Identification Numbers are generally restricted to certain foreign vendors who are not eligible for social security numbers TIN Matching See Bulk TIN Matching Transmitter Control Code See TCC Number Transmitter Information The Individual or Organization responsible for filing the tax forms electronically to the IRS To obtain a TCC file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically Form 4419 mustbe mailed atleast 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file Form 4419 may be printed at the Print Blank Forms screen For more information on TCC s contact the IRS MCC at 304 263 8700 U Un Installing The Select Uninstall Method screen offers two options for removing 1099 Pro from your hard drive Custom allows the user to select files individually
159. The entire import session must be reset Voided View the form unvoid the form or reprint the form Filed 1096 View the form reprint the form or create corrections E Filed View the form reprint the form or create corrections SB Print Mail This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and marked with a request for the Service Bureau to print and mail your forms to your recipients SB Filing This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected the Service Bureau to file your forms to the IRS SB Print File This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected for the Service Bureau to Print amp Mail to your recipients then File your forms to the IRS Corrected View the original or corrected form reprint the original or corrected form To access the Protected Form Update Options screen At the Browse Form Records screen highlight any record with any print status except pending Click the Change button To Create Corrections Refer to About Corrections and Create Corrections A Tutorial Registration code Registration Code Aregistration code activation code is provided upon proof of payment Registration codes start with a letter and are followed by 13 alpha numeric characters e g R91234567XXXSE The algorithm of your registration code indicates the edition user license and number of transactions purchased See Registration topic Copyri
160. Totals Ki Records ee NEESS NEES cdi eden NEEN ccececeectceueeectcteeee NNA EEEa kE aran 357 VAG VE 357 LEE LW 357 Le EE 357 UCNE 357 TINASSN Ma SKIMI iian a ENE oy ENEE EESE ee N EEE E ee dans 357 Transmitter T Record 2 eeNeEER NENNEN NENEEER EEN EENEE E EEN NEE ENEE NEEN NN 358 Index 359 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 13 1099 Pro 2011 1 Getting Started 10994 Welcome to 1099 Pro 2011 PUSH A BUTTON AND IT S DONE Quick Tour A brief history of 1099 forms and overview of Printing Mailing and Filing your Tax Forms Getting the Most out of 1099 Pro Adding a Filer s Importing Data Inputting Data Control Total Reports Printing Forms Multi User Netw ork Installation Security amp Administration Backup Data Create Corrections Align Forms IRS Instructions FIRE System Important Dates IRS SSA Deadlines for Printing and Mailing your Forms and Deadlines for Filing your Forms Support Contact Number for Technical Support Service Bureau Online Flash Tutorials 1099Pro Website Addresses and Compliance Websites Registration amp Upgrades What s New What s new for 1099 Pro 2011 Corporate Suite Advanced Functionality These features are available to Corporate Suite edition only 1099Pro State Quarterly E File Wizard 1099Pro Aggregation Feature 945 Federal and State Balancing Report Creating a Correction of a Correction Customize Fixed Field Hosted Solutions Reporting Thresholds Set Aggregation
161. Using a Administrator configured LP Address or URL end users will immediately be able to log in and start using the software Once all users have been created and information entered into the SQL database Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 3 2 Multi Year Lookup Multi Year Lookup This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software With 1099Pro net you have the ability to look up multiple years worth of information all drawn from the same database Using a simple drop down menu I E A1 you have the ability to go through past filer information that has been entered into the SQL database no more checking through multiple programs or digging through cabinets and drawers confirming last years returns Searchable back to the year 1997 Once you have clicked on the tax year you prefer use our improved search screen I E A2 to find the information you are looking for A2 Select Search Field Recipient TIN e Account F Last Name Company v First Name X PCode v Tax Year Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ASP net Features CS Version only 3 3 Custom Queries Custom Queries This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software Using SQL s advanced database features incredibly easy to use and significant time saving search criteria are now available I E A1 You have the option of searching for information by The Re
162. We can then print and mail the appropriate forms on your behalf and or electronically submit your file to the IRS We can process any number of filers recipients and form types Why should I use the Service Bureau The 1099 Pro Service Bureau has provided Print Mail E Filing services to thousands of our users Our customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money minimize administrative headaches safeguard their sensitive data and benefit from our extensive experience We ve made the process simple 1 Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package 2 Call or E Mail our Service Bureau to set an appointment date We must have your data by the agreed upon appointment date to ensure that itis mailed or filed by the IRS deadline 3 Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software 4 Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software 5 E Mail or FTP your upload file to us on or before your appointment date Why It s Important to Comply If you don t file information returns you face various penalties For example failing to file correct information returns by the due date results in penalties that range from 15 to 50 per Form W 2 or Form 1099 depending on how late you file the return and the size of your business The maximum penalty ranges from 75 000 to 250 000 25 000 to 100 000 for small businesses defined as a business where your average annual gross receipts are 5 million or less If you intentional
163. actional impa 2008 Disabled Import 9100 2009 8 35 9 24 2009 6 35 BH 08 1099 5 Scheduled Import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 5498 ESA import 2008 Disabled Import 9702 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 scheduled Quarterly V 2 import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 gt v db Add Delete BH 08 1099 R scheduld Import Load 94 2009 BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Post 9 41 2009 d 469 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Load 9411 2009 469 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Post 9 0 2009 y 459 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Load 9 10 2009 6 35 459 Completed Browse Reports Please review the help sections Administrative Configuration to set up the Scheduler prior to use and Using the Scheduler for detail on creating and editing jobs 30 1 Administrative Configuration Scheduler Administrative Configuration This section will walk you through configuring the scheduler s notification settings for the end users To access these options click File select Security and Administration then choose the User Fields and Email option in the bottom left hand corner Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zu _ 1080 Prow 2011 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view or change those options p Optional Fields Optional Form 1099 MISC Amount Box EN SE Allow use of 1099 MISC extra amount box Groups Ent
164. ader names from within the query window into the Field area on the bottom of the screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a 1 1080 Prow 2011 Note You must drag and drop each header that you want to appear in the export into the field area on the bottom of the screen Field Box 9 Amount Form Category Form Source Tax State Group By Group By Group By iv fam gt 25 Once this is done for each box area where you would like the amounts to be aggregated click on the Totals area underneath the desired box and select Sum Design 5 Ja Insert Rows PE Insert Columns y Property Sheet Delete Rows W Delete Columns Table Names Show A za a Table x Builder fa Return All 7 2 Parameters Query Setup Show Hide 26 For all areas that should have their information combined leave the Totals area at Group by This will combine their fields and this is what should be used for things like TIN Address types etc 27 Once you are done click on the Run icon E View e Results 28 If everything was entered correctly you will be presented with a combination of all your matching forms as well as the totals for all the boxes where the prior information matched identically Note If Sum was chosen for an area that could not be Summed I E Form Category you will receive the following error message Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 2 Microsoft Off
165. ae paractwte 44 ne response page presets paidto e ig Section 409A detecrals State tac witht eld a 9 State income i Text Optional Text i net Line fof 2 reported to the IRS 5 Clicking on the Special Print Codes button will display the Select Print Message Codes for this form window where you can select print codes to apply to your form You can select a print code by clicking on it and then clicking on the Tag button To disable a print code click on the code and then click on the Untag button You can also click on the Untag Remove All button to disable all currently selected print codes Once you have made your selections click on the Save button to save your selections and return to your form 6 You will now see that your selected print codes will be displayed in the three boxes underneath the Special Print Codes heading These codes will now be applied when the form is printed 11 4 Reporting Thresholds 11 4 1 Manage State CFS Limits and Settings Manage State CFS Limits and Settings Corporate Suite Only The View Manage CFS Filing Thresholds screen will allow you to view the current rules for each state and tax years Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 113 On this screen you may also customize a rule to override the built in default s We recommend that you review these changes with your financial advisor prior to customizing rules 11 5 Check for Updates Check for Updates MI Th
166. al 1 45 days checks will occur at the interval you set here throughout the year checks will occur at the interval you set here Manual checking only you will need to use the Manual checking only you will need menu options to check for all updates to use the menu options to check for all updates E a Limits Tab Name pO Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 105 Transaction accounting date cutoff Oe The accounting date cutoff is used to prevent users from creating or importing transactions beyond the current tax year or accounting quarter If left blank the restriction will not be enforced Accounting date cutoff date eege Enter the last date that transaction can be created or imported for RE E Open window cutoff date Web ASP data entry et only The open window cutoff date sets the starting date on which the web asp module will not allow changes to certain federal and state withholding fields If left blank this restriction will not be enforced Open Window cutoff date Changes are not allowed from the specified date ae forward e ee ee eee Update Options Tab Name O Change recipient address on filed forms asp EO only create conection OOOO S Update address for filed forms without creating a correction Re file forms already filed to a state SE Forms can not be refilled to a state PO Enable option to file form already filed to a state s EE Ee Change of status from quic
167. aligned property D Check your alignment by printing a Test Alignment page on blank paper 2 and then holding the page up to the light against a pre printed form D Please verity that your printer is loaded with BLANK paper before proceeding with the alignment test You can print as many test pages as you need Alignment adjustments are measured in hundreths of an inch from the DEFAULT margin For example 25 would shift the top margin down 1 4 of an inch Top Margin 000 positive numbers move the data down negative move it up Lent Margin fo 00 positive numbers move the data right negative move it left Print a Test Alignment Page now Press Next when you are satisfied with the alignment Now you can choose what methods your forms will be sorted by I E 10 A e By Last Name Company Name Sorts the recipient by their Last Name of their Company name if not an individual e By TIN EIN or SSN then Last Name First Name and account Sorts the recipients by their Tax identification Number EIN or SSN e By Zip Code UG then Canada then foreign Groups the forms by the recipients Zip Code Use this option if you need to pre sort mailings for the Post Office e By State Abbreviation US then Canada then foreign e By Account Number then Last Name Recipients with missing account information will print before actual account numbers Once you have chosen your preferred method click on the Next button to
168. all of the desired Filers and Forms are included Also check to see if you have examined each of the control total reports and sign them to certify that the information is complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge Ready to upload your file via Built in FTP using the Internet This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099Pro Service Bureau The wizard will automatically upload the file for you using the standard FTP File Transfer Protocol An Internet connection is required for this option i e Dial up DSL Cable Modem etc Select Built in FTP to upload your file via File Transfer Protocol to the Internet Click Next In the next screen please confirm your settings in the summary window before starting the Upload Process Upload Type Upload for filing with the IRS Upload Method FTP Built in Total Filer Form Combinations Total Tax Forms File Name Example S9999999 ABC1 23 zip Type File Location i e C1099 Pro Pro99T11 Uploads Contact Information Contact First and Last Name E mail Address and Phone Number Press Upload Now to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing During the upload process the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to view the progress If you need to abort the upload process click the Cancel Stop the Upload button Alternatively you may manually transfer the file to the Service B
169. an existing entry in the Export Map List then click Change To delete and export map highlight it and then click the Delete button Pw e There are three columns which define an export map Map Type File Format and Details The description column gives details about the currently selected export map and the Notes windows to the right give additional details 4 When clicking Add or Change you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and or modifying export maps click Next Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 5 Select your Export Data Type either a Tax Form Recipients or Fiers Next select a File Format either Delimited Fixed or XML Next set your Field Delimiter and End of Record Options When finished Click Next 6 The following options are available for you to set When complete click Next Click on a checkbox or radio button to turn the option on or off Category Options Available Additional Information and Details Characters 1 Convert to all UPPER case Character values include Names Address Fields Descriptions etc Amounts 1 Include Commas None 2 Include Dollar Signs Check Boxes 1 Blank for unchecked X Check boxes are logical values Yes No True False for checked On Off Use Y N Use T F Use 0 1 mm dd yy Dates can be from a tax form box or for example when mm dd yyyy a form was created yymmdd yyyymmdd Round to the nearest whole Numeric values are numers that are NOT dollar number amounts lik
170. an unlimited amount of transactions See Adding a Record and Registration amp Upgrades for more information Change a Record Only records with a pending status are available for modification Note Cascading updates are changes made to a filer amp recipient s information globally throughout all tax forms See Cascading Changes for more information See Changing Records Delete a Record Records may only be deleted if they are in Pending status You can either delete them individually or by using the Group Actions method to delete an entire group of forms See Deleting Records and Group Actions for more information Print View Report This report is based on the currently selected query if the default query All Records is chosen then the report is identical to the Control Totals report See Print View Reports Group Actions Button Group Actions let you tag select a number of items and then perform a single action on them In all cases you will be asked to confirm your choice before the action is taken For Example Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Records 135 Deleting a group of pending forms allows you to manually select or tag any number of pending forms for removal All associated notes for the forms will also be deleted See Group Actions for more information Browse by Form Button All tax form browses now have a new button on them to initiate browsing tax forms using the update form This lets you move from form
171. ange button You will be presented with the options for updating your forms In order to create a correction of a correction you will need to click on the Initiate a NEW Correction Process button K Initiate a NEVY Correction Process Note H you had to create more than one correction form for your previous correction E G You had a State and a dollar amount change when you create the correction a notification box will appear informing you that the correction form you will be presented with will had the most recent values already filled out on it Click Yes to continue This screen will show only if you have more than one form corrected Administrator The initial values for this new correction will be based on the most recently filed correction YD Do you wish to proceed with creation of a new corrections process Now you will be presented with the most recently filed form from here you may modify the information for the correction Once you have altered the text it will be displayed in blue the corrections box along the bottom of the screen it will indicate the type of correction that was made as well When you are done with your changes click the Save Form button Example of Form before 2nd correction 595 O voo UI CORRECTED PAVER S name sirat scher Gly tute ZIP code and taephone no OMB No 145 0195 Sample W 2 Filer 2328 Sample Addr ry 2006 Miscellaneous Calabasas CA 91302 deeg 160 00 foem 1099
172. aring Plans IR s Insurance Contracts etc 1099 S Proceeds from Real Estate Transactions 1099 SA Distributions From an SA or Medicare Choice SA Formerly 1099 MSA 5498 IRA Contribution Information 5498 ESA Cover dell ESA Contribution Information 5498 SA or Medicare Chose SA Information Formerly 5498 MSA W 2G Certain Gambling Winnings Other Instructions W 9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification IRS Telephone Assistance Information Reporting Customer Service Site If you have questions about reporting on Forms 1096 1098 1099 5498 W 2 W 2G and W 3 you may call a toll free number 1 866 455 7438 You may still use the original telephone number 304 263 8700 not toll free For TTY TDD equipment call 304 267 3367 not toll free The call site can also be reached by E Mail at mccirp irs gov The hours of operation for the call site are Monday through Friday from 8 30 a m to 4 30 p m Eastern time Other tax related matters For other tax information related to business returns or accounts call 1 800 829 4933 MI Users with an active internet connection can access many other files directly from the IRS SSA websites For details see Print Blank Forms amp Instructions 14 Browse Records Browse Records The Browse Forms screen allows you to view all forms of a particular form type which can be sorted in Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 134 1099 Pro 2011 the order you designate Fr
173. arity that is second to none in the industry for laser printers They have been active in creating other printer languages and utilities as well such as PJL a JCL type language and utility Print Session Report Print Session Report The Print Session report summarizes all records in a selected printsession Details include recipient name TIN address account number individual box amounts and the record s print status To generate this report 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop down menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the View Print Session Report button Click Yes to preview the report Printed Status Printed Status 1099 Pro assigns a print status to all records To determine a record s status go to the Browse Form Records screen and refer to the Status column Print Status Overview Printed Records receive a printed status after selecting I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms at the last step of the Print Wizard These records are available for inclusion in a 1096 transmittal To modifya printed record you mustfirst resetits print status to pending To reset this status for an individual record to make a revision go to the Enter Update amp View screen highlight the record and click the Delete button At the Protected Form Update Options Screen select
174. art of this upload 3 Are these Processing Instructions correct 4 Areall of the Filers and Form Types that you want to upload to 1099Pro during this session listed above 5 For the eligible form types in the above summary is the CFSFP marked correctly for each filer CFSFP is the Combined Federal State Filing Program Note See the CFSFP help topic for more information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Service Bureau Overview 321 YOU RE NOT DONE YET READY TO UPLOAD TO THE SERVICE BUREAU At the Printing Mailing and or Filing screen you can view a summary of Service Bureau Upload Sessions including The Filer TIN Form Type Form Count The Status Session Date Session Time The Upload Filename See Step 3 File Upload Transfer to the Service Bureau 31 2 3 Step 3 File Upload Transfer amp Completion Step 3 File Upload Transfer amp Completion SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau Welcome to the Upload File transfer Wizard Pre Upload Checklist To Upload 1 Highlight the session you wish to upload at the At the Printing Mailing Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen 2 At the bottom of the screen click the Complete Pending Upload button to proceed and choose the best option for upload At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation Summary Report and verify that all of the desired Filers and Forms are included Also check to see if you have examined each of the control total reports
175. asks are detailed below Record Locking The multi user version of 1099 Pro utilizes record locking when two or more users concurrently open the same record This allows users to simultaneously view the same record but prevents them from overriding each other s changes For example Users Aand B open the same record User Achanges an amount and saves the record User B then changes an amount and attempts to save the record User B receives a Record Was Not Updated warning and the record is automatically updated with User A s changes User B may then select a field to restore and use the lt F4 gt key to re populate what they had originally entered Import Locking During the final step of the Import Wizard Post Import Session 1099 Pro attempts to gain control of all records If 1099 Pro is unable to gain control of a record because someone else has the record open it will notify the user and offer to post the files the slow non locking way or allow them to cancel 22 4 Online Help Online Help Context Sensitive Help Use the lt F1 gt key at any screen to access context sensitive help screens To search for a topic At the 1099 Pro menu bar click Help Search the 1099 Pro Help file and at the Index tab type the first few letters of the word you re looking for For example type ali to display the Align Margins topic To print a topic Click the Print button or Use CTRL P to display the Print dialog box Copyright 1
176. aster Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access rights Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms the Record History screen allows the viewing of individual tax forms only See Master Audit Trail Browser About Record History The Record History screen displays audit trail information for the selected tax form and is available to all Access Groups Alimited version of the Master Audit Trail Browser this screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record Cascading updates are not reflected See Record History for more information Purging Audit Trail Logs The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes Ifthe log becomes so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised older records may be purged For most users however purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is permanently deleted from the system See Purging Audit Trail Logs for more information Enabling Disabling Audit Trails Disable Audit Trails only if speed performance is critical to the user By disabling this feature tax form changes are not tracked AND the Record History screen is automatically disabled See Enabling Disabling Audit Trails Audit Trails Activity Report Audit Trails Activity Report This tutorial will guide you through the process of printing a report of all audit trail activity related to
177. ata files need to be restored a backup can save time and aggravation To modify the frequency in how often the backup occurs Select File gt Security amp Administration Click the Program Options button Click the Preference Update and Program Options button Locate the Backing Up Your Data Files header Modify how often you are prompted to create backups or uncheck to disable prompts IRON To backup data 1 Access the Backup Wizard as prompted automatically by 1099 Pro see modify the backup prompt The Backup Wizard application Backup11 exe may also be accessed directly through Windows Explorer In a typical installation itis located at C1099 Pro Pro99T11 All users must exit 1099 Pro prior to running the backup 2 At the 1099 Pro Backup Wizard screen click Next to proceed 3 Accept the default location for the backup file unless you wish to backup to another location such as Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security a a network drive Click on the ellipses button if this is the case Accept the default backup location or use the ellipses to select a different location e g on a network drive 4 The program will automatically include the date and time of the backup file in the default name Accept the default name recommended or manually enter a name The extension of your backup file defaults to ZIP CAUTION Backup twice to the same filename and you ll overwrite the existing file 5
178. atch Requests You can issue Information Requests i e W 9 W 9S 1st B Notice and 2nd B Notice forms either by single form or in batches Batches To issue forms in batches there are two options Use the Issue WO and B Notice Forms option under Utilities to access directly The second option is to Click on W 9 B Notices on the task panel then Issue New Requests from the Manage Information Requests window Single Form Navigate to the recipient browse screen click on the Issue W 9 B Notice button to issue a form for the selected recipient Or on the W 9 tab on the Recipient update form click on Issue an Information Request Form button there as well See Begin W 9 Request Wizard for more information Current Query The Current Query field on this screen allows you to view All Batches for all filers or All batches for the current filer View Print Batch Report You can generate a report based on the current active W 9 requests containing the following information Current TIN Name Address TIN Name Address when issued Requester Form Type Status Date Created W9 Overview Form W 9 Overview To comply with the following IRS guidelines for W 9s amp B Notices see the W 9 Request Wizard Aperson who is required to file an information return with the IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zu 1099 Pro0 2011 identification number TIN to report for example income paid to you r
179. ate abbreviation followed by the type of file generated e g CA Original Detailed listings of any E File file generated can be obtained by highlighting the E File session in question and then by clicking on the button View Print Log Report These reports can be previewed to the screen and or printed Additionally the IRS form 4804 can be printed in the same manner if desired for any E File session Note See IRS Publication 1220 for more details 18 1 3 How do I Generate State Subset How do I Generate State Subset Overview V Important Disclaimer Please Read All files generated will be in the 750 byte format per Publication 1220 from the IRS unless otherwise noted not all states use this format The following states use a format other than that laid out in publication 1220 AL PA NE MD MN NM UT and ID 1099 Pro currently creates files in the formats for these states While 1099 Pro makes every effort to keep these formats updated it is your responsibility to verify the state s receiving your files will accept both the format and the data generated prior to submission Background The IRS format as per Publication 1220 is the most widely accepted format for states receiving files However some states require different formats Check with each state to see if they will accept the format listed paper filing or 1099 Pro maintains various hyperlinks to states in the Compliance section of our website at www 1099pro com
180. ausaessesseuseeseeseeseeseesaesaesaesaeuaesseeseesaesoesausaeeesonuaneas 192 Part XX Form Status Overview 194 1 FOrms Status EU 194 ENT 195 Part XXI Forms 196 UN CN KREE 196 CN EE 196 e WU EE 197 Part XXII Help amp Maintenance 197 Data d UE 197 2 Electronic Filing MOCUIe cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeneeseeeseeess 198 Multi User Installati EE 199 Multi User Consideration nner eege dE Eed susuecsudeduacesed cucuddedeadcsteessevevdseneetses 201 4 Oline Te EE 201 P Optimize Rostng EEN e dee egen 202 6 Referential Integrity Delete Error cccceeeeseceeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeaeees 203 1 Repalt EE 203 8 Safe Qua rds TUNG cuin eect cceaecvececedevdccaabeveecansvec penn eseecctadevd sdduveveecsseded cdun seve cetederdccse s 204 9 Special Hel Porcari R a RE AA TAa EEan EARE AASR 204 10 Technical Support een ee 204 11 Video Display Issue Siiiicccccccccce cee ccsececedetecceteceieecdeeteeccteecuceseieceecdtedeucesvcctuecdieccudesveecteestieeuss 206 T2 TECH SPPON e 207 13 Screen Res luti N EE 207 14 Special Help BURON niicrsiisecniorinir nannini naia anaana aaa Anaan iiaa 207 15 System Require Ment cccccceeeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeenees 207 Part XXIII Important Dates 208 TL Filinig De UI 208 Part XXIV Imports Overview 209 Lt Jmpert D e
181. ave Changes to Group Tag ll X Untag All Next Tag SC Show Tagged X Cancel Help Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _ 1080 Proe 2011 11 1 5 To assign rights use the following steps A Specify a Group Name for your Access Group by clicking the Group Name field B Tag the program Area or Form type that will be configured To tag a selection highlight the line and seca of rights that should be granted within use the Tag button or click in the tag column next _this 32 to the Form or Program area you want to update C After tagging the line click Modify E Modify existing tems D The Modify Access Rights window will open and jv isis ete tere allow you to assign specific rights to the form or J Run Reports on this area program area by clicking the check box to the left of I Correct or initiate Corrections related activities J Print these tax forms or items the form you wish to modify E Click Save when you are done modifying access Rights to the form or program area af Select Al Rights Clear All Rights F If you are done modifying Access rights click jee x cance 2 Hep Save Group to exit and save your changes If you wish to modify more Area s or Groups repeat steps 2 5 lf you wish to abandon all changes simply click Cancel Note If you Tag a Program Area or Form type and do not assign any other rights to it you have created a View on
182. ayout The standard import layout as used in the sample import files provides distinct City State and Zip fields The alternative import layout makes use of a single Combined City ST Zip field Use one or the other layout in your import file See Sample Import Files Canadian postal code rules Canadian Postal Code Rules Must be 7 characters Character 4 must be a blank Formatis letter number letter a space then number letter number For the first letter position 1 only these letters are acceptable ABCEGHJKLMNPRSTVXY For the letters in positions 3 and 6 these letters are acceptable adds W and 2 ABCEGHJKLMNPRSTVWXYZ Valid example is C3H 4W9 Compliance Compliance 1099 Pro Seminars for Tax Year 2011 Visit our web site at http www 1099pro com servTrainingSeminars asp for more information Form Status Values Form Status Values 1 Form Status values Standard tax form record status equates NOTE These values CANNOT be changed once a product is in the field Original record range 0 10 ePending Equate 0 ePrinted Equate 1 ePrintedVoided Equate 2 ePrintedFiled1096 Equate 3 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Helpful Hints o ePrintedFiledMag Equate 4 ePrintedUploaded Equate 5 eFiledMag Equate 6 Filed without printing eUploaded Equate 7 Uploaded without printing Corrected Original with blanked amounts range 10 19 eCorrectedPending Equate 10 eCorrectedPrinted Equate 11 eCorrectedPrintedVo
183. be able to print on any of those forms and if there is a pressure seal form which you would prefer to use that is not already a listed printing option in the software contact our Service Bureau and we ll customize the software to accommodate you and your choice of form s Trouble Shooting Customers may experience issues when attempting to print on the large 8 5 x 14 pressure seal forms If the printer software is not configured correctly during the print process after selecting pressure seal forms any 8 5 x 14 form either preprinted or blank you will find that it appears that the printer is squashing the graphics and text The reason The default setting for most printers is 8 5 x 11 letter paper In order for the text and graphics to appear properly on the 8 5 x 14 paper you should select legal for the paper format If you are unsure about how to select legal paper during the print process you will want to contact your printer manufacturer To view a list of compatible Pressure Seal Forms from such manufacturers as Relyco Moore Wallace and TFP Data Systems see our list at http host 1099pro com ftp product 2011 Tech_Support_docs Available 20Pressure 20Seal Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20Forms pdf 27 1 Pressure Seal Forms Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Formats 273 Currently Supported Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Formats These are the various format and printing methods that are currently supported by
184. blem Records for more information 24 1 Import Data Import Data 1099Pro features an easy to use Import Wizard to simplify the import routine Many database and spreadsheet applications such as Microsoft Excel Access and Lotus 1 2 3 provide for the exporting of data to an ASCII file These files can be imported into 1099 Pro thus relieving the burden of manually entering the information onto the taxform If your data has already been entered once why type it again Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 210 1099 Pro 2011 24 1 1 To see more information on importing for Delimited File Types See Import Maps for a Delimited File Type To see more information on importing for Fixed Length File Types See mport Maps for Fixed Length Files Country Alias Country Alias and Validation Options 1099 Pro supports custom country name and validation options during the import process This is useful in situations where the code you use for a particular country does not match the one used by the IRS Such an example would be if you used JPN to represent Japan this country code would not be recognized during import since the IRS country code for Japan is JP In order to correct this error 1099 Pro allows you to create alias for any country in the IRS database Example Lets take the example above 1 On the initial import attempt 1099 Pro generates an Invalid Country warning 8 1099 Pro for 2006 Enterprise SQL View Fix Import S
185. by If you are running the search by name then type in either the first few letters of that company s name Last Name or First Name and then click on the Name button By Account number Click on the Account Number button By TIN use the TIN number etc When viewing the results the recipient accounts are displayed below as well as the tax forms issued to each recipient This search feature is considered to be more of an alternative to the search feature in the Browse Enter amp Edit screen It s strengths lie in getting straight to the point with what tax forms and filers are tied to a recipient This search is not considered to be superior over running a queried search where you can really narrow down details of a search by state or by dollar amounts New features allow you to Quick Print the form or Change View the tax form Hint To filter on a specific recipient account Highlight the account number in the Recipient Accounts window and then view the filtered results below in the list of Tax Forms issued to the Recipient Or just highlight Select all to display all results Add a Recipient Add a Recipient 1099 Pro allows unlimited recipients To add a recipient 1 2 3 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Recipients list icon At the Browse the Recipients File screen click Add At the Adding a Recipient Record screen complete all fields Use the lt F1 gt key at any time to a
186. by 1099 Pro Form Type 1098 1098 1098 1098 1098 1098 5498 5498 1042 S 1042 S 1098 C 1098 E 1098 E 1098 T 1098 T 1098 T 1099 A 1099 A Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Company Print Style Moore MW356 Wallace Pressure Seal TFP Data 5116 Pressure System Seal Relyco PSB11Z Pressure Seal Relyco PS356 Pressure Seal Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore MW1242 Wallace Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11Z Pressure Wallace Seal Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Format 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 2 Panels Per Side 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11
187. carries the Database Field from the left column over to the Field Value screen on the right 2 In the Field Header list to the right double click on the field name until you see the Customize a mapped field screen pop up The following chart explains the title of the field and its contents See Image 1 Image 1 Customize a Mapped Field Field Number fu Position From through Field Size 20 wf Save X Cancel Help Field Number Field or Record Number Equivalent to a column in an excel spreadsheet Position From Through Location of the field value expressed in numeric positions from the first location to the last location Field Size Total Number of characters form the first position to the last position of the field value Mapped To Tax Form field that the Field Value is mapped or linked to Field Value Title of the specific field Process Allows you to enable specialized processing rules for the imported field e If the field is empty fill it with this Allows you to specify what should be entered into a field that is empty Removing leading trailing characters Allows you to trim both leading or trailing characters from the imported field by a specified amount Changing the case of the imported value Allows you to force all characters to be either all upper or lower case for the imported field e Adding fixed characters to the imported value Allows you to add characters to both the C
188. cate with the 1st Multi user Installation Server shown above Webupdates When it is time to perform a Webupdate you will have to perform it from the Server that you just installed Webupdates are performed at the Server and in this case performing the update at the Server will result in the program files and the data files being updated on the Remote Server based on the ini file on the Server Note that workstations will communicate with the Remote Server Data Location only and not with the Server where the software was originally installed from or the Webupdate was run from Note 1099 Pro uses a local Im file to store the data path of your remote data Verify the following If the 1099 Pro install was done under a different account with a drive letter mapping then that same path will need to be mapped with the same drive letter For example If the Administrator of the computer has the remote drive as L and the user has the mapped drive as a K then the user will not be able to access the data This same topic with screen captures is available at the web at http host 1099pro com ftp product 2011 Tech Support docs 2011 TechSupport_ RemoteServer webupdate_ pdf Misee Multi User Considerations Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Help amp Maintenance 201 22 3 1 Multi User Considerations Multi User Considerations When running 1099 Pro multi user versions some tasks require exclusive control of certain files These t
189. ccess field specific information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Recipients 39 4 After completing all fields click OK to save the recipient 5 4 Change a Recipient Change a Recipient Changes made to a recipient only effect records with a pending status To change a recipient 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Recipients List icon 2 Atthe Browse the Recipients File screen highlight the recipient and click Change 3 Atthe Changing a Recipient Record screen make changes and click OK 4 The Administrator prompts to update all pending records with the new recipient information Records with a printed or Filed 1096 status are not updated 5 5 Delete a Recipient Delete a Recipient Arecipient cannot be deleted if any records are associated with it To delete a Recipient 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Recipients List icon 2 Atthe Browse the Recipients File screen highlight the recipient and click Delete 3 Atthe Confirm Delete screen click Yes to delete the recipient or No to cancel 5 6 Forms Issued Report Run Forms Issued Report The Forms Issued for Recipient report details all forms issued to each recipient Includes filer recipient address and form status To run a report 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Recipients List icon 2 Atthe Browse the Recipients File screen click Run Forms Issued Report
190. ccsscssssesseesseesensseeesensneecsesseeeseesseeeseeeseeeseneseeeseeeseeeseesseaeseesseeeseaseneesneas 1099 Module AE lee RE E geh 7 ege Ee e EE a Ae hed Bat eve eee IC Checking ee EE Update Options RCP Options 1099 Corporate Suite and Professional Enterprise comparison Manage PS ACL Access Control CS version only s s s Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages scssseseeeees S Using Print Codes CS version only aii a nae ENEE A a araia EN GAE eais Reporting Thresholds ccccccceeeseeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeeess Manage State CFS Limits and Settings cssecessseseeeeseeseeeseeeseeeseeeneeeseeeseesseeseesseeeseaseeeeseesenensenseneneeesenenees 112 Check TT EE 113 Hosted Solutions CS version Only ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeeeeeesaneees 114 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Contents E Un e EE 115 Logging in as a Different USer cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeesseeeeeeess 115 Optional Fields arieni an E E AE 116 10 Create and Manage Custom Codes CS Version Only 2 c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 117 Update or Change Custom Code cccscssssssessesesseeesessessessesseesesseeseeseeseesnesnesaesaevaesanesessnesessaesoesesaessenseunees 118 11 Reporting Thresholds ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeee
191. ch has additional Date and Function Categories 1 Atthe Query Wizard Field Selection window click the Manual button in the lower left of the window The Query Wizard Screen Query Wizard Field Selection Select a field from the list below Fields to Evaluate Box 1 Amount Box 10 Window Box 11 First LD Box 12 Second D Box 13 State Abbrev Box 13 State ID Box 14 Amount Box 2 Amount Box 3 Transaction Box 3 type of wager Box 4 Date Won Box 6 Race SR Box 7 Amount Value Entry Box 8 Cashier 4 Operation and Group Manual Notes Access lt Back Cancel 2 In the Query Wizard Manual Override screen you may choose pre selected fields from the field list To open the Expression Builder click to the right of the Field List The Expression Builder Screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 28 2 Queries 287 Expression Builder Li f af 1c of f of cl oft faraj or Noel eg Data and function categories Data and function names Clear Form1099 inNotice Ee All Functions Form1099Misc Box1Amt Insert Math amp Trig Functions Form1099Misc Box1 OAmt Text Functions Form1099Misc Box134mt Date amp Time Functions Form1099Misc Box1 44mt Other Functions Form 099Mise Box15Str Constants Form 099Misc Box1 BAmt xj Cancel Form1099Misc TinNotice 2nd TIN Notice Data and function categories Select the category of the function to be applied in this column Data a
192. cific fields to be included in the import process and add them to your layout You can do this by clicking and highlighting a field from the available fields on the left and then click the Add this field button which carries the Database Field from the left column over to the Field Value screen on the right The screen on the right also shows the positions of the information in the file as well as the character size of that field Optionally you may use the Add Filler button to add blank columns in between columns which have data 9 Repeat this procedure until all of the necessary fields have been added to your layout If the wrong field is accidentally assigned click and highlight the incorrect field and then click the Remove button Begin again by highlighting the correct field from left then click Add this field until you are finished You may also click the up and down arrows to change the order of a specific field up or down in the list You also have the ability to customize the parameters of a mapped field See Customizing a Mapped Field Click Next to continue 10 Enter a title and description which will be displayed for users when they need to select an import map to use You may also enter some optional notes which describe your custom map Set options for locating your import files 11 Specify the default folder where this type of import file will be located If left blank you will always be prompted to locate the import file
193. cipients TIN Account Last Name Company First Name PCode Tax Year Note You can also use information from multiple search fields to narrow down information from the database if you have many filers this is great for speeding up searches A1 Select Search Field Recipient TIN e Account v Last Name Company v First Name X PCode v ax year With each search field you also have the option to further narrow your search by the following operators LE A2 Equal Using this operator information will be returned to you using the exact information you placed in the search criteria field Not Equal This will return all information that not correspond with the information you put into the search criteria field Starts with Using this operator will return all results that began with whatever information you placed in the search criteria box Ends with Using this operator will return all results that end with whatever information you placed in the search criteria box Contains this will search all records for the information that you placed within the search criteria field Note You can also use multiple search fields in conjunction with different operator types to narrow down you search for example you can use the search field name First Name with the operators Begins with and Ends with at the same time Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 28 1080 Proe 2011 3 4 3 5 3 6 A2 Select Operator Equal X Not Equal
194. citied for nor w h state Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 95 5 The DT Imp Web column determines where the validation rule is applied DT applies the rules to a manual data entry Imp to imports and Web refers to users on the web internet module There are also three levels of error message severity W is a warning which is a non fatal problem with your form E is an error which may be a fatal problem with the form and R is a reject which will not allow the form to be saved or imported at all You can also define OK which will allow the form to be saved without warning or you can use the Default option which will use the systems default rules to evaluate the form 6 Ifyou wish to deactivate a rule where you may wish to activate it later simply uncheck the Rule is active applied box as shown below Editing Rules To edit an existing rule click on a rule in the Manage Business Rules Validation window and the click on the Change button e The Rule Will Be Changed window allows you to turn a particular rule on or off at anytime To turn off a rule remove the check from the Rule is active applied checkbox and then click the Save button e You can also override the default messages using the Customize override the default messages box e Use the drop down menus to the right of Manual Entry Severity Import Severity and Web Entry to set the warning error severity level to either Use Defa
195. cking 24 7 Review Import Session Review Import Session The second step of the import routine Review Import Session allows you to correct errors delete records or abandon an import session To review import session 1 Verify you are at the Edit Post or Abandon Imported Records screen If you are not at this screen access it by selecting your import session at the Completed and In Process Import Session window and clicking the Continue with Session button 2 Atthe Edit Post or Abandon Imported Records screen the Error Messages column lists any errors or warnings To correct an error highlight the record and click Change Make changes and click OK You are prompted to save changes to the record click OK The error message should be removed Errors and or warnings should be corrected if possible to ensure success in the final step of the import session Ifthe Error Messages column is blank no errors are associated with the record 3 Iferrors cannot be corrected because the correct information is not available you may either Click Abandon This Session to permanently delete all records This deletes only these records from the import session it does not delete other records in this session that have already been posted Click Delete to delete a single record Ignore errors and fix them later 4 After making necessary edits and or deletions click Post This Session to proceed to the final step of the C
196. click Back to go back a step If any records in the session contain errors or warnings you must decide how to handle them Options include Do not post records with errors Recommended Records without errors are posted and problem records are placed on hold so you can fixthem ata later time Post records with Warnings Errors Post all records now You ll need to review individual records and manually update these fields ata later time Specify how to deal with existing recipients in the 1099 Pro system Options include Match forms with existing Recipients but do not update addresses ignore existing TINs add every Recipient as new Update the incoming tax form with my current Recipient information Update my Recipient information with new information from the tax forms Review settings and click Finish to post your import session Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 229 24 1 6 10 Modifying an Existing Import Map Modifying an Existing Import Map Adding a header after import map creation for a custom import map with headers 1 Click on Import Forms from the left hand navigation menu 2 Click on Begin a new XXXX Import Process 3 Click Next 4 Click on Add Update XXXX Import Maps 5 Select the import map that you would like to add the new header to 6 Click on Change 7 Click Next 8 Click Next 9 Click Add 10 You will see two fields one labeled
197. click your mouse The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers available for selection At the Select a Recipient screen highlight a recipient and click Select or double click the recipient See Selecting Recipients Tagging Recipients 1099 Pro allows you to manually tag select records for inclusion in a print session See Tagging Recipients Using the Recipient Lookup Feature In the recipient lookup screen you can run a program wide search for a recipient then view a list of form types associated with that recipient as well at the form s statuses error statuses Filer Tax ID number applied to this Tax Form and Recipient and then the Filer Name This is helpful overall when you have a large number of records in the software and you need to find someone right away without having to go in and out of various filers to search for a single recipient See Recipient Lookup Feature W 9 New Request for Recipient Indicator Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 5 1 5 2 Browse Recipients 37 Column to show if there have been requests for a recipient See W9 New Request Indicator Issue a W 9 or B Notice This button initiates the wizard to generate a W 9 for the selected recipient This lets you issue forms one at a time without creating a batch See W 9 Wizard Recipient Lookup Account Selection Recipient Lookup Account Selection This screen is triggered by clicking on the Account button in the Recipien
198. column next to Filer s this profile will have access to A Highlight the filer you wish to configure and click the Assign Access Groups button to attach Access Groups that were previously created to the profiles Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e _ 1080 Proe 2011 A The Tag Access Group screen opens and allows you to select profiles that have Choose Access Groups for this profile This allows you to attach Access Groups to your profile previously been created Step2 B After you are done selecting profiles click gt Select one or more Access Group to include in your User Profile Save to exit Tag AccessGroupName Tax Forms View Only Tax Forms Edit Pending Tax Forms Full Rights Import Tax Form Data Export Tax Form Data File Tax Forms With IRS SSA Service Bureau Upload W 9 Tracking All Except Security amp Tax Forms 2G Update Modify amp Import 1099 MISC View Only Note You will need to repeat steps C D and E for each filer that is in this profile Iag X Untag Show Tagged va Tag All X Untag Al wo Save Cancel Help 4 Upon exiting the Update User Profile screen you are returned to the User Profiles window You can continue to add change or delete profiles here Once you are done updating profiles click Close to be returned to the Security Options window 11 1 6 Security Add Update Individual Users Step
199. continue 10 A Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 22 1099 Pro 2011 099 MIC P What order should these 1099 MISC forms be printed in This chace determines the order that each set of 1099 MISC copies wil be printed in Please choose a sort order By Last Name Company Name Sorts the recipients by ther Last Name or thelr Company name H not an inxiivicast O By TIN EIN or SSM then Last Name First Name and Account Sorts the recipients by ther Tax Kertiication Number EIN or SSN O By Zip Code U S then Canada then foreign Groups the forma by the recipient s Zip Code Use this option if you Need to pre cort malings for the Post Office O By State Abbreviation U S then Canada then foreign O By Account Number then Last Name Reoperts with missing sccourt information wil print betore actual sccourt numbers Waitin each selected Copy keep ai of fhe forms for each Filer grouped together Note Copy A forme are ahweys grouped by Filer whether this box is checked o reg Here you will be given the option to preview the forms prior to them being printed Choose Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me if you would like to see the forms before being printed and click the Next button to proceed I E 11 A 11 A View the processed 1099 MISC forms before printing Print preview slows you bo view forms before they are Char sert to the prirter D Preview lets you page through the forms af
200. cted Pending 10 Corrected Printed 11 Corrected PrintedVoided 12 Corrected PrintedFiled1096 13 Corrected PrintedFiledMag 14 Corrected PrintedUploaded 15 Corrected FiledMag 16 Corrected Uploaded 17 l Correction record range 20 29 Correction Pending 20 Correction Printed 21 Correction PrintedVoided 22 Correction PrintedFiled1096 23 Correction PrintedFiledMag 24 Correction PrintedUploaded 25 CorrectionFiledMag 26 Correction Uploaded Equate 27 2 Voided Form This should already appear in the QW as a checkbox 3 Correction Type This is internal to the program 4 Error Status We ship with queries for these already 0 No errors 1 Warnings 2 Errors 3 Warnings Errors 4 Fatal major Error 20 2 Statuses Statuses Pending These forms were input or imported Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted Printed If you print out forms you will be asked if you have printed out your red copy A s If you answer yes then the status will be changed from Pending to Printed Forms with a Status of Printed or higher cannot be deleted or changed lf your forms have a status of printed then you can only print out an entire print run or an individual form To revert the status back to Pending you can click on the Print Tax Forms icon and change the status back to Pending by clicking on the Reset button each print log Filed 1096 Apaper 1096 Annual Summary and Transmittal can
201. cters Form 1099 LTC Insured s Name 32 text characters Insured s Street Address 32 text characters Insured s City 18 text characters Form 1099 MISC Box 15a 12 numeric characters Box 15b 12 numeric characters Form 1099 OlID Box 5 62 text characters Form 1099 R Box 8 11 Box 14 14 text characters Form 1099 S Box 3 104 text characters Form 5498 Box X special for U S Armed Forces in designated special reporting 12 text characters Form W 2G Boxes 3 5 6 8 amp 10 12 14 text characters each Form 3921 Box 5 7 characters Box 6 52 characters 40 for filing Form 3922 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 261 Box 6 7 characters 26 8 Margin Alignments Margin Alignments Alignment Adjustments when printing to Blank Stock Alignment adjustments can be made when printing to blank stock After choosing blank stock you can select Advanced Print Options at the Ready to Print summary screen Pre Printed Forms Address Alignment The Print Wizard offers the opportunity to print a test alignment and adjust margins accordingly prior to printing your forms A test alignment to a blank sheet of paper is a smart way to minimize form waste M Test alignments print the characters X and 9 instead of your actual data Your data will print assuming the software is registered at the last step of the Print Wizard To test alignment Initiate the Print Wizard it automatically pro
202. d 2 B Eiere on Baek Preprinted Bip 411 Single Sided 2 old 5113 Pressure Seal Copies 2 Aug dee E eee am To Print 5498 s on approved Puerto Rico forms 8 From either the Quick Print screen or the Print Tax Forms screen select Pressure Seal ACL when asked to Select the type of paper you want to print on 9 Click Puerto Rico 480 7 10 Click Print Now Note Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout 6 pages per recipient it is recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing Currently address information is spaced to fit into an 8888 1 envelope If needed 1099 Pro can setup a template for the address information to be displayed properly with other envelopes Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ase 1 1080 Prow 2011 26 6 Zi Select 5498 Pressure Seal Format Alternate Comb 81 2 11 Duplex 3 Panels Per Side 5145 Blank Stock Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Moore Wallace 8 1 2 11 Single Sided EZ Fold N11E2 Pressure Seal gt For Puerto Rico Printing via the ASP web interface The 1099 R 1099 Misc 1099 INT or 5498 Puerto Rico tax form can be printed using the Quick Print option in the ASP interface 11 Click on the record that needs to be printed 12 Click on the Quick Print button on the bottom left corner of your screen 13 Make sure the box to the left of the Use Puerto Rico 480 x format instead of US format is checked
203. d directly or indirectly by this document 1099 Pro 2011 Table of Contents Part 1 2 3 4 5 Part Il 2 3 Part Ill 1 2 3 4 5 6 Part IV i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part V i Foreword 0 Getting Started 14 Disl iM eT eege geseet ege eege AEN SCENE aa eg daaa aKa Eae Aaa aaaeeeaa 15 Getting the Most Out of 1099PI0 cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeesneeas 15 QUICK TEE 16 Registration amp Upgrades ccsecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseaeeeeeseaeseeeseeneeeesees 18 What s E 19 The User Interface 20 1099 Pro Centtal aceccccet nra aein Seege ege deene ENEE eg dh Edge 20 TOON tege eren te EEE S dree ee SEENEN ceded Seeche see Eege 21 Preparing My ds TEE 21 Printing amp Malling eege eege aie v cede aa a dea voceeuus spur AO TE Eaa ENa a AEAEE 21 Filing Vide dE 22 Help 8 Extra R E E E A A snd sedueddaventseaseuuateudeseeacsashacvassdsvansaneanceveancasdsudessncecucesadanden 22 Print Preview ToOlbalt gue a a ea E a aa a e A aaea aa ar aaa aaa e aeania sates 23 Keyboard Shortcuts 2 2 cccccscsccccssescecccseseetctcancetcccaseecctcanertencaneeteucccredcccaaeeducecarsdeccaseeuducanensecs 24 ASP net Features CS Version only 25 No Software Install coc 0220c2cecec cess eccceve EES ENEE ENEE ENEE RE EEN 25 Multi Year LOOkU py eege seed SEENEN 26 CUStOM TE EC 27 SOGUMILY seed 28 Recipient Printable Forms Recipient MOdUu
204. d Description Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 237 16 Under the Field Name column you will find each of the boxes from your imported spreadsheet 17 Under Data Type you will see how MS Access sees the information in the boxes to the left 18 Here you will have to see if any of the boxes that you have imported have been imported as the incorrect data type It is necessary that all boxes that you would like to be aggregated be marked as Number 19 Note The program will generate errors when aggregating the forms if you have the incorrect data type associated for a box type Box 3 Amount Number Lookup Wizard 20 Under Description you can put any notes that you would like to associate with that box this will not impact your forms in any way 21 Now click on the Create tab and then click on Query Design Create FSS f Pivotchart S a es E aR E 2 a M BlankFom f Blank Repot N Report eport Query Query Macro SharePoint Table Form Split Multiple For E Ri Lists Design Form Items More Forms Design D Report Wizard Design Wizard Design Forms Reports Other 22 You will see a list containing your table on it With your table highlighted click on Add 23 You will then see a window with your table information open in it You may now click on Close to close the Show Table screen 24 You must now drag and drop the he
205. d be filled out The software does come with a basic set of rules built in but this new feature will allow you to create your own validation rules at any time 1 To view change or delete tax for validation rules click on File from the top menu and then select Security and Administration 2 At the Global Administrative Options window click on the Business Rules button on the left pane 3 Now click on the Tax Form Validation for Import and Entry button 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view or change those options r Business Rules and Options r Overall Program Options and Settings Preference Update and Program options Tax Form Validation KR for import and Entry Task Specific Options and Settings aa Tox Form Print Codes i Form Specific Rules and Settings A Custom Messages 4 The Manage business Rules Validation screen summarizes the rules for a particular form and indicates if the rule is active where the rule is active and the severity Manage Business Rules Validation H Tax Form fioss Misc D Ye Ne JEJE Yes Yes Yes Yes Wa Aw E E E E E E E E E Valid for Tax Year R01 Box 4 Fed w h oreater than sum of payment 2006 1099MISC RO1 RO Box 17 state missing for Box 16 amount ROS Box 16 wh is greater than box 18 income RO4 Box 16 state wh greater than sum of payments ROS Box 16 state w h spe
206. d like the e mail to appear as coming from Note If this address is not configured on your e mail server any replies will be returned to the person replying 30 1 2 Manage Email Recipient Lists Managing Email Recipients This screen displays the the e mail addresses you can select for notification when a scheduled job is complete Here you may add change or delete recipients available for notification Is Search Current View JE y Name D J eououtcompatpg com 2 ae Add A Change m Delete Close Help Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 206 1 1080 Prow 2011 30 1 2 1 30 1 3 Please see the section titled Add or Update Scheduler Email Recipients for more information on adding or changing an e mail address Add or Update Scheduler Email Recipients Adding or Updating an Email Recipient After clicking Add or Change on the Manage Email Recipient Lists you can enter or update a user s Email Address and Display Name W Contact Will Be Added mife Ea Name l Email Address w OK Cancel Manage Automated Email Messages Text Managing Automated Email Messages and Text This option allows you to create change and delete Email templates for scheduled jobs By choosing options under Status of Request and Process Type you can select which type of Email template you wish to display In addition to adding templates from this screen you can also do this during job creation BER Status of R
207. d look similar to this System PostCommit 2000 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Help amp Maintenance 22 6 Referential Integrity Delete Error Referential Integrity Delete Error The Referential Integrity Delete Error prohibits the deletion of a Filer Recipient State ID or State Abbreviation from the 1099 Pro database if used in any record For Examples e Jane Doe can t be deleted atthe Browse Recipients screen if a Form 1099 MISC exists for her Note that recipients will be retained for deleted records as well e Arizona or AZ can t be deleted at the States Provinces screen if a Form 1099 MISC uses AZ in the recipient address First eliminate AZ in the 1099 MISC record and then delete AZ at the States Provinces screen 22 7 Repair Files Repair Files The Repair option restores deleted files registry settings and DLL s It works only if you have access to the original installation EXE from which the application was initially installed For example if you downloaded a setup program from the Internet to your desktop then installed the program while it was located on your desktop the setup program must still be located on your desktop when you attempt to use the repair option If you installed the application from a CD then you are prompted to insert the original installation CD after you click Next in the Select Uninstall method dialog box M Did you install 1099 Pro while simultaneously running a virus checker I
208. d you like to create click Fixed Length To delete and import map highlight it and then click the Delete button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 au _ 1080 Proe 201 There are three columns which define an Import Map Map Type File Format and Description The description column gives details about the currently selected import map and the Notes w indow s to the right give additional details 4 When clicking Add or Change you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and or modifying Import maps click Next 5 Select your Import Data Type either a Tax Form Recipients or Filers Next set your Field Delimiter and End of Record Options then choose your whether or not your import file contains one or more header records Click Next to continue Set the Field Column Order or Fixed Position of your Tax Form 7 Next specify your dollar amount format options for and using implied decimals then set your date field format options and the order in which your date components will be displayed Click Next The following list shows which formatting and processing options are available for applying to a Fixed Length File Type s Tax Forms Amount dollar format and size TIN EIN SSN format options Date Field Format Options Check Box Size Recipients TIN EIN SSN format options Date Field Format Options Check Box Size s Fiers TIN EIN SSN format options Date Field Format Options Check Box Size 8 Select spe
209. ddress value Note 2 for exact Status values see the Query Wizard Forms 4419 Form 4419 Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically Print this form at the Printing Blank Forms screen You can view or print the form within 1099 PRO by choosing Forms and then IRS Instructions and Blank Forms and then choosing 4419 Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically To access the form via the internet please click here 6847 Form 6847 Due to the efforts of 1099 Pro this form 6847 became obsolete in tax year 2010 The IRS no longer requires this form as part of the Combined Federal State Filing Program However a onetime approval to participate in the Combined Federal State Program test filing is still requires See Part A Section 10 of IRS Publication 1220 for further information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 21 3 22 22 1 Forms 197 6847 Consent for IRS to Release Tax Information Participants in the Combined Federal State Filing Program must send Form 6847 to the IRS after filing electronically with the IRS Prior IRS approval is required to participate in this program You can view or print the form within 1099 PRO by choosing Forms and then IRS Instructions and Blank Forms and then choosing 6847 Consent for IRS to Release Tax Information 8809 Form 8809 Purpose of form Use this form to request an extension of time to file any forms shown in line 8 of form 8809 Who may file Filer
210. dee ersten cues svecatetevceaueedvtcausesbesctesecccauss 138 8 Delete 3 Record inian a eege See See e E SeE ee 138 9 Deparment aeiae aranean RT E a E E OAA CAROR ESEESE A ARARE 139 10 Options for Tax Form Data Entry cccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 139 11 Print View Re ports o onsiecieniieni tnae ean e geed ea iN ee ee ee Ea ENRETA 140 UE E 140 13 Selecta d Le EE 141 14 gt Select Form Type eiri cece a vege esate cg ecee eee cenedecececndegecpietecd ccaceeensesddzedeecuveuecnidsredecaesseqeubacs 141 15 Tagging RECOMdS i snua cen sewececedevicesteeveccandvencennbevecduedeed ENEE EES Seed 141 16 Zp Code LOOKUP rraca geesde aeur LEAKE OEE AAE sean ENNER EE NEES 142 TZ EET T E T E E E Ee ceedeeds 143 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Fe 1080 Proe 2011 Part XV 1 2 Part XVI 1 2 Part XVII Part XVIII 1 oa P WO ND N 10 Part XIX i Current Sort View Custom Sort Order c csscscsscsssecscnseesseaeeesesens Custom View Error amp Validation Checking Filing ProDleMsS cceeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens Penales en ececc since cicevecs codetede ana ENEKEN KAA Exports Export Map c0eeccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeees Export WiZard cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeees Moore Wallace CS Version only Important Note for MW Export CS Version only Tagging for Test Printing ASP Version only Session Details and Opti
211. down menu labeled Select the type of tax form to import Highlight the map which corresponds to your import file and then click Next Should you need to create your own map please use the following links for more information regarding the Delimited Import Map Wizard and the Fixed Length Import Map Wizard 3 Select your import file via the Browse button Your data should display in the bottom window and may appear out of alignment Your data should not contain any strange characters if it does see Import File Conventions You can also verify the Data Type File Format and Process Type before proceeding Click Next to proceed gt Sample import files are located at C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Import Samples 6 If 1099 Pro detects that your import file contains non matching filer information then it will ask you to verify the currently selected filer and click Next If you need to change to a different filer then click the Select Filer button 7 Use the list in the View the mapped tax form Import Records screen to verify that your import source file is being correctly mapped by the import utility Use the View Previous and View Next button to scroll up Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 24 1 6 8 Imports Overview 227 and down in the list of records in your import file 8 Next you should specify your import status Most of the time you will import into a Pending status See Import Statuses for more information Click the Next but
212. e 2 14 At this point the transmitter information for your State Quarterly E File file will be displayed this is the last chance that you will have to alter the information that will be placed on the report prior to it being generated Once you are satisfied that the transmitter information is correct you may click on next to continue Verify your Contact and Company information 1099 Pro State Quarter Verify your Contact and Company information Specify the contact information in the T Transmiter record in case problems are found b Changes made on this screen are temporary and apply to this session or e H you want to make these changes permanent you must update your Transmitter record File gt Transmitter information Name of person to contact regarding problems associated with these files Contact Name Sample Contac Contact Area Code IEN 8 Phone 782 7378 Extension Company information for person who should receive correspondence on problem files Company Name 1 Sample Compa Company Name 2 Company Address fi 234 Sample St Company City Calabasas Company State CA ZIP Code 91 302 Company Contact Person Sample Comp Contact Email Address Contacti 099pro com 15 This screen will allow you to review the Contact and Company information that will be displayed on your report Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zes _ 1080 Prow 2011 If you wish you may alter this information once you are done clic
213. e a list of all the current state thresholds for all states View Manage CFS Filing Thresholds i Select State All States sl Select Form AllFoums D 1039A AL Standard Al 1039 8 AL Standard C Active 1039 C AL Standard 1039 DI AL Standard Inactive Bypassed 1098 AL Standasd Rule Type to Display 1099 NT AL Standard e Set 1099LTC AL Standard 1099 MISC AL Standard C Standard 1039 SA AL Standard 1033 010 AL Standard Standard Custom 1099 PATR AL Standard C State Withhoking 1099R AL Standad Siate anana sl C State Withholding Custom Ja Change e Delete fy CustomizeRule Gy Report 2 Hep Buttons may be enabled disabled based on selected record type and your Securty Level d Close The View Manage CFS Filing Thresholds window provides the following options Select State This drop down menu allows you to select which states you wish to view thresholds for Select Form This drop down menu allows you to to select which form type you wish to view thresholds for Add Allows you to create a new threshold rule Change Allows you to edit an existing threshold rule Delete Allows you to delete an existing threshold rule Customize Rule Allows you to customize a builtin threshold rule Report Allows you to generate a report of threshold rules based on your view selections i e Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 121 Select State S
214. e at 1 866 465 7438 for assistance 12 Now you will be shown your contact information You can make any adjustments that are necessary and once you are done click the Accept button 13 Here you will be shown a list of links and you will choose what type of file you are uploading e Original File An information return that has never been reported 1 Once you have clicked on the Original File link you will be asked to enter the PIN number that you created in step 7 Once you have done this click Submit 2 Now you will need to click on browse and locate the file that the 1099 Pro software created for you 3 After locating the file click the Upload button to send it to the IRS e Replacement File If an original or correction information return is bad it must be sent as a replacement file after you fix the errors Note This is nota correction file this is only resending files that received a file status of bad For a corrections file click on the Amended Correction File link Note Once you have clicked on the Replacement file link you will need to choose if you are replacing an Electronic file The 1099 Pro software generates E File e Amended Correction File An information return which is submitted by the transmitter in order to correct an information return that was previously submitted and processed by the IRS but contained erroneous data An amended correction file will only contai
215. e criteria are matched by using the Up and Down buttons to arrange them The order reads from top to bottom with the top coming first Once finished press the Save Apply Rule NOW to save your settings or the Cancel button to remove and changes The software will now aggregate combine forms based on the fields you have selected Avaiable Fiekis for Aggregation To create the Aggregation rule drag and drop fields from the avaiable fiekis column to the selected flekts column To remove a selected fieki drag tleki s from the selected tlekis column lo the avaiable fiekis column 23 1099 MISC Aggregation Options Global Default 1099 MISC Options All Filers will be affected unless they have an Exception Select the fields to Aggregate combine forms by rm vow To adjust the order of the selected fields use the up and down arrow keys 24 1 4 Country Codes Table Country Codes Table When you are adding or changing information in a tax form you have the option of setting the address type for the recipient address Your options are as follows e USA e Canada e Other Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 2s 1 1080 Prow 2011 24 1 5 Select Country Code By IRS SSA Code By Country Name Seach Dira 28 caren If you select Other the Select Country Code screen appears The list of country codes are consistent with the list of codes on the IRS s website at http www irs gowinstructions i104
216. e date but by August 1 maximum penalty 150 000 per year 50 000 for small businesses 50 per information return if you file after August 1 or you do not file required information returns maximum penalty 250 000 per year 100 000 for small businesses M it you do not file and you do not meet any of the exceptions to the penalty the penalty is 50 per information return Exports Export Overview 1099Pro features powerful yet intuitive Export Wizard s to allow exporting of tax form data ina Mapped ASCII Fixed Delimited Excel format IRS Pub 1220 Format and Moore 1099 Print Export Export Maps Export Maps The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating Export Maps The first step in creating an Export Map is to specify how the records to export will be selected and where the files should be placed Export files can be created in a variety of formats including delimited and fixed length All formats are created as standard ASCII files Follow the steps below to create and or define an export map 1 From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the Export Forms link in the navigation bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities tab on the main menu then click Export Tax Forms to ASCII file s 2 Read the introductory information and then click the Next button to continue Click on the Add or Update Export Maps Next Click Add to add a new export map to the list or highlight
217. e fields can be imported and exporting containing a code of up to 5 characters When printing Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ns 1099 Pro 2011 certain PS ACL layouts this code translates to a string of up to 120 characters for recipient combined printouts only The message that is printed can be assigned a custom font and size Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view or change those optons Optional Fields Optional Form 1099 MISC Amount Box d Allow use of 1099 MISC extra amount box Enter a titte for the box Crazy Custom Box Je App Now Lookup and Code Translations A Manage Custom S Codes and Text Scheduler Utility Email Settings f Set Emai Server f Manage Emai 1 Manage Automated aj And Account j bn Recipient Lists j C Emal Messages Text 11 10 1 Update or Change Custom Code Update or Change Custom Code This screen is used to modify custom codes that are when printing certain PS ACL layouts this code translates to a string of up to 120 characters for recipient combined printouts only The message that is printed can be assigned a custom font and size Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security no Custom Codes Create and Manage Custom Codes Custom codes provide automatic lookup and expansion of a code into a full text value when printing tax forms for your recipients Code Prompt IBN Description My notes only Update Set Code T
218. e for the records that will be included in the report Select if you would like a Federal State or Federal and State balancing report by placing a check in the appropriate check box es Select if you would like to process the report for All Fliers or Select Filers 7 Select if you would like to start a new page whenever the EIN changes by placing a check in the appropriate check box 8 Select your Report Type Default The default report returns the FWT and or SWT on all INT MISC R amp W2 G forms created prior to the cutoff date The cutoff date defaults to the current date unless you override the date Comprehensive This report can break up FWT and SWT on all INT MISC R amp W2 G forms in the following manner e On or Prior to the cutoff date regardless if those forms are filed or not e Late Originals created after the cutoff date e Originals entered on or before the cutoff date e Originals filed on or before the cutoff date 1099 Pro 945 Balancing Report Choose how totals will be calculated for this 945 Balancing Report These options ket you choose which tax forms wil be inchaded in the fie D eN By selecting Comprehensive Report Type you select to process Originals Late Originals and Corrections H Report Type Default is selected orty Original records wil be processed in the reportis Cutoff Date I Steet anew pogs wherever EN changes Report Type Process 945 Federal Balancing Report GE e
219. e of Delimited or Fixed Length To Change an existing map e You can highlight an existing map on this screen and click Change Follow the steps on the screen and the wizard will guide you through the process of changing an existing map Any change made will overwrite the current mapping To Delete an existing Map 1 Highlight the existing map you want to delete and when asked to confirm your ok to delete a file choose ok 2 Ifyou have any exisiting mapping tied to a current import in process import session it cannot be deleted You must first complete or abandon all imports in process and then you will be able to archive the map however you cannot use it again Click here to see how to View Print Map Reports Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 220 1080 Proe 2011 24 1 6 1 1 24 1 6 2 Import or Export an Import Map Import or Exporting Maps Using this screen you may import or export maps for use on other 1099 Pro installations 1099 Pro Customize a Fixed Field Customize a Fixed Field Corporate Suite ASP feature only In 1099 Pro during the Import of Fixed Length files you also have the ability to customize the field size of a mapped field To customize a field during Fixed Width Import 1 Select specific fields to be included in the import process and add them to your layout You can do this by clicking and highlighting a field from the available fields on the left and then click the Add this field button which
220. e percentages or total shares EIN SSN 1 Formatted TIN type not EIN SSN values are Tax ID numbers required 2 Unformatted Must include the TIN type Text Multiline Convert to all UPPER case Text values are mulitline box values such as a Don t convert CR LF export as transaction description is Convert CR LF to a single space Dates Numeric 7 Select specific fields to include in the export process Click on a field from the available fields on the left and drag it across to the field neader screen on the right Alternatively you can click on the Add Field button to add a field to the field neader screen on the right 8 Repeat this procedure until all of the necessary fields have been added to your layout If the wrong field is accidentally assigned click and highlight the incorrect field and then click the Remove button Begin again by dragging the correct field from left to right until you are finished You may also click the up and down arrows to change the order of a specific field up or down in the list You also have the ability to customize the parameters of a mapped field In the Field Header list to the right double click on the field name until you see the Customize a mapped field screen pop up 9 Next specify the name of the map description or title and the map usage notes Click Next when finished 10 Next Select the destination folder Default location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Exports It is preferable to
221. e regardless of the setting for Bypass Recipient Cascade Allow cascade Default This option will allow changed in recipient information to take place across multiple filer and different take forms so that if there are multiple form types for one filer you will not have to adjust them all Note This does not effect forms that have a status other than Pending Restrict to current Filer only This option will allow changes in a recipients information to adjust multiple form types at the same time but will not allow adjustments across multiple Filers Disable Cascade This will disable the ability for adjusted recipient information to be spread across multiple form types and filers all together Error Level if missing Address Line 1 and 2 No Error Default Turning on this option will disable the warning message if there is a missing Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information entered manually or via import Warning Turning on this option will give a warning message with a status of Warning when entering recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information either manually or via import Note The error message of warning will not prevent the tax form from being save or from being brought into the software without prompt Error Turning on this option will give a warning message with the status of Error when entering recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipien
222. e selected forms contain any warnings or errors that could cause those forms to be rejected Select the destination folder e The default location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Uploads It is preferable to create your upload file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error Itis also faster For Filing with the IRS Select the overall Upload file type Original first upload to the Service Bureau Choose this option if this is the first time you have uploaded your files for the selected task This is the standard option Replacement upload This option should only be used if you have been in contact with the Service Bureau and they have instructed you to upload a set of tax forms again Normally this only happens if your data has problems and the original task could not be performed Click Next to Select the Printer for Filing your Upload Instructions Once the upload file has been generated the wizard will print all of the necessary paperwork needed for the next step These will include the following ASummary report and Instructions sheet A one page control totals report for EACH filer and tax form type you select Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20 1 1080 Prow 2011 31 2 2 Click Finish to begin generating the upload file Arunning detail is displayed as forms are scanned by the system See Step 2 Approving Control Totals Step 2 Approve Control Totals Step 2 Approve Control Totals
223. eal 1099 MISC Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy 2 B Instructions Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back 1099 MISC Moore N11ZPressure 81 2 x11 Single Sided Z Copy B Instructions Wallace Seal Fold 1099 MISC Std 775Pressure 81 2 x11 Single Sided Max Copy 2 B Instructions on Register Seal 4 Filer Lines Back Preprinted 1099 OID Moore N11EZ 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Copy B Instructions Wallace Pressure Seal Fold 1099 OID Alternate 5145Blank 81 2 x11 Duplex 3panels Copy B Instructions B Comb Stock on side 1 addresses on side 2 Address on Back Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 PATR 1099 PATR 1099 Q 1099 Q 1099 R 1099 R 1099 S 1099 S 1099 SA 1099 SA 5498 ESA 5498 ESA 5498 SA 5498 SA MISC MISC MISC MISC MISC W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore MW 1304 Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock Moore N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Alternate 5145 Blank Comb Stock TFP Data 5113 Pressure System Seal Moore MW 353 Wallace Pressure Seal Nelco LM ISCPSB Press Seal Relyco PS353 Pressure Seal Moo
224. eal estate transactions mortgage interest you paid acquisition or abandonment of secured property cancellation of debt or contributions you made to an IRA Use Form W 9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification to requesta recipient s TIN if the recipient is a U S person or U S resident alien If the recipient is a foreign person use the appropriate Form W 8 Note To Mail the W 9 Request form remember to use 1099 Pro Inc Envelope Type 8888 1 What is a backup withholding CP2100 CP2100A B Notice CP2100 CP2100A B Notice Backup withholding explained is used for the purpose of soliciting correct name TIN combinations There are actually two B notices the First B Notice and the Second B Notice The text of the Second B Notice is different from that of the First B Notice It instructs the payee to contact IRS or the Social Security Administration SSA to obtain the correct name TIN combination as shown in their records First B Notice 1 Send the First B Notice Form W 9 and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15 business days from the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it whichever is later Date the B Notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100 CP2100A Notice or the date you received it whichever is later The outer envelope must be clearly marked IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION ENCLOSED or IMPORTANT TAX RETURN DOCUMENT ENCLOSED 2 Make
225. eater Than ie depane ee Aea Operation Review and Group Manual Notes Access 5 Click Finish then save your query if you wish to do so lt Back Cancel This query will now display Filer s that have address information in the line that will not be carried over Tagging for Test Printing ASP Version only Tagging record for Moore Wallace Test Printing ASP Only From this screen in the ASP module you can tag records to be included in a test printing for Moore Wallace Session Details and Options CS Version only Session Details and Options A Print Export This screen allows you to review the options that were used when exporting data You may also View Print a Report of the data contained in the export Voiding of the session will allow you to mark an export as void to denote the data was not used etc for your own records Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Tax Year 2010 Count dl One File per Filer E Print Mail export Form Type 1099 MISC Format Delimited Tab CR LF Map title 2005 2009 Standard 1099 MISC export map Exported by STATION2 Export File 1099PRO EXPORT 1099 MISC 10 13 2010 04 33 58PM TXT Placed in C 1099 Pro Pro99C S Exports 1099 MISC 5 1099PRO 1099 Pro Inc 17 5 Bulk TIN Matching IRS Bulk TIN Matching Overview Enterprise and Corporate Suite Only For non Enterprise and Corporate Suite users or those who do not want to sign up for the IRS
226. eau and utilize the software of the Licensor for this purpose Your written agreement with the Licensor will specifically contain language that will permit the additional use of the Software for that purpose Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview me 4 US GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS All Software provided to the U S Government pursuant to solicitations issued on or after December 1 1995 is provided with the commercial license rights and restrictions described elsewhere herein All Software provided to the U S Government pursuant to solicitations issued prior to December 1 1995 is provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS as provided for in FAR 48 CFR 52 227 14 JUNE 1987 or DFAR 48 CFR 252 227 7013 OCT 1988 as applicable 5 SOFTWARE MEDIA You may receive the SOFTWARE from the Internet on line network connection or in disk media or on a CD ROM or installed on the hard disk drive or ROM of your computer or in multiple forms of media Regardless of the number or type s of media you receive you may use only the media appropriate for your single computer You may not use the other media on another computer or loan rent lease or transfer them to another user for any purpose whatsoever 6 APPLICABLELAW This EULA is governed by the laws of the State of California If this Software was acquired outside the United States then local law may apply The exclusive venue and jurisdiction for any dispute shall be Los Angeles County Court
227. ecipi kr resak KN Account rgmber see instructions 2nd TIN 12 Excess ES parachute 14 Gross proceeds paidto matice pamen an attomney ACH 06 oj 453 Section 409A deferrals 45b Section 409A income 46 State tax withheld 47 State P ayers state no 250 00 2500 00 Text amp Aux Optional Text Owe pt reported Ln 1 tothe IRS Ln o Processing Restrictions IT NO Pre IT NO Fie wARS I NOMerge 9 Special Print Codes 0 Gm sl Optional Grouping Filtering fields Source FILED RECS amp Select Codes Category SAMPLE Copy to recip Yes File with State Yes File with RS Yes Noie You will notice that all files that were changed will have their values turned blue also you will get a brief summary of what was changed in the correction type box located at the bottom of the form 7 Once you are done click on save form Save Form Noite On this screen you will be given the option to preview the original form before it was corrected you will also be given the option to reprint it or view its audit trail Note When previewing the original you will not be able to alter any of the fields on the form you will however be able to add notes to it Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections e ES 1099 MISC Protected Form Update Options IS Protected 1099 MISC Form Filed with Corrections Form Status Printed and filed via 1096 Recipient ANTHONY BASILE Original Filed
228. ecord field fora Transmitter the right side of the window displays to data in relation to the current field selected on the left While navigating up and down in a vertically with the cursor keys on the keyboard you will notice that you Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1099 Pro0 2011 must click with your mouse in order to have the right pane to display the data The top of the screen contains an overall summary of the Transmitter Detail There are also two different viewing options View as Field List and View as Text 19 2 1 Viewing Options Viewing as Field List For viewing the data in a field by field format From Thru Size Denotes the physical location of the fields Field Name Displays the title of the field that contains the data Field Value Contains the data manually entered by the filer or imported from an ASCII text file Viewing as Text For viewing the data in a record without fields The cursor position allows you to locate specifically where your cursor is within a record 19 3 File Format Transmitter T Record all fields marked required must include transmitter information Payer A Record Multiple Payee B Records at least 11 B Records per each A Record End of Payer C Record State Totals K Record if participating in the Combined Federal State Filing Program End of Transmission F Record See Part C for record formats Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview 185 File Format
229. ecords to import will be selected and where the records will be inserted into the tax form Import files can be imported in a variety of formats including delimited CSV Tab Delimited Pipe Delimited Fixed Length and Excel XLS or XLSX Follow the steps below to create and or define an Import map Defining a Delimited or Excel Map Type 1 From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the Import Forms link in the navigation bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities tab on the main menu then click Run the Import Wizard 2 Click on Add update Mapped Imports 3 Next Click Add to add a new Import map to the list when prompted with Which type of import Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 222 1099 Pro 2011 would you like to create click Delimited or Excel depending on the map type you wish to create To delete and import map highlight it and then click the Delete button There are three columns which define an Import Map Map Type File Format and Description The description column gives details about the currently selected import map and the Notes window s to the right give additional details 4 5 When clicking Add or Change you are prompted to go through the wizard for creating and or modifying Import maps click Next Select a File Format either Tab Delimited Comma or Pipe Next set your Field Delimiter and End of Record Options Click Next Specify whether you want to Use a sam
230. ect a Layout and click on Remove to remove access for Web users Vendor Paper Format Print Style a Vendor Paper Format Print Style Form Order Number Form Description FornvOrder Number Form Description Alternate Comb 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided 3 Panels Per Side Blank Alternate Comb 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided 2 Panels Per Side Blank 5145 Blank Stock Copy B Instructions 2 With Custom Code N14EZ Blank Stock Copy B Instructions For Boxes 3 amp 7 Only Alternate Comb 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided 3 Panels Per Side Blank Blank Stock Copy 2 B Instructions With Form Source Cat Blank Front w 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Back Center Instruct Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions gt gt Moore Wallace 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Preprinted Approve MW 353 Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Moore Wallace 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold Blank N11EZ Pressure Seal Copy B Instructions Moore Wallace 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex C Fold Blank 4 N11C Pressure Seal Copies 2 B Instructions Relyco 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Preprinted Remove PS353 TZ811MISC Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions TFP Data System 8 1 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Preprinted 5113 Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions H pir DH H cose Help 11 3 5 Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages Corporate Suite Only Copyright 10
231. ection you can also visit the 1099 Pro web site at www 1099pro com for the latest information and updates Copyright 2011 1099 Pro Inc all rights reserved 22 3 Multi User Installations Multi User Installations Enterprise Professional Only 1099 Pro offers network compatible multi user versions Demo users may not perform network multi user installations To purchase 1099 Pro contact Sales at 888 776 1099 1099 Pro is netw ork neutral either a peer e g all Win XP machines or server install is OK The only requirement is that one machine is designated as server and all others as workstations To perform network installation 1 Determine a network drive and folder to install 1099 Pro All workstations must have rights to this folder To assign rights open Windows Explorer from each workstation Locate the network drive right click your mouse and select Map Network Drive Each installation will refer to this drive as the Global Data Path 2 Install 1099 Pro on the network server Enter your multi user Registration code as prompted Select Server Installation as the Install Type Allow the program files to reside on the local drive e g C 1099 Pro Pro99T1 1 3 Upon successfully installing 1099 Pro to the network click on the 1099 Pro icon on your desktop The Welcome Wizard walks you through setting up the software By default Audit Trails and Security are enabled Complete the Welcome Wizard and then re en
232. ed Forces Box W 2G Box 13 W 2 Box 20 General Text description boxes will lose their formatting Some boxes will be truncated IF YOUR DATA CONTAINED ANY INFORMATION IN THE BOXES LISTED ABOVE YOU WILL NEED TO EITHER MANUALLY KEY IN THE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AFTER IMPORTING OR FIND SOME OTHER METHOD FOR CAPTURING THAT INFORMATION The 1099 Pro Service Bureau at 866 444 3559 may be able to assist you in capturing the additional fields listed above After running the Utility amp importing your data we strongly recommend that you proof your control totals and individual data items This can be done by clicking on File amp Reports from within 1099 Pro Form Status Overview Form Status Overview Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine Import Data Selecting the correct status is important because aside from Pending the status of the session can only be reset by voiding deleting the entire session Use the Import Session Report to review the status of records in an import session Forms Status Values Forms Status Values 1 Form Status values Pending 0 Printed 1 Printed Voided 2 Printed Filed1096 3 Printed FiledMag 4 Printed Uploaded 5 Filed Mag 6 Filed without printing Uploaded Equate 7 Uploaded without printing l Corrected Original with blanked amounts range 10 19 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Form Status Overview 19 Corre
233. ed by columns Note It is HIGHLY recommended that you use headers for your columns in excel and you select the option First Row Contains Column Headings 7 Once you have verified that the information appears correct click on the Next button to proceed 8 Now you will be presented with a screen that will allow you to choose what type of information each column contains go through the list and then click on Next to continue 9 On the next screen you will be prompted to choose which field will be used as a primary key we recommend letting access choose the primary key Once you are done click Next to continue 10 You will then be asked to name the table that you have created and then click on Finish 11 You will be prompted to save the import steps that you used to create this table If you would like to click the Save Import steps checkbox Otherwise click Close 12 You will then be brought back to your MS access screen right click on the Tab labeled Table 1 and click close 13 Now double click on the table name for the table you created in order to open the table 14 With you table open right click on the table name under the All Tables drop down menu on the left hand side and click on Design View ES SS EZ Datasheet View j 2 PivotTable View AN PiyotChart View E a Design View 15 You will then be shown 3 columns Field Name Data Type an
234. eeececceneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeseees 329 Tax Supplies 330 Blank Copier Papel cciiccctiecececieecooccuddevccaseeceddet devvecateesteccudterdecsesevadatdeveccausseedcausrs ecedveeescates 330 Continuous Form Fet i s ceccccc cans cer cece sce ceteceds ERARA EENAA IAA EAA NAERA IAEA REAA AES 331 Pre printed Pape bccn iSi na E aE R aE a ARE 332 Pressure Seal FOrMS ssuussssnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Eegen 332 Transmitter Information 332 Create a Transmitter oiia ene NENEA e NENE A a ENEE ENANA 333 Year to Date Imports and Zero Drops 333 Year to Date Import Zero Drop OVervieW cececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeneneeeseneneee 333 Year to Date Import and Zero Drop ProceS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeesseeeeeee 334 Drop by Date Range est etcccpeatecceteccccenetedeccteantedeepicsesdtcaecceespnedeccucantedecunesusdeeacecensesees 335 Drop by Import SCSSION ccceeeeeee cece ee ee ence eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeess 335 Select IM port SESSION sssscsscsnsssssnsssssssesesessessenseseussusoussessesaesnseasenseasenssuausounnsnasansessaneauersausausaesoosasenesaasansa 336 Zero Drop Process Confirtmation cccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseaeneeeseaeeeeeeeaeeeeneees 336 Voiding a Zero Drop SeSSION ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeesee
235. eeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeeeseaeneeseeeseeeseeeeeeesees 42 Ti Selecta Recipiente ege EE EEN deeg et EE ee 42 12 Tagging Recipient cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeesseesaeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseaeseeeseaeeeeesees 42 Part VI Helpful Hints 43 UNE ee EE 43 2 Alternative import layOut eccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeseaeseeeseaeeeeeeees 44 3 Canadian postal Code rules cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeeeeseaneeeesees 44 d Compliance ai ccctis ic cects E A E E E hte eiandieeetn ch ceed betel ENEE 44 P Form Statue Values egene eege EEN eege Ee cent 44 6 Map by Name IMP ort cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeseeeeees 45 7 Master Audit Trail BrowSer cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeeeeeeseee ee eeeeeeeeeeseeeaaeeseeeseeeseaeeeeeeees 46 8 Master Tax Fofr e AENA a NARA ENN 46 9 Menu Dalurin na EEA E EEEE EEEE ENSE E EAE EAEE 46 10 Online Help Tutorialse cc cccc6c cece ches erg ENEE EEN ee Nee ee ee 46 11 Online knowledge base cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseseseeeaeeseeeseeeseaeeseesees 46 12 Protected Form E 46 13 Registration COCs erreia Eege Eege EENEG 47 14 TOON TEE 48 15 Upcoming Feature ssori cose kee dees aA EEEn Rena KENEEN ANARA AN REAA ECKER 48 16 Welcome Wizarde eegesisiertgesenessegi ENA
236. eeeseeeeeeeseeesneess 119 12 Set Aggregation Rules CS Version Only cccceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeess 122 WE CU le DEE 124 Part XII Audit Trails 125 1 Audit Trails Activity Report cceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseaeeeeeeeeeeeeesees 126 2 Deleted Record Detail ccccceessececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeneeeseeeaeeeseeeanenseeeeeeeseenseeess 127 3 Master Audit Trail BrowSer ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeeeeeseneess 127 A PUNGE E 128 Pr Record HIStory oua geen 128 6 Turn Audit Trails On Off sc cccc i cciece st cecccceteccetccueecveeciecctiecteccveecteedeaccudessecatecdvaceusesseeetendeacenss 128 7 Audit Trail Report Filters ccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeess 129 Part XIII Browse form records 132 T Browse IRS Tax POS re prar r a r Aaa aa a a r paaa Ea a a a ia aa rA e Aea Der aAA r iari eanan ar EERE 132 Part XIV Browse Records 133 Ad RO COM E E a a E EE E ET 135 2 Void RECOrd SA A a cece SE SNE dee See EEN eege 135 Browse Notes AttaChme ntts ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeenees 136 Update CT 137 4 Browsing Dy Form ciscccccsscccccccscesccccoveet cccoeasetecovees SEENEN DEES BE ege ee 137 5 CGapilaltzehtont eegne SEENEN 137 6 e Dee Ee D 138 7 Chanige a Record coreeni
237. efault scale 96 DPI fit more information Click Apply then OK You may need to restart for these settings to take effect Windows 7 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Help amp Maintenance 207 Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings 1 Right click on the desktop select Personalize choose Display on the left hand side of the screen Click Adjust resolution verify your display resolution is at 800x600 or higher Click Apply then OK 2 On the Display screen click Set custom text size DPI Verify scale is set to 100 96 pixels per inch Click OK You may need to restart for these settings to take effect 22 12 Tech support Tech Support Contact Technical Support at 888 776 1099 or E Mail ts 1099pro com 22 13 Screen Resolution Screen resolution Screen resolution should ideally be set at 800x600 or greater with small fonts 22 14 Special Help Button Special Help Button Use the lt F1 gt key at any screen to access context sensitive help screens The lt F1 gt key is located on the upper left corner of your keyboard 22 15 System Requirements System Requirements 1099 Pro minimum system requirements include Windows 2000 ME XP 2003 VISTA 7 2008 32 or 64 bit operating system compatible Intel Pentium I Celeron or AMD Athlon Sempron Turion Minimum 256MB RAM 512MB or more preferred 100 MB free hard drive space For use with ANY Windows compatible printer Windows compatible network optional 1
238. ege ee EC ee E NEE EEN EE EEN 209 COUNTY All AS anna cece eect ili ste ccec de cebctct Aas tacsccacvedeeatda ceusentessvedetectd cdacvadeedveseedzenctae scat vadsuabe ded sauveueecdescveseucetne 210 Transactional Imports CS version Only ccccsseeseeeesesseseessesseeseeseeseesoesoesaesaevevanvaneseeaneneesnesaesaesnesneaes 213 Transactional Items CS version only csscescseesesenesseseeesseeseesneeeseesseeesessenseeeesensneeesensneeseseeesseeseeesenesseeees 214 Country Codes Table ccccsssssssseeseessessessesseesesseeseeseeseesoesnesaesaesaeseesessnesessausaesaesaeeseeseuseesaesaesaesaesaevanvaneans 215 Import File CONVENTIONS ou cesses seeeeneeseseeseeeeeseeeseesoesoesausaessesseuseeseeseeseesnesaesaesaesansaeseneseesaesoasausaeseeaauaneas 216 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 10 Lampe 201 CAN OO oO P WO ND Part XXV i Part XXVI 1 O O ON OO Import Wizard see Manage Import Maps import or Export an ell EE Customize a Fixed Field BE Customize Fixed EE Delimited or Excel Import Map Wz ad Fixed Length Import Map Wizard CS version only Optional Database Fields CS version only Step T Import Data iris sit sestrari e Gr ae Step 2 Validate yout RE Steps Final Import Post RESUNS iisen rario issen iendane riar nisau p es asera Kanpa Eeid VE Naaa EESK Modifying an Existing Import Men IKCkE IEIGTfui LEE Map by Name css Sample Import Files States Code Table IM port S
239. eive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e mail After the wizard finishes a set of final instructions wil be printed for you on the printer shown below At this point you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default printer Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading Sign and fax your Control Totals to the Service Bureau at 818 876 0202 If unable to upload via built in FTP Select to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau Press Finish to create the files for manual transfer Special instructions will print out advising you how to proceed next It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the Service Bureau Methods for sending records to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau when manual transfer is selected Method A Sending your file via email 1 Create an email ATTACH the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location and address the email to uploads 1099pro com 2 SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork Method B Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site 1 Using your web browser access our secure FTP site at https uploads 1099pro com 2 Fill in the prompts using Login ID 1099upload Password 2004 3 Click the LOGIN button ten click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen 4 Browse to your upload file see p
240. elect Form etc e Status to Display Allows you to select which rules are visible based on their status i e active inactive e Rules Type to Display Allows you to select which rules are visible based on the type of rule i e display All rules Standard builtin rules etc Customizing a Standard Rule To customize on of the built in state threshold rules please use the following steps 1 Select the threshold rule you would like to customize from the View Manage CFS Filing Thresholds window by clicking on it 2 With the rule selected click on the Customize Rule button 3 At the Record Will Be Added window you will have the following options e Active When this box is checked the rule is enabled active when it is unchecked the rule will be disabled Form Type The Form Type that the rule is associated with Rule Type Defines the kind of rule that is being edited i e Standard Standard Custom etc e State The state that the rule is associated with e State Rule This box contains the actual rules used when the thresholds are evaluated 4 Ifyou are customizing a built in rule the Form Type Rule Type and State boxes will be grayed out You will only be able to Activate or De activate the rule and or customize the State Rule Editing the State Rule box There are two ways to edit the contents of the State Rule box 1 Manual Keying in of rules If you are familiar with the names of the fields and mathematica
241. elete Job History Process Type Runtime Session Outcome Resut__ BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Load 9 4 2009 481 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Post 9 41 2009 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Load 9 41 2009 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Post 9 0 2009 Completed BH 08 1099 R schedule Import Load 9 10 2009 459 Completed Browse Reports 30 2 1 Adding or Changing a Job Adding or Changing a Job By clicking Add or Change from the Browse Jobs screen you will enter into a wizard that will guide you through the process of creating or editing a job within the scheduler For more detail on the job types select an option below e Import into Database e Reports Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 3o 30 2 1 1 Import Job Adding an Import Job 1 Choose Import into Database Select One Type of Process to Schedule Import into Database Export out of Database Electronic File Creation for Filing 5 Reports 2 Enter the name of Job Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies jobs that must be completed prior to this one Scheduled Job Wizard Assign a Descriptive Name and Time Frame for this Process Names can be up to 50 characters Type a name for this process e g Import Monthly 1099 R s from ABC Division Click on the Tab key on your keyboard after entering the name for the process ereer Enable Scheduled Job Initial Date to begi
242. en use the reverse side of the photocopied sheets to print your forms If selecting this option do NOT print any copies at this time first prepare the instructions and then print the copies OR Print X pages at this time The IRS requires you to send both tax forms and instructions to recipients 32 2 Continuous Form Feed Continuous Form Feed Continuous Forms For use with dot matrix or other impact printers These are multi part forms typically with COPY A in red drop out ink showing on top Your printer must be powerful enough to impact each of the parts If not your data will begin to appear lighter on each subsequent form if at all Available in both carbon and carbonless and mailer formats If using continuous dot matrix forms you must first indicate if Copy Ais part of your forms Next specify how you want the recipient addresses to print Options include Condensed style which prints addresses without extra spacing or lines similar to a mailing label or Spread style which is typically used for continuous forms containing Copy A Recipient Address style samples Condensed Address Jane A Doe 1234 Any Street Any City CA 12345 6789 Spread Address Jane A Doe 1234 Any Street Any City CA 12345 6789 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 332 1099 Pro 2011 32 3 32 4 33 Preprinted Paper Preprinted Paper Preprinted Laser Perf When using preprinted laser forms you must select the copies to print The Pri
243. enalties of 50 00 per mismatch Call to schedule a Bulk TIN appointment today 866 444 3559 e TRA97 Compliance Educational Institutions 1098 T form This option is unique to form 1098 T and designed for colleges universities The SAS 70 Type Il 1099 Pro Service Bureau prepares and mails the form 1098 T tuition statements and also files the forms electronically with the IRS Call for a quote 866 444 3559 The following services are available to 1099 Pro users for an hourly fee or flat rate Contact the Service Bureau for more information toll free 866 444 3559 or email sb 1099pro com e Custom WMF Files Our team will design a detailed custom layout for your specific printing needs including logo and or statement design e Custom Programming e Custom Reports e File Translation Data Manipulation e Data Entry e Remote Hosting via the Internet e Full Service Provider e Corporate Suite Installation and Support e Filing to the States Filing via the CFSF program is included free of charge in our Service Bureau Package listed above If additional state filing is required our Compliance Team can assist you e Corrections Upload your corrections to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau via a secure FTP site to eliminate the tedious 1096 process Electronic filing of corrections via the Service Bureau is a 45 flat fee Service Bureau Overview amp Upload Process Service Bureau Overview SAS 70 Type II Why should I use the Service Bureau
244. ending forms for ALL Fiers COMaruaity select forms for the CURRENT filer O ALL Pending forms for SELECTED Fiers C Show me the optional extra fiters for liming the number of records that will be selected Once you have printed all of the desired copies you wil have the option to save the session and update the status of the selected forms to Printed Begin Print Process 3 Once you have chosen the method that suits your needs click the Begin print Process button E 3 A 3 A Note if you chose Manually select forms for the CURRENT filer you will be presented with this screen From here you can Tag which forms you would like to print once you are done choosing forms click Proceed to next step I E 4 A 4 A Currert View By Last Name Compary v Testing Box 1 and 3 Testing Box 1 and 3 Testing Box 1 and 6 Testing Box 1 and 6 Testing Box 10 Testing Box 10 Testing Box 2 Testing Box 2 Testing Box 2 and 8 Testing Box 2 and 8 Testing Box 3 Testing Box 3 ER Testing Box 6 Testing Box E 55 55 1117 Testing Box 7 Testing Box 7 555551118 Testing Box 3 Testing Box 8 Fag Recisent TIN 555 595 1111 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 278 1099 Pro 2011 Note If you selected ALL Pending forms for SELECTED Fiers you will be presented with this screen where you must tag all Filers that you would like to print pending forms for Once you are done click Proceed to next step to continue 5 E 2 A
245. ent and click View the Selected Form The selected file opens automatically in Acrobat Reader MThe 1096 Annual Summary amp Transmittal of U S Informational Returns is provided for informational purposes only Do not send a black and white printout of Form 1096 to the IRS they require it be pre printed with a special red ink Puerto Rico compliant tax forms CS version only Puerto Rico compliant tax forms Corporate Suite version only 1099 Pro Corporate Suite CS software supports enhanced Puerto Rico form Printing from the desktop as well as ASP web interface Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 253 This section of the help file will assist you with printing tax forms that are acceptable in Puerto Rico This feature is accessible in either the Quick Print or Print tax forms sections of the software Additionally Puerto Rico compliant tax forms can also be printed from our ASP interface specifically via the quick print function in the software Please see the section of the help file called For Puerto Rico Printing via the ASP web interface for more information The following information is for the Corporate Suite software Please see below for instructions on printing Puerto Rico forms Note These steps are to be used when you are asked to select what type of paper to use in either the Quick Print or Print tax forms screen To Print 1099 R s on approved Puerto Rico forms in the CS software 1
246. ent dollar amounts This process insures that your records contain the most current recipient records and dollar 34 2 amounts Year to Date Import and Zero Drop Process Year to Date Import and Zero Drop Process Corporate Suite feature only To start the Year to Date Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps 1 From the Utilities menu click on Year to Date Import Zero Drops 2 At the Beginning and Processing Zero Drops screen you will have two options e Begin a Drop by Import Session Process This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop process to records based on an import Session ID e After clicking on the Begin a Drop by Import Session Process button you will be prompted to select an Import Session ID e Once you have highlighted your Session ID click on the Select button e You will now be prompted to select the filers you wish to apply the zero drop process to Select a Filer by highlighting it and then clicking the Tag button Once you have made your selections click on the Proceed to the next step button e The program will prompt you to confirm the Zero Drop process Click on the OK button to continue or the cancel button abort the Zero Drop e Begin a Drop by Date Range Process This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop process based on a date range which you specify Click on the Begin a Drop by Date Range Process button to start At the Select a Form Type window choo
247. entered with State Withholding Tax on non taxing States Note The warning status of Error is more severe than the status of warning but is still capable of being brought into the software Reject Choosing this option will attribute an error message of Reject to forms that are entered with State Withholding Tax on non taxing States Note The warning status of Reject is the most severe message and records with the status of reject will not be allowed to be saved in the system 1099 Corporate Suite and Professional Enterprise comparison 1099 Corporate Suite and Professional Enterprise comparison Below is a chart comparing the adjustable preference items in the 1099 Pro Corporate Suite and Professional Enterprise editions if you have any more questions regarding the 1099 Pro Corporate suite or Professional Enterprise editions please contact us at Phone 888 776 1099 Email CS 1099pro com 1099 98 5498 W 2G Preferences options ee Le ee O Global Tab name General Tab Name Options that apply to all users Require a full name and address before a form can be saved Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 103 Require a full name and address before a form can Auto capitalize names addresses amp be saved localities during manual entry Auto capitalize names addresses amp localities Hide the optional form Category field during manual entry on data entry forms Hide the optional fo
248. eports are available only to administrators or users with administrative rights See Security Reports Turn On Off Security 1099 Prof offers two levels of security on and off Ifsecurityis enabled access to 1099 Pro is limited to users with valid User ID Password combinations These users are restricted to specific tasks assigned by the Administrator This performs a two fold method of protecting sensitive company data See How to Enable or Disable Security Tax Form Audit Trail and Action Logging Options View Audit Trail Records The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access rights Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms the Record History screen allows the viewing of individual tax forms only See Master Audit Trail Browser Purging Audit Trail Logs The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes Ifthe log becomes so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised older records may be purged For most users however purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is permanently deleted from the system See Purging Audit Trail Logs for more information Combining Tax Forms Aggregation Rollup Options The 1099 Pro Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 the same ty
249. eps 1 and 2 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections 69 Correcting an Error Type 2 Step 1 Identify incorrect return submitted 1 Prepare a new information return 2 Enter an vi in the CORRECTED box and date optional at the top of the form 3 Enter the payer recipient and account number information exactly as it appeared on the original incorrect return however enter O zero for all money amounts Step 2 Report correct information A Form 1098 1099 5498 or W 2G 1 Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096 2 Do not enter an X in the CORRECTED box at the top of the form Prepare the new return as though it is an original 3 Include all the correct information on the form including the correct TIN name and address B Form 1096 1 Prepare a new transmittal Form 1096 2 Enter the words Filed To Correct TIN Filed to Correct Name and Address or File to Correct Return in the bottom margin of the form 3 Provide all requested information on the form as it applies to those returns prepared in Steps 1 and 2 4 File Form 1096 and Copy A of the return with the appropriate service center Do not include a copy of the original return that was filed incorrectly 10 Account Generation Wizard Account Generation Wizard Generating Account Numbers Why would I need to generate Account Numbers 1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an
250. equest Email Text el Status of Request Completed 1099 6 Import 1 on Sched comd Ce Completed Completed W 2 import load completed WI Completed 1099 mise import load completed Completed 5498 ESA import load completed Canceled Completed 1098 Import load completed Completed 1098 Import post completed Completed 1099 CAP load completed Process Type Completed 1099 CA4P import post completed G Completed 1099 5 import filed Import Completed 1099 5 import post completed Electronic Filing Completed 1099 4 import load completed Completed 1093 4 import post completed Export Completed 1099 4 import post failed Completed 1093 4 import post cancelled Reports Completed 1099 INT Transactional Import Cor Completed 1099 misc import post completed Completed 1099 F tranactional data loaded Completed 1099 F transactional data post cor Completed 5498 import load complete ne add A Change Delete Close 2 Help Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 30 1 3 1 Scheduler Overview 307 Please see the section Add or Update Email Templates for further detail on adding or changing an Email template Add or Update Email Templates Add or Update Email Templates After clicking Add or Change on the Manage Automated Email Messages Text screen you can select the criteria for the Email as well as enter a custom text to be sent to the Email Recipient Upon job Completion Failure or Cancellation You will need to create templates fo
251. er e TIN Name is the taxpayer s full name or business name e Account Number is an optional field which may contain a payer provided number which will help you interpret your Bulk TIN results Use this field to identify for example a bank account number Example For example the following Bulk TIN Matching data file shows a query of the database by a payer with account number 89765 for a match for TIN matches on two taxpayers e Matthew Mulberry who provided an SSN of 183 24 1111 e Acme Incorporated who provided an EIN of 562 61 1111 Data in txt file 2 183421111 Matthew Mulberry 89765 1 562611111 Acme Incorporated 89765 What is the maximum number of characters that can be used in a name The system will accept a maximum of 40 characters What if the individual s name exceeds 40 characters Use the first 40 characters of the individual s name in the last name first name format Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 186 _ _1080 Proe 2011 17 5 2 Will the system find a match if only have the individual s last name available Yes the system can match to the last name with a TIN supplied as long as the last name is associated with the TIN How long will it take to process my request You should receive your results within 24 hours of the request How will receive my results A copy of the bulk upload file you submitted in e services TIN Matching will be E Mailed to you at the address you provided The results of each TIN Matching reque
252. er a title for the box Lien Or Levy aw Apply Now Audit Trails amp Logging Combining edie Tax Forms Rules amp Options Scheduler Utility Email Settings ei Set Email Server And i S Manage Automated Q Reporting Account pt Email Messages Text Thresholds User Fields and Email Once you are in the User Fields and Email screens you can configure the following areas Set Email Server And eech et Email Server And Account Manage Email e ae z Recipient Lists Manage Email Recipient Lists Manage Automated Emai Messagesitext Manage Automated Email Messages Text 30 1 1 Set Email Server And Account Setting Up the Scheduler Email Server and Account Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 305 1 Record Will Be Changed ell x Modify Email Server Settings These settings used for sending emails Server User Name User Password Send Account In order to have the scheduler e mail notifications to you must configure these settings If your e mail server is set up for anonymous relay then all options with the exception of Server are optional Server Specify the location of your server using the domain name or IP address User Name Supply the user name set up for the scheduler on your e mail server User Password Supply the password for the account set up for the scheduler on your e mail server Send Account Specify the e mail address you woul
253. er of days in between when the program will check for updates Manual checking only Choosing this option you will need to manually inform the program to check for updates under Help and then Check for 1099 Pro updates Note You will also see an indicator at the bottom of the screen that indicates the last time a check was performed for an updated version of the software Update Options Update Options Change Recipient Address on Filed Forms ASP Only e Create correction Choosing this option will allow users to allow representatives using the ASP interface to adjust the address on accounts after the form has been saved and then filed Update Address for Filed Forms without creating correction Choosing this option will allow representatives using the ASP interface to alter a records recipient information that has been filed without creating a correction Refile Forms already filed to a State Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 99 e Forms can not be re filed to a state When a E File has been generated for the State it will not be sent to the State via the CFS Combined Federal amp State filing program if that option is selected in the Federal E File creation e Enable option to file form already filed to a State If a record has been submitted using the State Subset E File creation utility it will not then be submitted to the State again if the CFS Combined Federal amp State filing program
254. erlined letter or number of any menu bar item to access a drop menu For example use lt Alt gt lt R gt to access Reports lt F1 gt Access context sensitive help at any screen lt F2 gt or Right Click Mouse With your cursor in the appropriate box use the lt F2 gt key or right click your mouse to access box specific data Recipient TIN field Access the Select a Recipient database State Payer s State ID No Access the Select Filer State amp ID database available at 1099 MISC box 17 1099 R box 11 and W 2G box 13 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 The User Interface 25 Calendar Access a multi year calendar available at 1099 A box 1 1099 B box 1 1099 C box 1 1099 S box 1 W 2G box 4 and 1099 LTC Incremental Search Access any recipient or filer via the Search Name field Drop Menu Right click your mouse to view a pop up box with options to add change or delete records Available at the Browse the Recipients Browse the Filers File and Browse Forms screens only 3 ASP net Features CS Version only ASP net Features This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software The features contained within this section are available exclusively to users of the 109Pro net edition of our software e 1099Pro net utilizes the advanced capabilities of the SQL database coupled w ith ASPs enhanced dynamically created webpages to present a compact pow erful package aimed directly
255. erminate this EULA if You fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA In such event You must destroy all copies of the Software and all of its component parts 3 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the Software including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the Software the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the Software are owned by Licensor or its suppliers All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content that is not contained in the Software but may be accessed through use of the Software is the property of the respective content owners and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants You no rights to use such content If this Software contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the Software Allrights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by Licensor and its suppliers A service bureau for the purposes of this agreement refers to a business that provides services to third parties which include preparation printing and mailing of completed tax forms and information returns to the end recipients If Your purchase of the Software includes the right to act as a service bur
256. ers who currently Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e _ 1080 Proe 201 18 5 have a TCC for Electronic filing do not have to request a second TCC for electronic filing All transmitters are required to have User ID Password and PIN which is obtained thru the FIRE System after obtaining a TCC For more information on the IRS Fire System select Forms from the main menu then select IRS instructions and blank forms from the drop down menu then double click on Filing Information Returns Electronically from the View or Print Blank Forms and Instructions PDF Format screen Alternately you can view the form va the internet by clicking here IRS Name Control IRS Name Control For 1099 s and W 2G s The following overview provides an explanation on the taxpayer identification number matching process and the development of name controls Understanding this process could help decrease the filing of incorrect information returns such as 1099 documents used to report various types of income and W 2G s used to report gambling winnings The information returns you file must include a correct name and taxpayer identification number TIN combination to allow the IRS to match the information reported against the income included on the payee s income tax return They check whether a name TIN combination is correct by matching it against a file containing all social security numbers SSNs issued by the Social Security Administration and against a file co
257. ert For example a change of 25 would shift an eddress down or to the right 144 of an inch Vertical adprstiveets positive numbers move the eadress down negative move tup Fier address 000 7 Recipient address 0 00 Horizontal adjustments postive numbers move the Sher right negative move tiant Fier address 000 Si Recipient address 0 00 S Ooae Je Tel 2 we H 28 Queries Queries 1099Pro offers predefined queries to filter your data The Current Query drop down menu is available at the Browse Form Records Browse the Filers File and Browse the Recipients File screens Pre defined Queries include Corrections Filed Corrections Not Filed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Queries 285 Errors and Warnings Filed Original Forms Forms with Notes Pending Original Forms Printed Original Forms Voided Original Forms In addition Recipient Has notes Only SSN Only EIN TIN non standard Foreign Canada US for various addresses Open W 9s Any W 9s Filer e Has notes e SSN e EIN e Combined Fed State filing program 28 1 Custom Query using Manual Override Custom Query using Manual Override To define a custom query using the manual override feature follow the steps below To allow for even more customization in defining a custom query sophisticated users can quickly build Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 om 1099 Pro 2011 expressions from scratch using the Expression Builder whi
258. es of these records These records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a 1096 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 252 1099 Pro 2011 26 4 26 4 1 26 5 transmittal 11 Click Finish to exit the Print Wizard Printing Blank Forms Overview Printing Blank Forms Overview Your 1099 Pro installation includes many useful IRS SSA forms and instructions Additionally users with an active internet connection can access current versions of these and other files directly from the IRS SSA websites M All documents are in PDF format and require Acrobat Reader to be viewed or printed Download Acrobat Reader for free at http Awww adobe com www See View amp Print IRS Tax Forms amp Instructions Print IRS Form amp Instructions Print IRS Form amp Instructions To view local files 1 On the task panel click Forms amp Printing section and the More IRS Forms amp Info icon 2 At the Printing Blank Forms A Instructions screen set the Current View to Local files installed on my machine 3 Highlight a PDF document and click View the Selected Form The selected file opens automatically in Acrobat Reader To view files on internet 1 Verify you have an active internet connection 2 On the task panel click Forms amp Printing and the More IRS Forms amp Info icon 3 At the Printing Blank Forms A Instructions screen set the Current View to Web Files on IRS SSA sites 4 Highlight a PDF docum
259. es with the version number of the patch download by going to the Help menu and selecting About If you continue to have problems downloading an update to the software it is possible you may have a firewall on your network or local machine preventing you from retrieving this update Check with your Administrator or disable your firewall As an alternative you may visit our host site at http host 1099pro com ftp product and search for the product by year and then by product type either Pro or Enterprise then search for the Web Update folder To Automate Checking Options for automating the update checking process are set via the Program Preferences which can be found on both the File menu and General Options tab on the left side of the 1099 Main Menu Notes If your installation of 1099 Pro has Security turned on and you do not have Administrator level access you will not be able to view or change the Update Checking options on the Program Preferences e If Security is not turned on and you are on a workstation you will not be able to view or change the Update Checking options on the Program Preferences They will need to be set from the Server install e Workstations cannot run the actual web update process they can only check for new versions Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vu _ 1080 Proe 2011 11 6 Once your Server has been updated each workstation will automatically update itself the next time 1099 Pro is run o
260. esources contact info for support and Online Tutorials Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 The User Interface 21 e Compliance Information on Tax Form compliance such as additional services tools and consultation support and Online Tutorials e Services 1099 Pro offers many additional services such as our Service Bureau 2 2 Toolbars Toolbars 1099 Pro has been updated with task based tool bars Please click on the links below for detail on the options contained under each toolbar Preparing My Tax Forms Printing amp Mailing Filing My Forms Help amp Extras 2 2 1 Preparing My Forms Preparing My Forms Task Panel From the Preparing My Forms task panel section you can H Preparing My Forms Qf Work With My Tax Forms KS Import New Tax Forms E Form Totals Reports Work With My Tax Forms Previously Browse Enter amp Edit View records Add or change a record Delete a record Run a Control Totals report Import New Tax Forms Previously General Options gt Import Forms Data View import sessions Void import sessions Import comma delimited files or tab delimited files Form Totals Reports Customize a Control Totals report 2 2 2 Printing amp Mailing Printing amp Mailing Task Panel From the Printing amp Mailing task panel section you can Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 22 1099 Pro 2011 2 2 3 2 2 4 D Printing amp Mailing EP Print Mail Forms Myself ei Via the Service Bureau Export For
261. ess and includes errors and warnings 6 Additional options include Custom notes make comments notes etc prints on last page of report Print totals only summary information only displays no individual record information Print Preview select Ask Me or Yes otherwise report prints automatically 7 When satisfied with your selections click Print Now 8 Atthe preview screen go to the last page to view the box by box totals 29 1 1 Troubleshooting Control Totals Troubleshooting Control Totals If while printing from the Report Filter and Forms Selection Options section you come across Example Reports won t print Solution Verify that you have selected the correct form type i e 1099 MISC from the drop down arrow to the left of the report Verify that you have specified the right status i e All Original Forms Except Corrections This means that every form regardless of the current form status will be displayed The All Pending Forms option will display forms that truly are in Pending Status The Pending Corrections for this Filer option does not appear in the View Print Control Total Reports screen unless you have a minimum of at least one form with a Corr Pending status 29 2 1099Pro State Quarterly E File Wizard CS version only 1099Pro State Quarterly E File Wizard Corporate Suite Version Only This wizard will guide you through the simple process of generating State Quarterly E File s Copyright
262. ession file preparation file naming and electronic filing protocols please review Pub 3609 Filing Information Returns Electronically PDF This publication is VERY HELPFUL and will answer 99 of your questions and provides an IRS contact number for any remaining questions This can be located within 1099pro by clicking on Forms from the main menu then selecting IRS Instructions and Blank Forms then double click on Filing Information Returns Automatically 10 Day Window for Electronic Filers Per IRS Pub 1220 part C section 7 If the electronic file is good itis released for mainline processing 10 calendar days from receipt Contact the IRS at 304 263 8700 within this 10 day period if there is a reason the file should not be released for further processing If the file is bad normal replacement procedures are followed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 19 19 1 19 1 1 eFileViewer Overview 179 eFileViewer Overview The eFileViewer is a program that will allow you to view Electronic Files generated via the Electronic File Wizard This tool is run separately from the 1099 Pro software Installation and Registration Installation Current 1099 Pro users please place the eFileViewer program within the directory corresponding to 2011 1099 Pro Software you are using See below for a list of the default directories and product 1099 Pro Corporate Suite C 1099 Pro Pro99CS 1099 Pro Enterprise or Professional C 1099 Pr
263. ession Records He Reports Forms RS Wiltes Hen Edit Post or Ty 1099 MISC Imported Records Correct ez before final posting of these records Session 3 all logs loaded 10 24 06 at 2 24PM Records to Process 12 out of 12 REO RS BER ae DN ok 123221031 ACH 06 ok 123 221032 ACH 04 ok 123221033 ACH 01 ok 123 22 1043 ACH 07 ok 123 221050 ACH 15 ok 1234 ACH 56 ok 555 331234 AC 73 ok 77 7441233 ACH 32 ok 777441234 ACH 38 ok ACH 02 ok Import Record Update Options r County Alias Valdation Options Post this Session A Deet selected record Update County Ass Fie wv tendon 9 2 Hee em Delete iemove selected record 99 Beach AlasVakdation papery Geste Ss Browsing Records Secut OFF Wednesday October 25 2006 2 On closer inspection we find that the country code JPN in invalid Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 211 SS Update Records o 2 1 2 KASU CHIYODA KU Address DelvStreet 2 1 2 KASU CHYODA KU Address Atte Cty TOKYO 100 8974 TOKYO 100 8974 Acs 03 Box is Not Checked Box 1 Amourt 428 428 00 Box 2 Amount 100001 1000 01 Box 3 Amount 3499 99 HWH Box 4 Amourt 3433 39 3459 99 Box 5 Amourt 424939 424999 Box 6 Amount 4049 99 4049 99 Box 7 Amourt ng GE zi 3 To correct this we can use the County Alias Validation Options Country Aas d adaton Options Update Country Alias File 99 Reapply Alias Validation 4 Click on
264. ete or post this import session 6 Astandard installation of 1099 Pro allows up to 5 000 transactions If the combined total of existing records in the database and imported records exceeds 5 000 the import may abort To handle more than 5 000 transactions contact Sales at 888 776 1099 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 208 1099 Pro0 2011 Multi User Imports When performing a large import consider running the import directly on the server to 24 1 6 9 eliminate flooding and possibly bottle necking the network Proceed to Step 3 of the import process Posting Results Step 3 Final Import Post Results Step 3 Final Import Post Results 1099 Prof features a Import Wizard to simplify the import routine Steps include Import Data Review Import Session and Post Import Session Posting your import session 1 Consider optimizing the post process for very large imports On the task panel select General Options and the Importing Forms icon to access the Importing Information screen Access the Post Import Records Wizard by Referring to the Completed and In Process Import Sessions window and selecting any import session with a Loaded or Partial status Click Continue with Session and then Post This Session OR Continuing directly from the second step of the import routine Review Import Session and clicking Post This Session At the Post Import Session Wizard click Next to continue At any time
265. ether you are required to file electronically For example if you file 400 Forms 1098 electronically and you are making 75 corrections your corrections can be filed on paper because the number of corrections for Form 1098 is less than the 250 filing requirement However if you were filing 250 or more Form 1098 corrections they would have to be filed electronically How to get approval to file electronically File Form 4419 Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically at least 30 days before the due date of the returns File Form 4419 for all types of returns that will be filed electronically See Form 4419 for more information Once you have received approval you need not reapply each year The IRS will provide a written reply to the applicant and further instructions at the time of approval usually within 30 days How to request a waiver from filing electronically To receive a waiver from the required filing of information returns electronically submit Form 8508 Request for Waiver From Filing information returns Electronically at least 45 days before the due date of the returns You cannot apply for a waiver for more than 1 tax year ata time if you need a waiver for more thank 1 year you must reapply at the appropriate time each year Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 178 18 10 1099 Pro 2011 If a waiver for original returns is approved any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered under the waiver
266. f so you may have a corrupt installation Do not attempt to repair the files instead backup your data files perform a custom uninstall and then reinstall the software with the virus checker disabled To repair files 1 Close all applications including 1099 Pro Enterprise 2 Backup your 1099 Pro data files 3 On your Windows desktop click the Start button 4 Go to Settings Control Panel and select Add Remove Programs 5 Select 1099 Pro Enterprise and click the Add Remove button 6 Atthe Select Uninstall Method screen choose Repair and then click the Next button 7 Press Finish to start the repair 8 The repair prompts to replace TPS data files Although replacing these files will not affect your data it may impact your settings Thus when prompted to Repair Newer File we recommend selecting No or No to All Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20a 1080 Proe 2011 22 8 22 9 22 10 Safeguard TIN Safeguard TIN When printing forms via the Combined Print option the TIN maysometimes show through the envelope 1099 Pro Inc offers the following solutions to this problem 1 Instead of having the top panel show through the envelope try having the bottom panel show For example if the Combined Print option for Form 1099 R shows the recipient s TIN with the top panel Copy B for the mailing address then try folding the paper so the bottom panel Copy 2 shows through instead 2 Trya different prin
267. f time to file 1098 series 1099 series W 2 series W 2G 5498 series 8027 1099 INT OID for REMIC and 1042 S forms A A Record Identifies the person making payments Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 cesar 7 Access Groups Access Groups determine which Filers and tax form types a user can access and which tasks they can perform upon those tax forms By default all users can access ALL forms and All Filers unless you create your own Access Groups Built in Groups are groups that cannot be deleted or changed other than just adding or removing members Available built groups consist of All Forms All Filers The key to restricting forms and Filers to a user is to minimize the number of Filers and or forms you make available to them Account Generation Wizard 1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an account number IRS Publication 1220 states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers Enter any number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information returns This number must be unique for each information return The IRS has indicated that they will not reject files if they do not have account numbers but by having account numbers the IRS will be able to process any corrections that they encounter Activation Code A registration code aka activation code or product ID is provided upon proof of payment The algorithm of your
268. fects Settings 206 Efile 160 161 167 174 176 E file STates Subset File Wizard 161 Efiling 160 161 167 174 176 Electronic 167 169 electronic filing 160 161 167 174 176 Electronic Filing Deadline 208 Email 32 Enabling Form Limits Filter 249 Enter Update amp View 28 Enter Update and View 28 Envelopes 330 Error A Validation Checking 145 Error Type 1 67 Error Type 2 67 Errors Import Checking 145 Excel Spreadsheet Files 234 Expanding or Contracting Views 184 Expiration and Reuse Options 76 Export Database 150 export files 150 Export Maps 148 Export Wizard 150 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 fN F Record 184 False Print 264 Fax 32 Federal Thresholds 165 Field Sizes 257 File Upload Transfer 321 File Upload Transfer amp Completion 321 Filed 1096 195 Filed Mag 195 Filer 30 Filer Name 32 Filer Name Line 2 32 Filer Notes 136 Filer Record Details 32 Filer Reports 33 Filing 1096 48 Filing Addresses 208 Filing Deadlines 208 Filing Forms Task Panel 22 Filing Problems 147 Filing va MagMedia 160 Finding amp Fixing Problem Records 145 FIRE System 165 Fixed Field Customizing 220 Fixed Length 150 Fixed Length Import Map Wizard 223 Fixed Length Mapping 223 Flat File 150 Forcing an Xin the Corrected Box 246 Form 8809 197 Form Control Totals Report 289 Form Counts Report 300 Form Limits 248 Form Limits Filter 249 Form Source 257 Form Status 44 194 form status codes 44 For
269. fered significan changes in the backward compatibility issue for HP PCL6 is very different from PCL5 and previous PCL versions One significant difference is the manner in which the commands are sent to the printer The target was performance and reliability the jury is still out on the question of better Prior to PCL 6 each new version of the language included commands not found in older versions as well as the older PCL commands As a result printers with more recent versions of PCL are backwards compatible with software that supports older versions of the language PCL 6 was released with the HP LaserJet 4000 series HP LaserJet 4100 series HP LaserJet 2100 series HP LaserJet 2200 series HP LaserJet 1200 HP LaserJet 3200 HP LaserJet 3300 HP LaserJet 4200 series HP LaserJet 4300 series HP LaserJet 5000 series HP LaserJet 5100 series HP LaserJet 8000 series and HP LaserJet 9000 series printers PCL 6 features new modular architecture that can be easily modified for future HP printers The efforts for faster post printing return to application have made somewhat of a problem with older operating systems Other performance efforts are faster printing of complex graphics more efficient data streams for reduced network traffic better WYSIWYG printing improved print quality truer document fidelity and complete backward compatibility The compatibility issues have caused many users to select PCL 5 as the language version The PCL printer comma
270. fields those fields you wish to display When the wizard is finished the selected fields will appear in columns from left to right Available fields Show these fields in this order Add gt Last Name Company lt Remove First Name Status Account Defaults gt gt Name Line 2 il Dept Form Category Date Created Last User Edit sl 15 2 Custom View Custom View Custom sorting of records amp custom column display Sophisticated users can select Custom View from the Current View drop menu and design their own views Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Current Sort View 1 To define a custom view 1 Atthe Enter Update and View Screen where you can browse your form click the drop down arrow in the field located in the upper right labeled Current View 2 Select Custom View from the list The software displays the Define View Format Layout Screen 3 This screen allows you to select the available fields from the left column and organize them in the show these fields in this order column on the right 4 You may move the position of these items in the order in which they will appear by highlighting them on by one and clicking the up or down arrow to adjust it s position accordingly 5 To save these changes click Apply or Click Next to define a sort order for the custom view The software displays the Select a sort order for the view screen At this point you may Use the default sort orde
271. file 2 Call or E Mail our Service Bureau to set an appointment date We must have your data by the agreed upon appointment date to ensure that itis mailed or filed by the IRS deadline 3 Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software 4 Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software 5 E Mail or FTP your upload file to us on or before your appointment date The Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro Customers are encouraged to schedule their Print Mail E Filing Bulk TIN uploads appointments now Rates and availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked Contact the Service Bureau Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team to book your printing mailing and or electronic filing appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries Phone 866 444 3559 toll free or 818 876 0200 E Mail sb 1099pro com Internet www 1099pro com M instant price estimates are available online at htto Wwww 1099pro com servPricing asp Click here to learn more about the Service Bureau Bulk TIN Upload Process Click here to see How to use Bulk TIN Matching Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 324 31 3 1 31 3 2 1099 Pro 2011 Using Bulk TIN Matching Using Bulk TIN Matching IRS Bulk TIN Matching Overview Did you know that if the Name and TIN SSN EIN do not match on your 1099 s that the penalty is 50 00 for each mismatch up to a maximum of 250 00
272. for combining tax forms in a particular order Tax forms which match all of the selected criteria for the Filer will be combined in to a single aggregate form Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 124 _ 1080 Prow 2011 11 13 Set Aggregation Rules The list of available fields are TIN Account Number Tax State Category Form Source amp Department 2 From the list of Available Fields for Aggregation window on the left click to highlight the field then drag the field over to the left side window entitled Selected Fields for Aggregation 3 To adjust the order of the fields use the up and down arrow keys When finished click OK then click Save to apply your changes 4 The software aggregates the forms according to these rules r Exceptions for Individual Filers Display TIN Location Aggregate by on Neene 1 SQLTEST1 23456 TIN Acc ate E ort Tax Ste 1099 Pro inc Exceptions for Individual Filers Aggregation can also be set for filers individually as an exception 1 Click Add to add an aggregation exception for a filer Select the filer from the list and then click Select 2 The list of available fields are TIN Account Number Tax State Category Form Source A Department 3 From the list of Available Fields for Aggregation window on the left click to highlight the field then drag the field over to the left side window entitled Selected Fields for Aggregation 4 To adjust the
273. for searches Remind me not to print the Red Copy A until February Backing Up Your Data Files Creating backup copies of your data files should be performed by your network and or your network Administrators on a regular basis Global Date Range Checking Warn if dates entered on forms are outside of this range Enabling this option will cause the program to give a warning if an accounting date is entered that goes outside the specified date range entered Note The options for Date is before and or after will only apply if the Warn if dates entered on forms are outside of this range option is turned on Date is before If the date or prior entered at the time of record entry is before the date entered in this box the user will receive a warning or after If the date or after entered at the time of record entry is before the date entered in this box the user will receive a warning Form Options Do NOT Allow Choosing this option will disable the ability to enter forms with an accounting date on or after 1 1 2011 Allow Now This will allow users the ability to enter forms with an accounting date on or after 1 1 2011 Not until Jan 1st 2011 Default Choosing this option will only allow user to enter forms with an accounting date on or after 1 1 2011 Special Features Activate Extended Casino W 2G 1042 S options Turning on this option will enable W2G e Add an additional cash field in Box 1 Gross winnings e Add
274. fy Names and TIN s interactively Simply type in the Name and TIN manually up to 25 at one time e BE SURE NOT TO SUBMIT THE SAME DATA WITHIN A 24 HOUR PERIOD OR THE SYSTEM WILL SUSPEND YOUR ACCOUNT FOR 96 HOURS We suggest submitting in January 2011 There are six potential responses from the IRS System How to respond to system results Verify your data against the original W 9 form on file for the Recipient e Use the 1099 Pro software to send out additional W 9 s 1st B Notices or 2nd B Notices as applicable e Finally send in IRS Corrections when applicable Protection from IRS Penalties e Due Diligence Using the TIN Matching System allows you to verify the accuracy of TIN and Name information prior to submitting information to the IRS IRS Code 6724 provides any penalties under Section 6721 may be waived if the Filer shows the failure to provide a correct TIN on an information return is due to Reasonable Cause and not Willful Neglect e Filers may prove Due Diligence and receive a waiver from proposed penalties if they prove the TIN and Name combination they submitted matched IRS records Providing a copy of the Print Screen of your IRS System Responses will be considered proof of Due Diligence If you have questions about specific tax regulations or regulatory services please contact IRSCompliance org via Phone 877 TAX REGS 877 829 7342 Email compliance IRSCompliance org Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Exports
275. g lt PRODYEAR gt General Instructions for Forms 1099 1098 5498 and W 2G About Corrections Screen The About Corrections screen uses a red check mark to indicate any form types that contain corrected records To access the About Corrections screen On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and the Correcting Filed Forms icon 9 1 Corrected Options Corrected Options The Corrected Options screen is a useful tool for viewing corrected and associated forms as well as for printing corrected and original forms Things to keep in mind All forms both corrected and non corrected are available at the Browse Form Records screen Acorrected form may not necessarily be near its original form Forms may have different TINs or names and be sorted accordingly Or corrections may be of different form types for example Forms 1099 INT and 1099 DIV per Image 1 Some types of corrections generate two forms while others generate only one All corrections may be submitted on paper UNLESS there are 250 corrections per filer per form type in which case they must be filed electronically This is true even if your original 1099s were filed electronically Audit trails do not track changes for corrected forms 1099 Pro does NOT process corrections of already corrected forms Prepare such corrections manually Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ER 1099 Pro 2011 Associated Corrected and Corrections poms L
276. g ask if preview Paper Type Pressure Seal Total Recipients 12 Selected Copies Copy 2 B Instructions on Back Preprimted Sort Order By Company Last Name Other Information 12 pressure seal forms will be needed for this print run Ausl Address Ho Forcing Corrected Ho Void No Zero Ho Advanced Options Message D Ifyou have any difficulty printing your forms be sure to look in the Help file for quick 2 solutions to common problems gt If you need to revise any of these settings press the Back button now to go back and change them If they are correct click on Print to begin printing Note Below are the advanced options that may be accessed by clicking on the Advanced Options button Here you will be given the option to have a customized message print along with every form you have the option of typing in your own message or clicking on the drop down tab to select a pre prepared message I E S 1 The options are e Revised and Reissued Corrected and Reissued Replacement copy Duplicate Copy per request You may also Force an X in the Corrected box on all forms You can force an X in the Void box Note The void box is not on all forms As well as Print 0 00 instead of blanks for all zero amounts Note Checking these boxes does NOT create a correction OR void form Note Please see the sections on creating a correction or a void S 1 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 om 1099 Pro 2011 el
277. g the ability to view all records and make changes directly to records See Audit Trails topics Master Tax Form Master Tax Form Master Tax Form In terms of Aggregating data the master tax form is considered to be the first tax form entered at the top of the transactions list Menu bar Menu Bar The menu bar is a traditional navigational tool located at the top of the 1099 Pro screen For example use ALT R to access Reports Online Help Tutorials Online Help Tutorials Online Help Tutorials Flash enabled tutorials walk you through various tasks including importing exporting printing electronically queries etc Tutorials simplify the 1099 Pro learning curve try one at www 1099pro com Online knowledge base Online Knowledge Base Provides a searchable database of over 200 solutions for all 1099 Pro Inc software products Access the Knowledge Base at www 1099pro com Protected Forms Protected Forms Records with a Printed Filed or Void print status are protected from changes or edits Use the Protected Form Update Options screen to access these records Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 6 13 Helpful Hints 47 Listed below are the protected statuses and a description of the available update options for that same status Printed View the form reset the form to pending print status void the form or reprint the form Records that were imported with a printed status cannot be woid reset or delete
278. ght 1099 Pro 2011 a 1080 Proe 2011 6 14 6 15 6 16 Toolbar Toolbar The toolbar provides quick access to common tasks Upcoming Features Upcoming Features For information on this feature please contact the Service Bureau for more information at Phone 866 444 3559 toll free or 818 876 0200 Welcome Wizard Welcome Wizard Upon first entering 1099 Pro 2011 the Welcome Wizard walks you through creating your first filer and activating optional security features 1096 Overview 1096 Overview The Purpose of this form Use this form to transmit paper Forms 1099 1098 5498 and W 2G to the Internal Revenue Service Do not use Form 1096 to transmit electronically For electronic submissions see Pub 1220 specifications for Filing Forms 1098 1099 5498 and W 2G Electronically 1096 Print Wizard A 1096 Transmittal can ONLY be generated for records with a printed status Wait until mid to late February to print your transmittal and associated Copy A s to incorporate as many recipient change requests as possible The red ink on the pre printed 1096 is invisible to the IRS scanners Although your data should ideally align in the proper box it is OK if the data slightly overlaps the red ink Print a test page to blank paper to minimize form waste Align margins if data does not align in the proper box Acorrected 1096 automatically prints Filed to Correct TIN Name amp or Address or Filed to Correct
279. gned by the individual state For example in California the Employer Development Department EDD assigns a state ID number Check with your accountant or attorney to determine your company s state ID number Many companies do NOT have one See State ID Number for more information The Main Screen of the Electronic File Viewer with file open After you open the Electronic File you will see the contents of the file The left side of the window contains a listed hierarchy of T A B C K and F records As you highlight each field i e The T record field fora Transmitter the right side of the window displays to data in relation to the current field selected on the left While navigating up and down in a vertically with the cursor keys on the keyboard you will notice that you must click with your mouse in order to have the right pane to display the data The top of the screen contains an overall summary of the Transmitter Detail There are also two different viewing options View as Field List and View as Text See Electronic File Viewer for more information File Format Illustration The 750 Byte file structure may be either sequential or random lf a sequential file is created the record delimiter the combination of a CARRIAGE RETURN CR character and a LINE FEED LF character must occur in that sequence CR LF and only once following the end of each record There must be no delimiter before the first record Random files
280. hat you have selected If this is correct click the Next button to proceed ESA Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 om 1099 Pro 2011 Note If this is not the form type that you will be printing on click on Select the pressure Seal Format to use and you will be taken you back to the the prior step 8 A Select the Pressure Seal format to use Choose fron the list of supported formats for pressure seal forms D Ifyou do not see your particular pressure seal form on the list contact Technical Support about finding an equivalent layout or possibly having it added as a supported form Pressure Seal Form Vendor FormvOrder Number PS1287 TX814 W4 Paper Format 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold Form Description Box Quad Copies B C 2 2 w Instructions Form is blank paper on front side e Select the Pressure Seal Format to use Note If you have chosen to print to Pre printed forms you will be given the option to adjust the alignment on the printouts you may want to print a test alignment page if you have a high volume of forms to print out To do so press the Print a Test Alignment Page now button once you are satisfied with your adjustments press the Next button to continue I E 9 A 9 A Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Pressure Seal Forms 281 1099 MISC Print Wizard Check 1099 MISC pre printed forms alignment To avoid wasting forms you should verity that your forms and printer are
281. he Browse Form Records screen highlight a record and click Change Records with a pending print status display the Changing a Record screen Click the Audit Trail button located in the upper right corner of the screen Records with any other print status display the Protected Form Update screen Click the Field Update History button 12 7 Audit Trail Report Filters Audit Trail Report Filters 1 In this section you may print or view a report showing an audit trail using that are narrowed down by filters 2 To begin this process click on the File button on the menu bar 3 Then Click on the Security and Administration button this will bring you to the Global Administrative Options window 4 From here click on the Audit Trails and Logging button here you will be taken to the Tax Form Audit Trail and Action Logging Options window 5 From here click on the View Print Audit Changes Report button you will be given the Specify Audit Trail Report Filters screen From here you can choose what options to use to filter down what information will go into the Audit Trail report I E P1 P1 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F120 _ 1080 Prow 2011 Specify Audit Trail Report Filters Limit Report to changes for one Form Type All Forms One Form Type select from list Limit Report to changes for one PCode All Filers One Filer select from list Limit Report to changes from one User ID All Users
282. he Filer determines the error was on their part e g a typo Note the following The recipient has 15 business days to respond to the notice and the Filer has 30 businesses days to reply to the IRS with their findings The Filer need only issue a B notice 2 times in 3 calendar years to the same account v Any data entered in the optional Location Code field must appear per the IRS on backup withholding notices Sample B Notices Download Pub 1679 A Guide To Backup Withholding from IRS Forms amp Publications The publication includes first and second sample B notice formats Customize itin a word processing program e g Microsoft Word and create a mail merge Hl See IRS Instructions Begin W 9 Request Wizard Begin W 9 Request Wizard The W 9 Request wizard will help you to issue a group of new information request forms The status of these forms can then be tracked and updated as needed W 9 Request Wizard 1 At the Print Information Requests screen for W 9s and B Notices click the Print a new batch of information request forms button Click Next 2 Choose the type of form you need to print Your options are e W 9 Request for Tax Payer ID number and Certification e First B Notice Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 206 _ _1080 Proe 2011 35 3 e Second B Notice e W 9S Request for Student Borrower s Tax Payer Identification Number 3 Next Specify the Requesting Filer who is mailing these forms You may also
283. he form type to process 2 Atthe Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the Reset Session button 3 1099 Pro prompts Are you sure you want to reset these records to pending status Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel After a print session is filed you must first void the 1096 transmittal and then you may reset the print session Troubleshoot Printer Issues Troubleshoot Printer Issues Margin Limitations 1099 Pro prints to most Windows compatible printers subject to the printer s margin limitations If your bottom margin is greater than 1 3 inch you may not be able to print data at the bottom of the page or you may have to print 2 forms to a page Check your printer s manual and or Maximum Printable Area for your Bubble let Deskjet Inkjet or Laserjet if you have questions Preprinted forms accepting up to a 1 2 inch bottom margin 1099 MISC 1099 R Preprinted forms requiring 1 3 inch or less bottom margin 1098 1098 T 1099 DIV 1099 INT 1099 PATR 1099 S 5498 1099 B Needs 1 36 inch additional room at the bottom margin Data Truncation 1099 Pro recommends a 1 5 inch 0 20 bottom margin when printing to blank paper Data truncation occurs if bottom margin is greater than 1 3 inch Suggested work around is to print 2 forms to a page instead of 3 forms per page Postscript Drivers 1099 Pro prints to almostall printers When opting to print to blank paper the forms and or fonts may
284. hrough e Click on the OK button to save your date ranges and continue e You can now click on the Proceed to the next step button load the Zero Drop e The program will prompt you to confirm the Zero Drop process Click on the OK button to continue or the cancel button abort the Zero Drop 3 Your Zero Drop Process is now complete 34 4 Drop by Import Session Drop by Import Session Corporate Suite feature only Year to Date Import and Zero Drop Process Drop by Import Session 1 From the Utilities menu click on Year to Date Import Zero Drops 2 At the Beginning and Processing Zero Drops screen you will have two options e Begin a Drop by Import Session Process This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop process to records based on an import Session ID e After clicking on the Begin a Drop by Import Session Process button you will be prompted to select an Import Session ID e Once you have highlighted your Session ID click on the Select button e You will now be prompted to select the filers you wish to apply the zero drop process to Select a Filer by highlighting it and then clicking the Tag button Once you have made your selections click on the Proceed to the next step button e The program will prompt you to confirm the Zero Drop process Click on the OK button to Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 206 1080 Proe 2011 continue or the cancel button abort the Zero Drop 3 Your Zero Drop Proces
285. ice Access Pi Data type mismatch in criteria expression 29 Once that is done you will be presented with a new object that contains all the information that you chose to aggregate 30 You can now click on the External Data tab and over the Export area click on Text File 31 It is not recommended that you select any of the options on this page You will be given further options once you have clicked Ok 32 You will now see all your information in the Sample Export Format window In addition to this you will be given the option to save your text file as a Delimited or Fixed Width Tt is recommended that you choose Delimited file Click Next to continue 33 You will now be given the choice of what delimiter will be used It is recommended that you use the Tab delimiter Also select Include Field Names on First Row and change the Text Quantifier to None and click Next to continue 34 You will now be given the chance to name your file it is suggested that you name the file that will easily identify it and click Finish Note If you plan on creating many of these types of files it is recommended that you select the option to Save Export Steps and choose a name that will easily identify the delimited text file creation process 24 4 Delimiters Delimiters A Delimiter is defined as a character used to indicate the beginning
286. ided Equate 12 eCorrectedPrintedFiled1096 Equate 13 eCorrectedPrintedFiledMag Equate 14 eCorrectedPrintedUploaded Equate 15 eCorrectedFiledMag Equate 16 eCorrectedUploaded Equate 17 Correction record range 20 29 eCorrectionPending Equate 20 eCorrectionPrinted Equate 21 eCorrectionPrintedVoided Equate 22 eCorrectionPrintedFiled1096 Equate 23 eCorrectionPrintedFiledMag Equate 24 eCorrectionPrintedUploaded Equate 25 eCorrectionFiledMag Equate 26 eCorrectionUploaded Equate 27 2 Voided Form This one should already appear in the QW as a checkbox 3 Correction Type This is pretty much internal to the program 4 Error Status We ship with queries for these already 0 No errors 1 Warnings 2 Errors 3 Warnings Errors 4 Fatal major Error 6 6 Map by Name Import Map By Name Import Map By Name Import Method Use if your import file incorporates header records from one of our sample import files Simply click the Map By Name button and the fields automatically assign themselves For more information see the Import Wizard and Map By Name topics Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 46 Lummpen 2011 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 Master Audit Trail Browser Master Audit Trail Browser The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to Administrators or Users w ith administrative access rights The Master Audit Trail Brow ser offers greater functionality than the Record History screen includin
287. ietor who may have both a SSN and an EIN from the individual s last name not the business name on the information return For example Mark amp Jane Hemlock Karen Birch The Sunshine Caf Ace Computer Co HINT Sole proprietors should enter their business trade or doing business as name on the second name line of the information return Other Organizations They develop the name control for other organizations from the entity s name on the original Form SS 4 which was used to apply for the EIN For example St Bernard s Methodist Church ABC Company Building Fund Main Street Store Knowing how name controls are developed should be helpful in the filing of correct information returns Reminder If a payee has changed his or her last name for instance due to marriage he or she SHOULD inform the Social Security Administration of the name change HINT On name line one of the Form 1099 a payor should enter the payee s first name and new last name if the change has been made with SSA or the payee s first name former last name and new last name if the change has not been made with SSA 18 6 E File Wizard E File File Wizard Note If you require that your records be sorted by TIN when generating your electronic filing then you must add amp save the following line in the System portion of your ini file found in the Admin folder Default installation location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11Admin Pro99T11 INI Warn
288. ify Contact and Company Information Changes made here are temporary and affect this session only To make permanent changes exit the E File Wizard and go to the Browse the Filers screen Select filers for submission to the Combined Federal State Filing Program You must have prior permission from the IRS to participate in this program Changes made to a filers Combined status are permanent Combined status may also be set at the Browse the Filers screen Click Finish to begin creating your electronic files Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile 169 Electronic Files See FIRE System for information on uploading your file to the IRS v Any data entered in the optional Location Code field flows through to the B record positions 41 44 as the Payer s Office Code 18 6 1 E File Sort Order Changing the default sort order If you require that your records be sorted by TIN when generating your electronic filing then you must add amp save the following line in the System portion of your ini file found in the Admin folder Default installation location is C1099 Pro Pro99T1 1 Admin Pro99T11 INI IWarning Altering settings in this location could potentially damage the software please contact 1099Pro if you need assistance with this process Warning When completed your new entry should look like this System EnableMagTinSort 1 Note A value of 1 will sort by FilerID RCPTin which will increase processing time A
289. ight 1099 Pro 2011 cosan 7 Install See Instructions on Installing 1099 Pro IRS MCC The Internal Revenue Service a division of the U S Treasury Dept that is responsible for the assessment and collection of most federal taxes except those relating to alcohol tobacco firearms and explosives Established in 1862 the IRS derives most of its revenues from the collection of corporate and individual income tax K K Records Contains the summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal State Filing Program used only when state reporting approval has been granted Keyboard Shortcuts Keyboard shortcuts allow you to quickly enter or carry out functions by applying a combination of ALT SHIFT or Ctrl key Commands on your keyboard L Laser Forms When using preprinted laser forms you must select the copies to print The Print Wizard pauses before printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer For use with Copy A B C amp or 1096 Forms are perforated with each required copy preprinted with the necessary information Copy Ain red drop out ink Copy B in black etc Saves toner and time M Master Tax Form In terms of Aggregating data in a tax form the master tax form is consdiered to be the first tax form entered at the top of the list Online Help Tutorials Flash enabled tutorials walk you through various tasks including importing exporting printing Electro
290. ill only appear if you Chose Selected Form types for selected Filers on the previous screen 7 You will now be presented with all Filers in your database at this point you may tag every filer that you wish to process forms for Once you are done click next to continue Select Specific tax form types for the State Quarterly E File process Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 204 1099 Pro 2011 Select the Form types you want to include in your State Quarterly file D To select records you can left click in the Tag column to tag and untag records right click in the browse for a tag menu or you can use the buttons below the browse Note You will only be given this option if you chose either Selected Form types for selected Filers or Selected Form types for ALL Filers from the Choose how forms will be selected for the State Quarterly E File screen 8 Here you will be able to Tag which forms you wish to generate a report for Note Keep in mind that California only requires a 1099 R Maine requires all forms and New York requires a 1099 R yearly only Select the States to generate files for but only ifyou have issued forms to recipients or withheld taxes for that state States tagged so far 1 At least one State must be tagged in order to proceed v I y fip Newt Tag E Prev nH va Tag Al N Fp All 9 Here you will need to tag the States you wish to generate reports for once that is c
291. imit the report to printing out only Errors amp Warnings Try to fix Errors amp Warnings before filing with the IRS Consider filing Form 8809 for a 30 day filing extension in order to submit more accurate data m See Finding amp Fixing Records with Problems 16 2 Penalties Penalties The following penalties generally apply to the person required to file information returns The penalties apply to paper filers as well as electronic filers Failure to File Correct Information Returns by the Due Date Section 6721 If you fail to file a correct information return by the due date and you cannot show reasonable cause you may be subject to a penalty The penalty applies if you fail to file timely you fail to include all information required to be shown on a return or you include incorrect information on a return The penalty also applies if you file on paper when you were required to file electronically you report an incorrect TIN or fail to report a TIN or you fail to file paper forms that are machine readable Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vm _1080 Proe 2011 17 17 1 The amount of the penalty is based on when you file the correct information return The penalty is 15 per information return if you correctly file within 30 days by March 30 if the due date is February 28 maximum penalty 75 000 per year 25 000 for small businesses defined below 30 per information return if you correctly file more than 30 days after the du
292. ing Altering settings in this location could potentially damage the software please contact 1099Pro if you need assistance with this process Warning When completed your new entry should look like this System EnableMagTinSort 1 Note A value of 1 will sort by FilerID RCPTin which will increase processing time A value of 0 default will sort by FilerID To Generate Files 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and then the Electronic Filing icon Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e _ 1080 Proe 201 10 11 12 At the Filing via E File screen select the Create a new 1220 format file for e file Begin a new file generation process in Corporate Suite button At the 1099 Pro E File Wizard click Next to proceed Use the Back button at any time to go back a step Choose a method for selecting eligible records Eligible records include those that have NOT been voided or previously filed ALL Forms for ALL Filers This option automatically selects every eligible form for all filers Selected Form Types for ALL Filers This option prompts you to manually select tag the form types to include in the export file All filers are processed Selected Form Types for Selected Filers This option prompts you to manually select tag both the filers and form types to include in the export file Select the type of file to generate Original Select if submitting file for the first time to the IRS
293. ing can only be used on 1098 1099 and 5498 series forms as per IRS Notice 2009 93 Masking is available for Calendar years 2009 2012 Update per Notice 2011 38 1098 C is no longer allowed to be masked There is no masking available for continuous forms This software will automatically apply these rules as needed when SSN masking is selected Transmitter T Record Transmitter T Record Transmitter T Record Identifies the Transmitter of Electronic file information contained on 4419 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 lm Index 10 Day 178 1096 Not Filed 50 1096 Overview 48 1096 Print Wizard 49 1096 Session Report 51 1096 Transmittal 52 1099 Compliance Seminars 44 1099 Pro Net 107 1099 Seminars 44 1099 R 143 1220 164 167 184 250 177 352 250 or more 177 352 250 returns 177 352 6274A 208 6847 164 8 8 5 X14 Paper 272 332 8809 197 9 96 DPI Setting 206 A A Record 184 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections 56 Access Groups Overiew 73 Account Generation Wizard 69 Account Number Generation 70 Acrobat 43 Activation 18 Activation Code 18 Activity Groups Overview 73 AddaFiler 30 Add a Recipient 38 Add a Record 135 Add a Transmitter 333 Add a User 84 Add or Create Records 133 Adding a Filer 30 Additional Services 114 316 Additional Transactions 55 56 Address Adjustments 248 Address Type 215 216 233 Adjust Address 248 Administration 70 Adobe 43 Advanced Pri
294. ing for the Board of Directors takes place Typically security and or the return address would be different for each Payer Code Additionally in an import file with recipient tax form data for more than one Payer Filer Payer codes can be used to define which Payers Filers the recipient tax form data should be posted to Required field in Corporate Suite Only Country Defaults to USA Selecting Canada or a foreign country automatically reformats the address fields Filer Name Prints on all 1099 forms Filer Name Line 2 Prints on all 1099 forms Address Prints on all 1099 forms Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Filers 33 Contact Information Use the Add button to add a Contact Person Department and Phone Number Adding multiple contacts allows you to change the contact information on different records use the Dept field at the Adding a Form Record screen Atleast one contact is required The phone number prints on all copies and 1096 Transmittals The Transmitter Submitter contact name is included in electronic files Combined Federal State Filer ree to users of the 1099 Pro Service Bureau and or Electronic filers Service Bureau users should check this box if they wish to participate in the Combined Federal State Filing Program at no additional charge Electronic Filers using the Enterprise Version should check this box to participate in the Combined Federal State Filing Program ONLY if they have a qualified TCC nu
295. ion then click Next 4 Confirm the settings on the Account Number Generation summary screen 5 When you re done click Finish See Account Generation Wizard Administration and Security Global Administrative Options 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view Select an available option on the left to manage those settings Security Through the use of passwords and access rights you can restrict users and thereby protect sensitive company data Add Update Individual Users Administrators can use the Add Update Individual Users screen to create users and assign them to specific tasks See Adding and Updating Users Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security Access Groups and User Profiles Create new Access Groups and User Profiles based on your own custom settings Your groups will be available when adding or changing a user and will be included in all security reports See the Security Overview for more information Passwords Passwords can help protect sensitive company data See Passwords for more information Security Access Logs The Security Access Log tracks every time Security or Audit Trails are enabled or disabled If Security is enabled the Security Access Log also tracks all logon attempts See Security Access Logs Security Reports 1099 Pro offers numerous reports to track users and access groups These security r
296. ipients Ifyou sent out forms with incorrect data to your recipients but not to the IRS then consider sending your recipients a revised statement from 1099 Pro that has the good data on it If the form is marked with a status of Corr Pend meaning that a correction was made after it was filed with the IRS or uploaded to the Service Bureau then an X will be marked automatically in the corrected box on the recipient form when it is printed If the correction doesn t really qualify as a correction but a revision because it has NOT been sent to the IRS or uploaded then you may use the Advanced Print Options feature to force an X in the corrections box As an alternative you may indicate the statementis revised by manually checking the Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections Corrected box with a pen This will aid the recipient to distinguish the revised good statement from the previous 1099 form they received Ifyou sent out forms with incorrect data to your recipients AND to the IRS then you must do a formal correction that will go both to the IRS and your recipients You can correct any form that 1099 Pro thinks has been filed with the IRS Forms with a status of Filed Uploaded or 1096 can be corrected as discussed at the Create Corrections topic For More Information You can view or print the form within 1099 PRO by choosing Forms Alt M fromthe general menu and then IRS Instructions and Blank Forms and then choosin
297. is option requires a connection to the Internet If you do not have an always on connection please be sure you are connected before initiating an update check Overview This option uses the Internet to check the 1099 Pro Inc update servers for a newer version of this program Instead of running the full Web Update procedure from your Windows Start gt Programs menu you can now quickly check for updates from within 1099 Pro or even have the program automatically check for you If there is a new version a message will pop up to display the new version and a one line summary of what is included in the update To Check Manually From the 1099 Pro Help menu select the Check for updates to 1099 pro option Follow the steps below to manually check for an update e Close the 1099 Pro software e Click on the Start menu highlight Programs then find your 1099 Pro Professional or Enterprise item in the list and highlight it e Inthe menu for 1099 Pro find the Check for Updates item and click on it to begin e Follow the prompts by clicking Next then select any Advanced options if needed if not then click next If there is a new version a message will pop up to display the new version and a one line summary of what is included in the update Download the update and allow the update to install This process should begin automatically for you e After the process is finished confirm that your version number of the software match
298. is publishing this option is disabled but should be enabled in future versions Please contact 1099 Pro at 866 444 3559 if you have any questions Afiler mayissue a Form 1099 to one recipient when the Form 1099 should have been issued to multiple recipients This type of correction is referred to as a one to many correction In this circumstance the filer mustissue a corrected record to the original recipient or parent and issue a new record to the appropriate recipient s or children For example Bank XYZ issues a Form 1099 INT to Paula Parent for 1 000 00 The 1099 INT SHOULD have been issued to Anthony Basile for 500 00 Karen Basile for 150 00 and Ron Basile for 250 00 See Image 2 below Note that the original and corrected dollar amounts may differ Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections e 13 1099 INT Protected Form Update Options xi Protected 1099 INT Form Filed with Corrections Form Status Filed via e File not printed Recipient ANTHONY BASILE Original Filed 1099 INT Form Information View the form as orginally printed and filed with the IRS the contents d Yiew Original cannot be changed except for the Notes Source and Category fields Original Form History Imported on MAR 2 2010 as Pending Filed on MAR 2 2010 Last changed n a Filed via MagMedia Forms Printed n a Date Corrected MAR 2 2010 lt Reprint original form La Original Form Field Update History Associated Corrected and
299. it is recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing Currently address information is spaced to fit into an 8888 1 envelope If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the address information to be displayed properly with other envelopes T Select 1099 INT Pressure Seal Format Vendor Paper Format Print Style Form Order Number Form Description Alternate Comb 5145 Blank Stock Moore Wallace N11E2 Pressure Seal Moore Wallace Mw 351 Pressure Seal Puerto Rico 480 64 No PR Tax WH M PSB11Z Pressure Seal 81 2 11 Duplex 3 Panels Per Side Copy B Instructions B Address on Back 8172 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold Copy B Instructions 8172 x 11 Single Sided Z Fold Instructions Copy B 81 2 x 11 Duplex 2 Pgs Inc Address Sheet Int Box 1 Instructions 8172 x 11 Single Sided Z Fold Instructions Copy B To Print 1099 Misc s on approved Puerto Rico forms Blank Blank Preprinted Blank 7 From either the Quick Print screen or the Print Tax Forms screen select Pressure Seal ACL when asked to Select the type of paper you want to print on e Select Puerto Rico 480 6A Corp Partners to print 1099 Misc Copy A Puerto Rico forms for Corporations or Partnerships e Select Puerto Rico 480 6B Corp Partners to print 1099 Misc Copy B Puerto Rico forms for Corporations or Partnerships e Select Puerto Rico 480 6A Individuals to print 1099 Misc Copy A Puert
300. ithholding The 1099 software wou show that the payee has not returned the forms so the form recipient status would remain open with a pending 1st B notice status Payer continues backup withholding a software keeps track of all w 9s and B notices when information is rolled over into a new 1099 SS 17 5 3 IRS Missing TIN Flowchart IRS Missing TIN Flowchart Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Payer uses software need to take any further to issue a B notice action in acquiring the WS and status Tin of the payee a 1 1080 Prow 2011 Flowchart for missing TIN s s the recipient a resident or non resident alien Q 3 pub 1281 Continue to backup withhold is the missing TIN due to an error in your submission Are you backup withholding on the account until a TIN is received 1099 software allows payer to print and keep track of withholding and B notices x with status listed on both recipient and the form Yes Filer Payer uses 1099 Pro to print out a W 7 to give to the recipient Correct your records if nacessary Begin backup withholding software flags the recipient with a status of Non Resident Alien Annual solicitation Remit backup request for TIN remit bale a backup withholding on Did you receive a S Continue to Form 945 Continue to response S Recipient sends the W 7 backup withhold until a backup withhold to the
301. its assesses internal controls of a service organization At the end of the audit the Service Auditor issues a crucial report called the Service Auditor s Report It is very important to note that SAS 70 is not a barebones checklist audit Rather it is an extremely thorough audit that is used chiefly as an authoritative guidance Further there is a substantial difference between the Type and Type II reports Type Il reports are even more thorough because the auditors also give an opinion on how effective the controls operated under the defined period of the review Type reports only list the controls in place while Type II reports on the review testing and efficacy of these controls to reasonably assure that they are working correctly If further information is required please contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau at 866 444 3559 SSN Social security numbers Social security numbers SSNs should be formatted as Dashes are required to differentiate Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 36 22 36 23 36 24 36 25 36 26 36 27 ne a7 EINs from SSNs there are 100 000 numbers that are identical except for the placement of the dash State Totals K Records State Totals K Records State Totals K Records Contains the summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal State Filing Program used only when state reporting approval has been granted Tag tag Individually tag select a record
302. ity encryption feature of the PDF Library has been enhanced to provide 128 bit encryption support Click here to see the options available for PDF printing Initial PDF Options Initial PDF Options Window Generate PDF Options Generating PDF documents enables your organization to optimize the delivery of professional looking compliant documents This feature now available in 1099 Pro allows you print your reports to an encrypted PDF file which can also be password protected Follow the steps below to generate a PDF file To generate a PDF from a tax form or a report 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Printing Tax Forms screen choose the method to select pending forms for print 3 Click the Begin Print Process button to access the Print Wizard 4 Select processing options for any records with errors or warnings at the Confirm Processing screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 251 5 Select Printer and Paper Type Review the selected printer and change if necessary Choose your paper type Preprinted laser forms Blank stock or Continuous forms 6 Select the copies you want to print The Combined Print option available when printing to Blank stock prints all recipient copies and instructions on one sheet of paper 7 Selecta sort order to print forms 8 Select Yes to preview each se
303. ive columns Quick Tip Note For a quick form lookup without using you mouse type the 1st numbers of the TIN when your sort order is by TIN and you will drop down to that particular record if your sort order is by another field Last Name or Account then type the first few characters you of the field to drop down to that record To use the Search box you must click in the box type your characters and hit the Tab key 14 13 Selecta Form Select a Form Use the Select a Form Type screen to select the form type you want to process To search for forms 1 Place your cursor in the search field 2 Enter the first few letters of the form type for example 1099 M and click TAB The first record matching your entry is highlighted 14 14 Select Form Type Select Form Type Ifa record was originally issued on the incorrect form type select the correct form type You will be presented with a new form that displays the original recipient TIN and address but no individual box amounts or values 1099 MISC e 14 15 Tagging Records Tagging Records 1099 Pro allows you to manually tag Select records for inclusion in a print session To tag records 1 On the task panel select Forms amp Printing and then the Print Tax Forms icon Use the Selected Form drop menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Printing Tax Forms screen choose the Manually select forms option 3 Click the Begin Print Process button 4
304. k on next to proceed Ready to generate State Quarterly E File s 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Ready to generate State Quarterly MagMedia file s Verity that you selections are correct then press Finish to begin generating Please confirm the settings below before starting MagMedia generation Transmitter Name Sample Transmitter TCC 39C34 Selected Filers 1 selected Filers Selected Form types 1099 R Selected States CA Forms to process ALL eligible forms Type of File Original File will be placed in C PROGRA 1 P1099S07 MagFiles If you would like to change any options press the Back button now Click on FINISH when you are ready to begin creating your MagMedia file Z Finish Cancel Help 16 This screen will summarize some information for you this will be the last point in which you may go back and alter information prior to the generation of the report You will see e Transmitter name This is the name of the transmitter that will be displayed on the report e TCC e Selected Filers This is how many filers will be placed on the report e The form types that will be displayed on the report e Selected states This will show you all the States that will be displayed on your report e Forms to process This will show you which form you chose to process e Only Filed Uploaded forms This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report showing completed reports so that work is no
305. k print ASP only Disallow status change from quick print PO ee BE checked Leen checked ee Ge Restrict Creation of Filed wrong form corrections No Restrictions pO Restricted for ASP only O Restricted for ASP and CS O O E ae Restrict form 1099LTC box 5 po Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F106 Lummpen 2011 No restrictions for entry or print Suppress print of Box 5 for RCP copies ee a a Options for allowing Processing Restrictions to be used with tax forms These restrictive actions are allowed by default Check a box to disallow use Disable the do not print option a Disable the Do not file option Disable the Do not merge option Disable the User hold option E Specify the maximum number of records that will be returned by the ASP search engine If this number is zero search will return up to 100 records ae O Select Recipient from Forms ASP only and CS Dee O Do not force recipient as new All recipients on import or entry are forced as new unique Disable recipient list Bypass recipient compare process Compare tax form date to recipient record on entry and offer updates Bypass recipient compare process for ASP only Bypass recipient compare process for ASP and CS Bebe Bypass recipient cascade process recipient cascade process depends on recipient compare settings If bypass recipient compare is turned on then no cascades can take place regardless of the setting for bypass
306. k the Void the Form button 3 1099 Pro prompts Are you sure you want to do this Click Yes to void the record Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a 1099 Pro0 201 14 3 Un Void a Record Avoided record may be un voided or reset to a pending status To un void a record 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight a record and click Change to access the Protected Form Update Options screen 2 Click the Un Void the Form button 3 1099 Pro prompts Are you sure you want to do this Click Yes to un void the record The record automatically reverts to pending status Browse Notes Attachments Browse Notes All tax forms recipient forms and filer forms now have an icon button to the left of the SAVE button that lets you create and update notes for that item When you are on a data entry form the Notes button will change colors to help you know if there are existing notes or not Ifthe button background is BLUE no notes have been entered for the item yet or any existing notes have been deleted Ifthe button background is RED there are currently notes for the item Each note can contain up to 512 characters and you can have as many notes as you want for each item Every time a note is created or updated the note will show the date and time of the action and either the User ID of the person who made the change if you have Security turned on or the network name ID of the machine where the change was
307. l symbols used to evaluate the rules you can modify any existing rules or enter new rules at anytime 2 Right Clicking in the State Rule box If you are new to customizing threshold rules this is the recommended method WY Record Will Be Added xi Active Jh Form Type e Rule Type 7 State P State Rule Fcem1 0996 Box2Amt gt D or Fo DD Bos i ng gt 0 o Foem10996 BoxBAmt lt gt 0 ot Foem10998 BoxSAmt lt gt 0 or Fcem103996 Box1 Arent lt gt D er Forn10998 Box1 TAn lt gt 0 Select Operator N Right Click in State Rule Box to display fieki operatos list Rule Syntax Ok X feed Ho es Upon right clicking in the State Rule box a menu will appear with two options e Select DataField Clicking on this option will allow you to choose which amount field s Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 122 1099 Pro 2011 Field FORM 10996 ALIXAMT1 FORM 10838 AUXAMT2 Field FORM10996 ALDKXAMT2 FORM10596 AUXAMT3 Froid FORM 10996 ALDCAMT3 FORM 10998 AUKAMT 4 Field FORM 10996 ALDCAMT 4 FORM 10398 B01 AMT Field FORM 10996 80 104MT FORM10398 BOX1 1AMT Field FORM10996 80X1 1AMT FORM10396 B0Q0QAMT Field FORM 10996 80X28 T FORM 10996 BOOGAMT Frid FORM1 0596 BU ZA FORM 10996 BOX lt 44MT Feld FORM 10996 BOX44MT FORM 10398 BOXSAMT Field FORM 10996 80XSAMT FORM 10398 BOXSAMT Field FORM 10996 BUGSGAT e Select Operator Clicking on this option will provide you with a list of all
308. l Browser click the Deleted Record Details button to display the contents ofa deleted tax record v The Master Audit Trail Browser will not reflect records that were deleted while Audit Trails were disabled See Master Audit Trail Browser 12 3 Master Audit Trail Browser Master Audit Trail Browser The Master Audit Trail Browser is available only to administrators or users with administrative access rights Use it to view all manual and cascading changes to all tax forms the Record History screen allows the viewing of individual tax forms only To view records 1 On the menu bar click File and Security and Administration 2 Atthe Administration screen click View Audit Trail Records 3 Atthe Master Audit Trail Browser screen refer to the Date Time User ID Field Name Old Value and New Value columns for invaluable information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 128 109 Pro0 2011 12 4 12 5 12 6 For deleted records click the Deleted Record Details button Purge Purge Audit Trail Log Records The Audit Trail Record Log is invaluable should you need to track tax forms changes Ifthe log becomes so big that the performance of 1099 Pro is compromised older records may be purged For most users however purging is not necessary and is generally not recommended as this valuable information is permanently deleted from the system To purge audit trail log 1 On the menu bar click File and Security and Administration
309. l Forms 279 Now select Pressure Seal Alternate Combined Layouts for recipient combined copies and click Next to continue I E 6 A 6 A Select the printer and paper type to use Here you need to select the printer that wil be used to print your 1099 MISC forms The currently selected printer is 1099me2 HP 4350 45i IP_192 168 1 10 winspool i Saec a citterent Printer or Port Choose the type of paper that this printer will be using for the tax forms Pre printed plain paper forms including IRS red Copy A The wizard will help you determine exactly how many sheets of the pre printed forms you will need in order to print all of your selected recipients Blank stock plain white paper or blank pre perforated Forms must be printed in black ink on white paper no color Inks or papers Some forms require that instructions be printed on the back the wizard will help you Pressure Seal Alternate Combined Layouts for recipient combined copie Templates for printing recipient copies using pressure seal and other paper formats Continuous Forms Multi part pre printed forms for use with a dot matrix printer print preview not available Now you will be given a list of forms you can print to once you have chosen your appropriate form press the Select button to continue I E 7 A Note See below for assistance with selecting your format type Now you will see the brief overview of the form type t
310. l Support Print Status Overview Prepare Corrections Take me back to Getting Started Quick Tour Quick Tour Overview of Information Reporting What is a 1099 Form According to the IRS and Federal tax law you must report to the IRS payments totaling 600 or more made to independent contractors over the course of the calendar year When a person is paid on the form 1099 MISC for example all money earned by the individual is paid on an untaxed basis His then the responsibility of the individual to file and pay the appropriate taxes These taxes can be owed to Federal State and Local governments Workers compensation and unemployment issues also must be addressed independently Who we are 1099 Pro Inc provides award winning 1099 software for filing tax forms 1099 1098 W 2 1042 S and many others For your convenience 1099 Pro carries a complete line of tax supplies including 1099 forms W 2 forms 1042 S forms and envelopes We also offer Print Mail E Filing services in the form of our Service Bureau To save you time and money 1099 Pro continues to offer complimentary technical support with the purchase Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Getting Started of any of our software products The 1099 Pro Service Bureau The Service Bureau is a Print Mail E Filing service offered to users of 1099 Pro software All of our software products allow the creation of a data UPLOAD file which can be easily transmitted to our Service Bureau
311. l filing Use the View Manage Zero Drops option on the Utilities menu to create reports or complete reset records affected by Zero Drop processing NW Cancel If all settings are correct click on the OK button to begin your Zero Drop Process if something is wrong with your selections or you wish to cancel the process simply click on the Cancel button Voiding a Zero Drop Session Voiding a Zero Drop Session Corporate Suite feature only To void an Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 35 35 1 35 2 Year to Date Imports and Zero Drops 337 If you wish to reset void your Zero Drop process return to the Completed and In process Zero Drop Sessions screen by clicking on Utilities and then Year to Date Zero Drops Select the session you wish to reset by clicking on it The session will be highlighted when it has been selected You can now click on the Rest Void Session button to remove any changes made by the Zero Drop process Note You can only reset a session if the status of the forms associated with the Zero Drop session have not changed W 9 B Notices B Notices Overview If after submitting files to the IRS a mismatch is determined eg a recipient s name and TIN do not match the IRS records the IRS sends the Filer a 9872CG CP2100 or CP2100A Notice The Filer must then issue a Form W 9 and a B Notice to the recipient in question unless t
312. ld in a record ends wtih a special character that specifies where it ends and the next begins e Fixed Length having a set length that never varies File Format Description Delimited All fields Fixed Length All form fields Delimited Mailing list 4 Select the file format you want to export by clicking on it in the list and highlighting it and clicking Next If you need to Add or Update Export maps in the software you can click the button to Add or Update Export Maps For more information click here for Export Maps 5 Choose a method for selecting eligible tax forms Options include e Export tax forms for ALL Filers This option automatically selects every eligible form for all filers e Export tax forms for up to 25 selected filers This option prompts you to manually select tag the form types to include in the export file All filers are processed e Indicate whether or not a split filers and form types into separate export files Mark the checkbox to export each filer and form type as a separate export file Leave the checkbox unmarked for a single larger file containing all filers and form types 6 Select the destination folder Default location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Exports It is preferable to create your file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error It is also faster 7 Click Finish to begin creating your export file Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Exports 151 17 3 Moore Wa
313. le cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeesees 28 Custom Column ViGWS ccecccceeeceeeeeeeneeee ee eeeeeeeeaeeeceae seam seceaaeeceesseaaeeceaeseeaseaeaaeeeeeessenseeeas 28 Browse Filers 29 Add Filerna aiana naaran teres saeteectucdsneass Seege 30 Change a Filer eosin EE E A E A N 31 Conte CU A E E A A E TT 31 B AAEE A E E E ee 31 Filer Record Detajl S i T Taa a a a aaa AAR aaa Ea aAa AEE a anaana iania 32 Filer Reprisen a a ae a REAA R EE A ESAERA 33 Selecta File EE 34 Vea RAUEN 34 Browse Recipients 35 Recipient Lookup Account Sele ction ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 37 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Contents 5 2 Recipient Lookup Screen eeeeeREESRSR KEREN KEREN KEE ERR EEEE ERR EEEE ERR nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nennen 37 3 Adda ROCIPiC M es eri A Aai EAA E Ee EeCA 38 4 Change a Recipient cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseseeeseeeseeeseseseeeseeeseeneeeesees 39 D Delete a Recipient seggt EES ENEE AETA Eiai 39 6 Formsl ssued Report eege SEENEN i EANAN EENS REESEN dE 39 T Group ACONES iieri E TIAA A AAE EES ESA et 40 8 Multiple Recipients One TIN cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeseeseeeeeeeseeneeeeeees 40 9 Recipient Record Details ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaeeseaeseeeseaneeeesees 41 10 Run a Recipient Repott ccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
314. le the CSR list by Filer if Security is on only applies if recipient table links are disabled Pe Local Tab Name Recipient address zip code city options ZIP lookups printing Local options Automatically reselect the last filer at program start Show a reminder when using add recipient EE These options can be set changed by the user on each workstation Your choices here will provide the default Pe a pe ee Checking for updates Tab Name Checking for updates Tab Name These options help ensure that you have the These options help ensure that you most up to date version including any last have the most up to date version minute chances to the IRS SSA including any changes to the IRS SSA Ask for confirmation every time before checking Ask for confirmation every time before TIP Uncheck this only if your internet connection is checking TIP Uncheck this only if your Always on internet connection is Always on How often the program should check for How often the program should updates check for updates Automatic Adjustment recommended The program will check for updates occasionally The program will check for updates during the summer more frequently as tax season occasionally during the summer more approaches and every day at the height of tax frequently as tax season approaches season and every day at the height of tax season Specified interval 1 45 days throughout the year Specified interv
315. lected copy type without asking me 9 Review print summary and if satisfied click Print to begin printing Note As the Print Preview screen loads you will see icons in the upper right corner of the screen See image 1 below e Make a PDF converts the print job to a PDF document and prompts you to save this file to a location on your hard drive The default location C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 PDF You may also view a PDF which converts the print job to a PDF document and then starts Adobe Acrobat to view the file and finally you can Password Protect a PDF which prompts you to password protect the file before generating it and then allows you to save to a location on your hard drive e Click this button to begin the PDF generation process The print screen will be displayed and then click ok to be taken directly to the PDF options screen Image 1 stay after printing In addition you may use the Search feature to search for characters on any of the pages to be printed or use the Toggle Stay after Printing feature to keep the tax form or report preview on the screen 10 When you are finished generating a PDF indicate if forms are ready to send to the IRS Select I haven t printed my red Copy A yet if you are still printing copies of these records These records have a pending status and are available for edits and further printing Select I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms after printing approving all copi
316. lectronic Filing Session Window E File Filing Session Window The E File Filing Session window contains many of the electronic filing functions available in 1099 Pro From this window you can generate the following electronic files 1 Federal E File These files can be submitted to the IRS via their web site at http fire irs gov 2 State Quarterly File These files contain quarterly filing information for submission to a desired state 3 State Subset File State Subset files contain data for selected states ONLY Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile Filing Tax Forms via e file MagMedia From here you can initiate a new Filing session void a session or report on forms in past Filing sessions Begin new MagMedia Filing session D Magnetic filing allows you to prepare tax forms to submit to the IRS electronically Click on help for more information Create e file Quarterly State Create State xa Create State H MagMedia file We Reporting Ka Subset Files v i Subset Forms Completed MagMedia Session List Use the options below to view report reprint or reset void prior Current Query ISS EG dd Ell completed MagMedia sessions V Skip voided sessions ol Session Filer IN Form 207 Copy Count Trans Type Tee 2182 1143 97 5 CA Original L 4 04 2007 ue 52PM 1133 97 6666556 l 2 Original 4102 2007 amp View Print Log Report amp Reprint Form 4804 x Reset Yoid MagMedia 2 o Gene
317. ler Untag All Use this button to untag all filers Flip Use this button or ALT F to reverse the tag status of an individual filer Flip All Use this button or ALT L to reverse the tag status ofall filers For example if you have 3 filers and only one filer is tagged the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged filers and untag the original filer Prev Tag Use this button or ALT P to scroll backwards through tagged filers Next Tag Use this button or ALT N to scroll forwards through tagged filers 5 Browse Recipients Browse Recipients Use the Browse the Recipients File screen to add update or delete recipients To access these recipients at any data entry form use the lt F2 gt key in the Recipient ID Number field Add a Recipient 1099 Pro allows unlimited recipients See Adding Recipients Change a Recipient Changes made to a recipient only effect records with a pending status Note When you make manual changes to the filers amp recipient master list in 1099Pro those changes are then cascaded or updated throughout all tax forms with a status of Pending Cascading updates help ensure that the entire filer and recipient information regardless of the tax form synchronizes quickly and uniformly These changes are NOT tracked through the Record History screen only direct changes to a tax form are tracked under record history See Changing a Recipient Delete a Recipient Arecipient
318. lers File screen to add update or delete unlimited filers To quickly jump between existing filers use the Select Filer button Filer Highlights 1099 Pro accepts multiple filers with one TIN This is useful for companies that issue forms from multiple departments or for batch processors Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 20 1080 Proe 201 4 1 1099 Pro allows US Canadian and foreign filers Add a Filer 1099 Pro allows unlimited filers See Adding a Filer Change a Filer Changes made to a filer affect only records with a pending status To switch between existing filers use the Select Filer button See Changing a Filer Delete a Filer Afiler can only be deleted if itis NOT associated with any recipient records See Deleting a Filer Run Filer Report The Filer Employer Payer Listing provides detailed information on filers including Name TIN Contact Information State ID Numbers and a history of any address changes See Running Filer Reports Select a Filer Use the Select Filer screen to select a filer See Selecting a Filer Tag Filers 1099 Pro allows you to manually tag select filers for inclusion in a print session See Tagging Filers Add a Filer Add a Filer 1099 Pro allows unlimited filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Filers 31 To add a filer 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Filers list icon 2 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen click Add
319. les To load a new file or view existing files 1 Begin by opening the eFileViewer in the root of the program directory i e C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 or via the start menu under the 1099 Pro group for your program Find the file eFileViewer exe and double click to open 2 Click the Load New File button to load a file 3 Browse your local drive or network drive location for the Electronic File you want click on it once to select it then click Open The file you selected is displayed in the eFile Viewer window 4 View the selected file by first highlighting the one you want to open and click the View Selected File Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1080 Proe 201 button Additionally you may delete a file by highlighting it and selecting Delete Selected File or close the eFileViewer Tool by Clicking the Close button NOTE In general when you open the eFileViewer and load a new file the file is copied to a temporary location on the local drive and is used as your temporary working file leaving your original Electronic File untouched 19 4 1 Electronic Sessions Summary Report Note These instructions apply to 1099 Pro Professional Enterprise and Corporate Suite only This walk through will guide you through the process of generating a E File Log report To begin from the entry menu click on Reports then click on Electronic Sessions Summary report Example of location where the Report Wizard can be started File
320. lete them with one operation All notes associated with the form are also deleted Resetting Printed Tax Forms Back To Pending You can select tag any number of tax forms that have a current status of Printed and reset their status back to Pending so that they can be updated or deleted The selected forms can belong to any print session Voiding Printed Tax Forms You can select tag any number of tax forms that have a current status of Printed and change their status to Void so that they cannot be filed The selected forms can belong to any print session Un voiding Tax Forms You can select tag any number of tax forms that have a current status of Void and reset their status back to Pending so that they can be updated or deleted Multiple Recipients One TIN Multiple Recipients One TIN Occasionally a filer may issue multiple forms to the same recipient or issue forms to two individuals sharing one SSN or EIN For example Jane Doe DBA Jane s Courier Service and Jane Doe both use an SSN of 123 45 6789 However Jane Doe DBAand Jane Doe have different addresses To enter both recipients follow this procedure 1 Enter Jane Doe as normal at any Adding a New Record screen This will be the master recipient information for Jane Doe Click Save to save Jane Doe s record At the next Adding a New Record screen enter the shared TIN in the Recipient TIN field Jane Doe s name and address automatically fill the screen Copy
321. limiters in the Import Wizard Export Database The 1099 Pro Export Wizard simplifies the process of creating export files Export files are written in ASCII format delimited with a TAB character and may be easily opened in Microsoft Excel Access or Notepad F F Record End of Transmission Filer The individual or organization filing the 1099 FIRE System Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically FIRE System to electronically upload informational returns to Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1099 Proo 2011 the IRS Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with required IRS record formats per Pub 1220 The FIRE System is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week to any transmitter and can be reached by visiting https fire irs gov The FIRE System can be accessed by opening a web browser accessing the Internet and typing in the address https fire irs gov Form Control Totals See Control Totals Form Status Users must select an import status for their data in the first step of the import routine Import Data Selecting the correct status is important because aside from Pending the status of the session can only be reset by voiding deleting the entire session Forms Fill in forms allow you to enter information while the form is displayed 1099Pro in the Enter Update amp view Screen You can then print the completed form for your records and for filing with the IRS
322. ll of the desired Filers and Forms are included Also check to see if you have examined each of the control total reports and sign them to certify that the information is complete and accurate to the best of your knowledge Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 28 1080 Proe 201 Ready to upload your file via Built in FTP using the Internet This is the preferred method of uploading to the 1099Pro Service Bureau The wizard will automatically upload the file for you using the standard FTP File Transfer Protocol An Internet connection is required for this option i e Dial up DSL Cable Modem etc Select Built in FTP to upload your file via File Transfer Protocol to the Internet Click Next In the next screen please confirm your settings in the summary window before starting the Upload Process Upload Type Upload for filing with the IRS Upload Method FTP Built in Total Filer Form Combinations Total Tax Forms File Name Example S9999999 ABC1 23 zip Type File Location i e C1099 Pro Pro99T11 Uploads Contact Information Contact First and Last Name E mail Address and Phone Number Press Upload Now to submit your upload file to the Service Bureau for processing During the upload process the wizard uploads your file to the Service Bureau and provides you with a progress window to view the progress If you need to abort the upload process click the Cancel Stop the Upload button Alternatively
323. llace CS Version only Moore Wallace Print Export Corporate Suite Only This wizard will allow you to export records in the Moore Wallace print format Supported form types are 1099 C 1099 DIV 1099 G 1099 INT 1099 LTC 1099 MISC 1099 R 5498 W 2 Box 5 information will not be passed to Moore Wallace as this information is optional per the IRS 17 3 1 Important Note for MW Export CS Version only Important Note for Moore Wallace Export Corporate Suite Only Please review your filer info prior to exporting forms in the Moore Wallace Print format As Moore Wallace only accepts 4 print lines for the Filer Address address Line 2 will be omitted from the print file You may review your filer info on the Browse Filer s screen You may also create a query by following these instructions 1 On the Browse Filer s screen select Custom Query in the top right 2 On the Field Selection screen of the Query Wizard select Routing Address Suit department etc then click Next 3 On the Operation Selection screen of the Query Wizard select Is Greater Than then click Next 4 On the Value Entry screen of the Query Wizard enter 0 into the field then click Next Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 152 1099 Pro 2011 17 3 2 17 4 New Query Query Wizard Yalue Entry Enter 4 value to complete your expression Constant Value Another Field Expression Routing Address Suite department etc Is Gr
324. ly access rule This will allow you to enter an area or form but not to you will be unable to make changes IT Reset Void these processes 4 You will be returned to Access Group screen You can continue to add or edit Access Groups from here When you are done click Close to return to the Security Options screen Security Manage Profiles Step 3 Creating and Managing User Profiles Step 3 Create and Manage User Profiles User Profiles allow you to apply Access Groups to specific Filers Departments When you assign an user to this profile Step 4 they will only have the specific rights granted by that Access Group on the specified Filers 1099 Pro s built in User Profiles are applied to all filers Note In order to access the 1099 Pro system a User must have rights to AT LEAST 1 Filer in other words they must be assigned to at least 1 User Profile Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security at The diagrams below illustrate the components comprising a User Profile In step 4 you will assign users to these profiles Diag 1 Diag 2 User profile composed of multiple filers companies departments and 1 access User profile composed of 1 filer and multiple group access groups Access Group 1 ei W 2G Update Modify Impo Access Group 1 Access Group 2 W 2G Update Modify Import 1099 MISC View Only d User Profile Filer 1 Company 1 User Profile Company 1 amp 2 Com
325. ly disregard filing requirements you can pay a penalty of at least 100 per information statement with no maximum penalty There are three exceptions to these filing penalties e fyou can demonstrate that your omission was due to an event that was beyond your control or due to some significant mitigating factor and was not willful neglect you may avoid the penalty You must also show that you acted in a responsible manner and took steps to avoid the failure to file e Aninconsequential error or omission is not considered a failure to include correct information because it doesn t prevent or hinder the SSA IRS from processing the Form W 2 or from correlating the information required to be shown on the form with the information shown on the payee s tax return e The IRS also has something called a de minimus rule for corrections when certain requirements are met Basically if the value provided to an employee is less than it would cost to fix the return it may sink beneath notice See the IRS Topic De Minimis Minimal Benefits Filing Accurate Information Returns The IRS issues very detailed and exacting instructions for filling out information returns For instance the IRS has very definite preferences for which forms can be used what font you should use no script characters where you should place the data in the blocks and where you can use zeros So follow the instructions carefully If the IRS can t interpret your forms you may be
326. m Status Values 44 format errors 145 Forms 330 Forms amp Printing Toolbar 21 Forms Issued By Filer Report 300 Forms Issued Report 39 Forms Status Values 194 FWT 97 102 ze 1080 Proe 2011 ee General Options Toolbar 22 Generate a false print 264 Generating Account Numbers Getting Started 14 Getting the Most out of 1099Pro 15 Global Notes 136 Glossary 342 Group Deleting Pending Tax Forms 40 Group Printing Pending Tax Forms 40 Group Reprinting Printed or Filed Tax Forms 40 Group Reset Printed Tax Forms to Pending 40 Group Un voiding Tax Forms 40 Group Voiding Printed Tax Forms 40 Group Actions 40 133 H Hartford Seminar 44 Help amp Maintenance 197 History 128 Hosted Solutions 114 How do Generate State Subset 163 IBN Print codes 117 ICR Overview 242 Import 70 210 257 302 303 Import Data 209 Import Errors 145 Import File Conventions 216 Import Session Report 240 Import Wizard 218 Import your data 226 Important Dates 208 Imports 209 Independent Contractor Reporting 242 INI Files 197 Initial PDF Options Window 250 Inserting a Custom Print Message 247 Install 115 Invalid Tax Country 210 IRS Code 143 IRS FIRE System 165 69 70 IRS format 167 IRS Forms 132 IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart 156 IRS Instructions 132 IRS Missing TIN Flowchart 157 IRS Name Control 166 IRS Telephone Numbers IRS MCC 208 K K Record 184 Keep Pending Status 355 Keyboard Sh
327. m layouts If exporting data froma prior year format please verify that all boxes still exist in the 2011 format Caution The information on your printed form s and the information contained in the file sent to the IRS can differ on the following forms Please pay special attention to the below conditions where your original form and the data imported may vary The IRS file being processed does not contain the following fields hence they will not be present during import for all form type when using the Standard Import Map Address Apt Suite Country Form Category Form Source Tax State 1099 PATR Box 10 Other Credits and Deductions will not pass thru The following Items boxes are not contained in the IRS 750 file and will therefore not be present when imported into 1099 Pro Note State and Local Income Tax Withheld pos 723 746 in IRS specifications do not have a location to display on some forms and therefore will not always import if present 1098 Box5 1099 B CORPORATION S name street address city state and ZIP code 1099 CAP Box5 1099 INT Payer s RTN This can be added at the Filer level in 1099 Pro Software 1099 MISC Optional Text Line and Line 2 17 18 1099 Q FMV amount and Distribution code 1 6 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _ 1080 Proe 201 20 20 1 1099 R Box8 percentage Box 11 12 14 15 Note Box 2a will be blank if Box 2b checkbox taxable amount not determined is checked 5498 Arm
328. m types for selected Filers Select this option if you want to manually select both which forms and which filers to process 5 You will now be given 3 options as to how you would like to generate your report es ALL Forms for ALL Filers This option will process ALL forms for EVERY filer that you have e Selected Form types for ALL Filers This option will process form for every Filer that you have in your database there will be no exceptions e Selected Form types for selected Filers Choosing this option will allow you to tag which forms you Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 wish to generate a report on and from which filer Note It is recommended that you choose which forms you will be generating a report for as not all forms are necessary in every State And selecting all forms can generate quite a few results 6 Once you have chosen the option that applies best to you click on Next to continue Select Specific filers for the State Quarterly E File process 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Select specific filers for the State Quarterly MagMedia process This browse lets you hand pick the Fiers to include Select the Filers you want to include in your State Quarterly file D To select records you can left click in the Tag column to tag and untag records right click in the browse for a tag menu or you can use the buttons below the browse 651233828 871234567 971234567 Note This option w
329. m using the internet browser can have different limits for record creation allowing for a method of administration Note If the Accounting Date Cutoff Date or Open Window Cutoff Date are left blank the accounting date will not be enforced and no warning will be issued regardless of the accounting date entered at the time of the records entry Checking For Updates Checking for Updates This area will assist you in the methods that the 1099 Pro program uses to check for updates Updates will help to make sure that the program abides by the latest rules and regulations set forth by the IRS SSA Ask for confirmation every time before checking Default on leaving this option on will cause the program to prompt you whenever it would like to connect to the internet in order to check for updates if you uncheck this box the program will connect to the internet in order to download updates without asking permission to do so Note Uncheck this only if your internet connection is Always on Note If a update is available you will still be prompted before installation begins regardless of the status of this box How often the program should check for updates Automatic Adjustments Recommended The program will check for updates occasionally during the summer more frequently as tax season approaches and finally everyday at the height of tax season Specified Interval 1 45 days Throughout the year You can adjust the numb
330. mber RTN Routing Transit Numbers are used by banks and other financial institutions If entered this information appears onlyon Form 1099 INT Fax This field is optional E mail This field is optional State LD Number s Tab State ID Numbers These numbers are assigned by the individual state For example in California the Employer Development Department EDD assigns a state ID number Check with your accountant or attorney to determine if your company has a state ID number If you do use the Add button to add as many state ID numbers as necessary Extra Options Tab Here you can set the default preference for SSN masking per the IRS guidelines Please see the TIN Masking section for more information 4 6 Filer Reports Filer Reports The Filer Employer Payer Listing provides detailed information on filers including Name TIN Contact Information State ID Numbers and a history of any address changes To run a report 1 From the task panel click the General Options tab and the Filers listicon 2 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen click Run Filer Report All filers are automatically included in the report unless the Print Only One Filer checkbox is selected To pick and choose filers exit this screen and at the menu bar click Reports and Forms Issued by Filer Click Yes to preview the report and then tag the appropriate filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1080 Proe 2011 4 7 4 8 3 The Administrator p
331. mert 90402 SECH KE Ee parachute 14 pape daa paidto E eg 45a Section 409A deferrals 45b Section 409A income 46 State tax withheld 417 State P ayers stl ho 48 State income m gt gt gt Instructions Optional Text Optional Text Optional Text is not SS Line 1 of 2 Line 2 of 2 S reported to the IRS as Help Ac 03 E IS 300 00 CA 0001234 2000 00 Optional Text Line 1 Optional Text Line 2 Windows 98 NT 2000 Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings 1 From your desktop click Start then select Settings then Control Panel Double click the Display icon and click the Settings tab Verify your screen area is set at 800x600 or higher Click Apply then OK 2 From the settings tab click Advanced and verify font size is set at small fonts You may need to restart for these settings to take effect Windows XP Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings 1 Right click on the desktop select Properties go to the Settings tab Verify Screen resolution is 800x600 or higher Click Apply then OK 2 From the Settings tab click Advanced go to the General tab verify the DPI setting is 96 DPI You may need to restart for these settings to take effect Windows Vista Adjusting your resolution and DPI settings 1 Right click on the desktop select Personalize choose Display Settings Verify Resolution is 800x600 or higher Click Apply then OK 2 On the Personalization screen click Adjust font size DPI Verify your setting is D
332. mport and Zero Drop Process To start the Year to Date Import Zero Drop Process use the following steps 1 From the Utilities menu select Year to Date Import Zero Drops 2 At the Beginning and Processing Zero Drops screen you will have two options e Begin a Drop by Date Range Process This option will allow you to apply the Zero Drop process based on a date range which you specify e Click on the Begin a Drop by Date Range Process button to start e At the Select a Form Type window choose the form type you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to by clicking on it and then pressing the Select button e You will now need to select the Filers you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to Click on the desired Filers and press the Tag button to select them Once you have made your selections you can save them for later useage by clicking on the Save button saved selections sets can be loaded by clicking on the Load button e With your Filers selected click on the Select Date Range to use button e Select your date range by either entering a dates into the Set Range From and Through Note clicking on the calendar icon to the right of the date range boxes will bring up a calendar for easy date selection or you can choose from any of the predefined options in the Default Ranges box Simply click in any one of the radio boxes to the left of the date range and your dates will automatically fill the boxes Set Range From and T
333. mpts to print a test alignment prior to printing your forms If selecting preprinted laser as your paper type you are prompted to test alignment after selecting your copies to print For your first test print do not modify the default Top and Left margin settings Print the test to blank paper and then hold it and a preprinted form to the light to determine if data fits into the appropriate boxes If data does not align refer to Alignment Adjustments below If selecting continuous dot matrix as your paper type you are prompted to test alignment after clicking the Print button The Administrator prompts to align forms With your continuous forms in the printer click the Align Forms button Only one record will print regardless of the number of forms selected for print If data does not align manually adjust the form in the printer and again click the Align Forms button When satisfied with alignment click Print Forms See Continuous Printer Troubleshooting There is no need to test alignment when printing to blank paper Alignment Adjustments Alignment adjustments are measured in hundredths of an inch from the default margin For example 0 25 would effect an adjustment of 14 inch Once a margin is adjusted it becomes a default setting for that form type until the margin is adjusted again Top Margin Positive numbers eg 0 25 move the data lower on the page Negative numbers e g 0 25 raise the data higher
334. ms for Print Mail Printing Mail Previously Forms amp Printing gt Print Tax Forms Print via the Print Wizard Via the Service Bureau Takes you to the Printing Mailing Filing screen and Bulk TIN Matching screen where you can begin a new Service Bureau session for Printing amp Mailing or E Delivery Export Forms for Print Mail Export Forms to an ASCII text file for import into other programs Filing My Forms Filing My Forms Task Panel From the Filing My Forms task panel section you can S D Filing My Forms Filing on Paper via 1096 TRS Electronic Filing E Via the Service Bureau File on Paper via 1096 Initiate a Form 1096 print session Reset the print status of Form 1096 Reprint Form 1096 Run a 1096 Filing Session report Electronic Filing Generate Electronic Files for use via the IRS FIRE system Via the Service Bureau Takes you to the Printing Mailing Filing screen and Bulk TIN Matching screen where you can begin a new Service Bureau Filing with the IRS Upload Help amp Extras Help amp Extras Task Panel From the Help amp Extras task panel section visible when you first launch the software you can access Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 The User Interface 23 Help amp Extras Help and Tutorials Correcting Filed Forms D About the Service Bureau A Recipients List C W 9 B Notices Help and Tutorials Takes you to 1099 Pro Central Help Videos Screen Correcting Filed
335. must have a record length of exactly 750 bytes The CARRIAGE RETURN and LINE FEED should follow the record after position 750 in what would be positions 751 amp 752 All data records must be a fixed length of 750 bytes See File Format Illustration Viewing Options Your options for viewing data in a 750 byte record length file are viewing the data in a field by field format or to view it specifically as text See Viewing Options for more information 18 1 Efile States Subset File Wizard E File States Subset File Wizard Just click on the Create State Subset Files button when you go to generate your E File The wizard will walk you through the file generation process As usual you can select all filers or selected filers all Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 162 _1080 Proe 2011 18 1 1 18 1 2 form types or selected form types and all states or selected states All files generated will be in the 750 byte format per Publication 1220 from the IRS unless otherwise noted not all states use the 1220 format 1099 Pro Corporate Suite generates files for the following states which use a format other than that laid out in publication 1220 AL PA NE MD MN NM UT and ID While 1099 Pro makes every effort to keep this information updated it is YOUR responsibility to verify the state s receiving files created through this wizard will accept both the format and the data generated prior to submission State ID Number State ID N
336. n 1972 or later when we began issuing Social Security cards centrally the area number reflects the State as determined by the ZIP code in the mailing address on your application for the number e The middle two digits are the group number They have no special geographic or data significance but merely serve to break the number into conveniently sized blocks for orderly issuance e The last four digits are serial numbers They represent a straight numerical sequence of digits from 0001 9999 within the group Spreadsheets When saving data in Excel use the Save As method to save your file in TXT TAB delimited format not XLS format Sample importfiles in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very helpful These files appear out of alignment when viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look great when viewed from Excel To import TXT TAB delimited files select TAB CR LF and Double Quotes as your delimiters in the Import Wizard State ID Number State ID numbers are assigned by the individual state For example in California the Employer Development Department EDD assigns a state ID number Check with your accountant or attorney to determine your Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eso _1080 Proe 2011 company s state ID number Many companies do NOT have one Status See Form Status T Transmitter T Record Identifies the Transmitter of Electronic file information contained on 4419 forms Tag
337. n a 1099 MISC form See Optional Fields for more information Lookup and Code Translations This section allows you to manage custom codes and texts for tax forms See Manage Custom Codes and Texts for more information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security Scheduler Utility Email Settings This section allows you to manage the e mail address recipients and messages sent by the Scheduler Utility See Scheduler for more information 11 1 Security Overview Security Overview 1099 Pro Security is comprised of 3 components 1 Access Groups Access Groups determine which Program Area s i e reporting security or W9 tracking and Forms Form functionality i e 1099 MISC enter update and view that the 2 User Profiles Auser Profile combines Access Groups Program area and Form Access rights with access to Filer s 3 Users Users are assigned a Username and Password they must be added to a User Profile in order to access the 1099 Pro software The general flow of security in 1099 Pro can be visualized using this diagram Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 11 1 1 Passwords Passwords Passwords can help protect sensitive company data First Time Logon Database amp Program Access The steps in the following section will help you to configure security Access Groups Access Groups determine Program Area i e reporting and Form Access rights i e 1099 MISC ente
338. n error on the part of 1099 Pro for information filed late or in an incorrect format to the IRS SSA Contact the SAS 70 Type Il Service Bureau Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team to book your printing mailing and or electronic filing appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries Phone 866 444 3559 toll free or 818 876 0200 E Mail sb 1099pro com Internet htto Avww 1099pro com M instant price estimates are available online at htto AWwww 1099pro com servPricing asp Click here to learn more about the Service Bureau Upload Process Step 1 Creating an Upload File for Print Mail or E File Step 1 Creating an Upload File SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau If you prefer you may view a tutorial on this process by clicking here and selecting Service Bureau Uploads for your Product Create an Upload File Only records with a printed or pending print status are available for inclusion in an upload file Refer to the Form Counts Report for an overview of all forms and their respective statuses In order for the Service Bureau to submit your upload file to the Combined Federal State Filing Program each filer must have the Combined Federal State Filer checkbox marked PRIOR to creating your upload file To review Filer information see the Browse Filer screen Service Bureau Transfer Wizard To create an upload file 1 On the task panel select the Service Bureau section then click the Printing amp Mailing or IRS
339. n importing for Fixed Length File Types See Import Maps for Fixed Length Files Manage Import Maps Manage Import Maps The Browse Screen for Import Map files lists the type of mapping and the file format used for those maps Additional details are available such as Map Notes and Formatting Details for each map and Notes created during the time you created the map will be displayed in the Map Notes section Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 219 Import Wizard Select the type of data and format to use These options let you choose the contents and format for the file to Import Select the type of tax form to Import 1099 mMISC X then select highlight the import map to use Notes for the selected map Barry 1099 misc 966 Delrttted 10399 MSC Standard keet Map Map by Name Test Character fixed wickh import Octerted 2005 1099 MISC Defaut Map map currently transactional they Ai imports require a map that describes the fie Ackilupdate 1099 MISC Import maps Click on Add to create your own man if needed E x coos 2 ve To Add a New Map e From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the Import Forms link in the Task Panel bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities at the top then click Run the Import Wizard e Click on Add update Mapped Imports e To add a new map click the Add button on this screen and follow the steps in the wizard after choosing your map typ
340. n original form with the Corrected box checked and it will probably be rejected To enter a message or force an X to be printed 1 The Special Options for this run only tab allows you to specify an optional message to be printed on all Recipient copies for the print run For your convenience 1099 Pro provides a number of built in messages such as Re issued Form Revised and Re Issued Corrected and Re issued Replacement Copy Duplicate copy per request 2 You mayalso force an X to be printed in the corrected box for the forms by placing a check mark in this option For the few recipient copies that have a VOID box on them most forms don t you can force an X to be printed in that box as well Reminder Printing an X in the Corrected or Void boxes is purely visual Checking these boxes does NOT create a valid correction or VOID a form These special options apply to the current print run only If you need to use them for more than one print run you must set them again each time Inserting a Custom Print Message Inserting a Custom Print Message Why would I want to do this This is an optional task that allows you to notify your recipients with a custom message such as Revised amp Re Issued or Corrected and Re Issued on the form This way they have some indication of what was done whether it was a correction to a SSN number for example or a confirmation of an address change To
341. n that machine M You should always keep your 1099 Pro up to date to ensure that you have the latest features and fixes for any reported issues Hosted Solutions CS version only Hosted Solutions Corporate Suite version only Hosted Solutions Both Full Service amp Limited Service hosting is available for 1099 Pro software thru ATSG All hosting solutions include the application running at ATSG s secure facillities and your users access to the software via secure Internet connections See the diagram below which shows the relationship in how data is shared between both your company and our hosting provider ATSG Your Company Hosting Service Mainframe Private Transmit Payment Frame Relay Data via FTP Software H Filing Functions you can perform with Print corrected replacement the IRS Statements and forms Create and print reports Real time data inquiry updates Full Service includes ATSG all aspects including Importing error reports Federal amp State Filings Corrections ATSG s is the premier hosting solution with extensive experience in the Insurance Banking Oil amp Gas and Financial Industries For more information visit our site at www 1099pro com servHosting asp or contact Hosting Services 1099 Pro Inc 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 115 Calabasas CA 91302 Tel S66 444 3559 Fax 818 876 0202 E Mail
342. n the process on 8 05 2010 kl Start Time e g 18 00 14 47 Job Dependency zy To create a job dependency select a job that must complete prior for this process to take place This Scheduled Job will start AFTER the selected job is completed Note you can only have one job dependency however jobs may be chained Loo E Es Select Dependency Clear Dependency 3 Select Job Frequency Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run Please see Job Frequency Detail for more in depth information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 so 1099 Pro 2011 Keel st neduled J zara Define the frequency of this Process Note different frequencies will bring up different options Set the Job Frequency Frequency ofthis process Weekly Monthly One Time Only 4 Import Load and Post Parameters Here you will define Import Load Parameters and Post Parameters this will allow you define the criteria for loading and posting a record Please see the Import section if you need assistance creating an import map Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 311 Import Load and Post Parameters This parameters will be used during the scheduled import process Import Load Parameters Import Post Parameters Warnings Options LA Change Delete 5 After defining your Load and Post Parameters your job is now ready to run 30 2 1 2 Report Job Adding a Report Job 1 Choose Repo
343. n the records in error not the entire original submission If you are sending a 1042 S file you would click on Amended File Otherwise click on Correction File 1 Click on Correction file 2 You will be prompted to enter the PIN you created in step 7 of this tutorial Once you have done this click Submit 3 You will now need to click on Browse and locate the file that you created using the 1099 Pro software Once you have located the file you will need to click on the Upload button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 174 1099 Pro 2011 e Test File This option is used to test your files for the upcoming tax year 1 Click on the Test File link 2 Click on Browse and locate the test file that you created using the 1099 Pro software Once you have done this click on the Upload button Note Test dates are as follows Form 1042 S 11 1 2 15 Form 8027 11 1 2 15 All Others 11 1 2 15 Note If you are submitting a correction file you will have to select the Test file option in the 1099 Pro software during the E File generation process Once you are done with uploading any electronic files to us click on Logout to complete your upload session Log Off the FIRE System Thank you for using the FIRE system Please close your browser at this time The account information you entered remains in your web browser s cache until you close the browser Close Web Browser 18 7 E
344. n the wizard If you wish to go back to a previous can press the Back button at any time Now you will see the Limit Log Records for this E File Log Report screen this will allow you to choose what information is included in your E File Log Report e One or more filers By Pcode This option will generate the report of one or more filers and you will be given the option to choose the filers by Pcode e One or more filers By EIN This option will generate a report that will include filers that you have chosen by their EIN e One or more FormTypes This option will allow you to generate a report with all filers that have a specific form type e One or more Session ID s This option will allow you to generate a report that will include information from all session id s that you choose Note You will also have the option to Group and generate additional subtotals by EIN this option can be especially useful for tallying up a employees information by employer This is an example of the preferences for the report options Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 Limit mit tog records for this Mag LogR Report These options let you choose which log records will be included in the report Select the report option for this report D Choosing one of the following options will determine how your report is processed All Mag Sessions for One or more Filers By PCode Filters the report tor only selected PCode s O One
345. nate Printing Tutorial Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Tutorial This tutorial will guide you through the process of printing on pressure seal forms and alternate printing methods Note This tutorial assumes that you have completed entering tax forms into the software and are ready to print Note If your Forms amp Printing box has been minimized I E E1 simply click the drop down icon on the right hand of the box I E E2 and proceed with the tutorial I E E1 I E E2 1 To begin select Print Tax Forms from the Forms amp Printing box I E 1A 1 A Forms amp Printing E Browse Enter amp Edk Gi Print Tax Forms E Fom Totats Reports o More IRS Forms amp Info 2 You have several options to choose from at this point I E 2 A Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Pressure Seal Forms 277 e ALL Pending forms for the CURRENT filer This option will include pending forms for the current filer e Manually select forms for the CURRENT filer This option will allow you to select forms for the filer that you currently have selected e ALL Pending forms for ALL Filers This option will automatically select ALL pending forms for ALL Filers e ALL Pending forms for SELECTED Fiers This option will select all pending forms for the Filers that you select 2 A Begin Printing IRS Approved 1099 MISC Tax Forms Please choose the method to be used for selecting the 1099 MISC forms to print O ALL P
346. ncing Report CD 12 21 2011 12 21 2011 14 14 29 XLS Cutoff Date Date that the report was created To access the form via the internet please click here Form Counts Form Counts This report generates a listing of all forms sorted by filer detailed by printstatus This reportis very useful for tracking the status of your forms and determining if records contain any errors or warnings To generate report 1 Atthe menu bar click Reports and Form Counts 2 Click Yes to preview the report Forms Issued By Filer Forms Issued by Filer The Summary of Forms Issued by Filer provides detailed recipient information for all forms issued by the Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 selected filer s Torun a report 1 From the menu bar click Reports and Forms Issued by Filer 2 Click Yes to preview the report 3 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen click the Tag button to select filers Ared checkmark appears beside each tagged filer To sort filers prior to tagging use the View drop menu Review Tag Key Shortcuts 4 After tagging appropriate filers click Proceed to run the summary 29 6 Import Map Reports Import Map Reports The Import Map reportis an invaluable tool for reviewing import maps To View a Map Report 1 From the main screen in 1099 Pro click on the Import Forms link in the navigation bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities at the top then click Run the Import Wizard 2 Click on Use Standa
347. ncorrect field on the Input Field and the information is removed Then drag the correct field from the Available Input Field to the Input Field For more information see the Import Wizard and Map By Name topics 24 1 8 Map by Name Map by Name Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 232 1099 Pro 2011 24 1 9 To perform manual Map By Name 1 Atthe Map the import Fields Columns to your area of the Delimited Import Map Wizard use the Drag amp Drop method to map fields Drag the Combined City St Zip Available Input Field to the Combined City StZip Input Field Do not drag it to the individual City State and Zip fields Performed correctly Combined City St Zip appears at each of the individual City State and Zip fields The parentheses indicate a successful mapping Drag the Address Delivery St available Input Field to the Address Delivery St Input Field Then drag the Address AptGuite available Input Field to the Address Apt Suite Input Field Performed correctly Address Delivery St appears at the Address Delivery St Input Field only The plus sign indicates Address Lines 1 amp 2 have merged for a successful mapping Drag all other fields as normal Header Records Sample import files utilize header records for an easy Map By Name import Header records describe a field of data For example row 1 of the 1099MISC TAB sample import file is composed entirely of header records i e Recipient TIN Last name Company Firstname and so on
348. nd Security 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers crctange tose exter Optional Fields es 1099 MISC Amount Box I Allow use of 1099 MISC extra amount box Enter a tite for tre box WZ Apply Now EX Changing a Form 1099 MISC Record 9595 O voo CORRECTED PAYER S name sires address city state ZIP oode andi dephone no 1099 Pro Ine 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 Calabasas CA 91302 Kl Other income Federal income tax withheld 888 776 1099 t AP A PAYERS Federal Mertitication number RECIPIENTS identification number 6 Fishing boat proceads i Medcal S heakh care payments 97 1234567 5514 12 4544 Recipient s ackiress View mode click for Edt mode ian ee of diwidends or interest Ze A en 5 000 of more of consumir Products to buyer VE gt krenke gt 7 ee 123 Main Street Bell CA 90201 Sec number see instructions 2nd TIN a Excess golden parachute B oe Gross eleng paidto e nee an attorney ee ot EE z ie in Test Line 2 Processing Restrictions Special Print Codes r Optional Grouping Filtering fields x T NO Printsi Oa H swe Sst S See _ LES Ki Oc m T NO Merge dee amp Select codes ces 11 10 Create and Manage Custom Codes CS Version only Create and Manage Custom Codes Corporate Suite Only All tax forms now contain a Custom Code 1 and Custom Code 2 Thes
349. nd function names Contains a list of logical expressions to be applied to the query A logical expression consists of a field operator and value PS SP ta Sd SP OT to the user Contains the list of operators available Validate This button will compile and determine if the current expression has been constructed properly Clear Removes the contents of the current expression from the expression builder main screen Insert Inserts the currently highlighted Data and function name into the Expression Builder Window Ok Executes the Validate feature to check the validity of the expression and saves your expression Cancel Closes the expression builder and returns you to the Query Wizard Field Selection screen e Once you have saved your expression you can select it form the Current Query drop down menu at any time Custom Query Wizard Custom Query Wizard To define a custom query using the Query Wizard follow the steps below The Query Wizard allows custom access to your data via an intuitive wizard driven interface AU users can quickly create and save customized queries and then re use those queries 1 Select the drop down menu for Current Query and select Custom Query from the list Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 288 1099 Pro 2011 2 Atthe Query wizard screen select a field from the list below i e Recipient State or Province and click next Note please view the linked popup for additional informati
350. nd or Fixes 1099 Pro is easier than ever to use Simpler menus and more help are just the beginning 1099 Pro Central Important information right at your fingertips Tell Me More New Task Based Tool Bar Layout Tell Me More New Form 1099 K for Merchant and Third Party Payments has been released for 2011 but is still in DRAFT The final version will be included in a future 1099 Pro update once it has been finalized e 2011 Form Changes and Rule Updates 1099 B and 1099 R have been revised with new and renumbered boxes e The IRS SSN masking program on Recipient copies of 1098 1099 and 5498 series forms has been extended through 2012 Masking can reduce potential exposure of personal information on your mailings 1098 C is now excluded from the program See TIN Masking for more details e Import of Excel files through the import wizard with no conversion needed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a 1098 Pro0 201 2 1 Ability to Import and Export Maps Great for distributing maps to specific users Bulk TIN Matching Through the 1099 Pro Service Bureau Tell Me More Recipient Email Address All forms and recipient records have a new optional field available for import manual entry and export called Recipient Email This optional field does not get reported to the IRS or printed on the recipients statement It can be used for optional web delivery and or web presentment of tax forms to recipients Take me back to Ge
351. ndon etc but there are still more records left Completed All logs either posted abandoned or reset Nothing left to do Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 234 1099 Pro 2011 Discarded All logs abandoned or reset All Reset All logs were posted then reset Individual Logs one per Filer can have the following values Loaded Nothing has been done to the records other than the initial load Updated At least one of the records in import hold has been opened and saved e g changes were possibly made Re applying validation etc will also trigger this status Partial Some records were posted some are still left Imported All records were posted processing completed Imp Disc Some records were posted the rest were abandoned so processing still completed Abandoned All records for the log were abandoned none imported Reset Void A completed import was reset removing the posted records from the database Records only removed if their status has not changed since they were posted Records that have had their status upgraded e g Pending to Printed or Filed are NOT removed 24 2 Converting From Excel Formats Converting From Excel Formats Excel Spreadsheet Files When saving data in Excel use the Save As method to save your file in TXT TAB delimited format not XLS format Sample importfiles in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very helpful These files appear out of alignment when
352. nds activate the printer features Be design HP provided four general types of HP printer language commands Control codes PCL commands HP GL 2 commands and PJL commands A control code is a character that initiates a printer function for example Carriage Return CR Line Feed LF Form Feed FF etc Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 2a 1080 Proe 2011 26 10 26 11 PCL commands provide access to the printer s PCL control structure The PCL structure controls all of the printer s features except those used for vector graphics which are controlled by the HP GL 2 commands PCL commands other than single character control codes are also referred to as escape sequences That design provided very easy use from high level programming languages and in reality made the PCL the industry standard The terms are used interchangeably Once a PCL command sets a feature of the printer that feature remains set until that PCL command is repeated with a new value or the printer is reset to default In other words you turn on the feature and then turn it off HP GL 2 vector graphic commands are two letter codes that represent the function of the command such as IN for initialize After the two letter mnemonic there may be one or more parameters that identify details of how to process the command HP made great efforts to yield an ease on selecting feature and capabilities in the PCL designs and procedures That ease rewarded HP with the popul
353. neral Options tab and the Preferences icon Preferences allow you to make changes to general settings which affect how the software functions globally Kaf Queries The Query Wizard allows custom access to your data via an intuitive wizard driven interface All users can quickly create and save customized queries and then re use those queries R Recipients The receiver of a 1099 tax form Reports Reports are very useful for tracking the status of your forms and determining if records contain any errors or warnings 1099 Pro offers 3 main reports to choose from Form Control Total Forms issued by Filer and Form Counts Restore The 1099 Pro Backup Wizard automatically copies all data files and compresses them into a WinZip format You can use the program WinZip to restore your data to a location on your hard drive Rights Groups Activity Groups are used to allow or deny users from performing various activities within the system Examples may be rights to View tax forms or rights to Import Export tax form data Activity Groups assigned to users cause these users to inherit the rights assigned to the Group Activity Groups consist of two types Built in Groups Denoted by the blue green color Custom Groups that you create Note Built in Groups cannot be deleted or changed other than just adding or removing members Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 pen 7 Roll Forward During installation the wizard automatically looks fo
354. ng Program 1099 Pro Enterprise 1099 Pro Corporate Suite Customers Only Note This is not required if you are using 1099 Pro s SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau to submit your records electronically to the IRS The Combined Federal State Filing Program is open to electronic filers First time participants in this program must 1 Obtain a Transmitter Control Code TCC if you do not already have one using form 4419 2 Submita testfile to the IRS Test files may be generated via the Electronic Wizard Hard copy print tests are no longer acceptable Electronic test files may be submitted between November 1 2011 and February 15 2012 Atest file should consist of at least 11 total records for recipients from any of the states participating in the Program e Internal Revenue Service Enterprise Computing Center Martinsburg Formerly Martinsburg Computing Center Information Reporting Program 230 Murall Drive Kearneysville WV 25430 Participating States Participating states include AL AR AZ CA CO CT DC DE GA HI IA ID IN KS LA MA MD ME MN MO MS MT NC ND NE NJ NM OH SC UT VA and WI Forms NOT Included In Program The following informational returns MAY NOT be filed under this program 1098 E 1098 T 1098 MORT 1099 A 1099 B 1099 C 1099 LTC 1099 SA 1099 S 5498 SA and W2 G Forms INCLUDED in the program The following information returns may be filed under the Combined Federal State Filing Program 1099
355. nge of 90001 thru 90650 because your intention is to filter these forms and narrow them down to a specific county geographically within a large town or county The Form Session Limits Filter will make this possible 26 2 1 Enabling Form Limits Filter Enabling Form Limits Filter To enable the Form Session Limits Filter 1 Atthe Enter Update and View Screen where you can browse forms click the Forms amp Printing section on the task panel to the left side of the screen 2 Click the Print Tax Forms icon The software displays the Printing Tax Forms Screen where you can choose a printing method based on the criteria of your current selected form Your criteria selections are listed as Begin printing IRS approved i e 1099 MISC tax forms ALL Pending Forms for the current filer ALL Pending Forms for all filers Manually select forms for the current filers ALL Pending forms for Selected filers 3 Puta check mark in the box next to the description Show me the optional extra filters for limiting the number of records that will be selected 4 Click the Begin Print Process button to execute the command 26 3 PDF File Generation Overview PDF File Generation Overview What is a PDF file PDF stands for Portable Document Format It s a distribution format developed by the Adobe Corporation to allow electronic information to be transferred between various types of computers The software which allows this transfer is called Acrobat
356. nic File queries etc Tutorials simplify the 1099 Pro learning curve try one at http AWwww 1099pro com Online Knowledge Base Provides a searchable database of over 200 solutions for all 1099 Pro Inc software products Access the Knowledge Base at htto www 1099pro com P Passwords The Logon screen requires you to enter a new password Passwords must be 3 8 characters should not be case sensitive and you cannot use the word new Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1080 Proe 2011 Payer Codes A Payer code is an alphanumeric shorthand used to identify a Payer Filer in the system You might set up several Filers with the same TIN in the system and the Payer Code is an easy way to identify the business area you are dealing with For example a Payer Code of BOD where reporting for the Board of Directors takes place Typically security and or the return address would be different for each Payer Code Additionally in an import file with recipient tax form data for more than one Payer Filer Payer codes can be used to define which Payers Filers the recipient tax form data should be posted to Corporate Suite Only The software will automatically assign Payer Codes if you do not Penalties See Errors and Warnings Pending These forms were inputted or imported Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted Preferences At the menu bar click File and Program Preferences or on the toolbar select the Ge
357. nt Wizard pauses before printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer For use with Copy A B C amp or 1096 Forms are perforated with each required copy preprinted with the necessary information Copy Ain red drop out ink Copy B in black etc Saves toner and time Pressure Seal Forms Pressure Seal Forms Support To meet the needs of customers who are printing out high volumes of 1099 and W2 forms 1099 Pro Inc has added the ability to print to pressure seal forms in our 1099 Pro amp W2 Pro Professional and Enterprise products Several different formats of pressure seal forms are available from 1099 Pro Inc Our W2 Pro 1099 Professional and Enterprise software will be able to print on any of those forms and if there is a pressure seal form which you would prefer to use that is not already a listed printing option in the software contact our Service Bureau and we ll customize the software to accommodate you and your choice of form s Trouble Shooting Customers may experience issues when attempting to print on the large 8 5 x 14 pressure seal forms If the printer software is not configured correctly during the print process after selecting pressure seal forms any 8 5 x 14 form either preprinted or blank you will find that it appears that the printer is squashing the graphics and text The reason The default setting for most printers is 8 5 x 11 letter paper In order for the text and graphics to a
358. nt Options 246 Aggregate 235 Aggregating forms on a spreadsheet 235 Aggregation 55 56 235 Aggregation Rules 122 Alias 210 Alignment Issues with text in tax forms 206 alternate 107 273 Alternate Print Layout 107 Appearance 206 Application for Extension to File Returns 197 ASP 107 Assign Filed 1096 Status 51 Assigning a Printed Status 256 ATSG 114 Audit 356 Audit Trail Browser 127 Auditing 356 AuditTrails 125 Authorization Code 18 Automatic 70 302 303 B B Notices 337 B Record 184 ze 1080 Proe 2011 Backup Data 90 Backup Wizard 90 Begin W 9 Request Wizard 337 Blank 273 330 Blank Copier Paper 330 Blank Laser Perforated 330 Blank Laser Perforated Stock 330 blank stock 273 Blue Book 151 Browse 28 Browse Filers 29 Browse IRS Forms 132 Browse Map List 218 Browse Notes 136 Browse Recipients 35 Browse Records 133 Browse W 9 Batch Requests 339 Browse WO Request Main Screen 338 Browse Enter amp Edit 28 Browsing amp Working with Entry Forms 53 Browsing by Form 137 Bulk 153 323 Bulk TIN matching 324 How to 158 324 Bulk TIN Overview 153 323 Bulk TIN via SB 324 Business 93 Business Rules 93 C C Record 184 Capitalization 137 Cascading Changes 138 Category 257 CFSF 164 CFSFP 164 Change a Filer 31 Change a Recipient 39 Change a Record 133 138 Changes Revisions to a Tax Form 269 Character Spaces 257 Characters 257 Check for Updates 113 Chicago Seminar 44 City Names 142 Column
359. nt Tax Forms icon Use the Current Form drop menu to select the form type to process 2 Atthe Completed Print Session List highlight a print session and click the Reprint Session button 3 Atthe Print Options screen select the paper type Preprinted forms Blank stock or Continuous forms If selecting pre printed forms adjust margin alignment as necessary 4 Indicate your preview preference Ask me before processing each copy default Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me No send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them 5 Select the sort order to print forms this field is ghosted if the print session contains only one record By Last Name Company Name default By TIN By Zip Code use to pre sort mailings for the post office By State Abbreviation 6 Enter an optional message to printin the upper right corner of the form s 7 When satisfied with all entries click the Print Now button Click Close to exit this screen Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 269 M To reprint an individual record as opposed to an entire print session see Reprint a Record 26 16 Reprint Records Reprint Records 1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint an individual record from a print session To reprint a single record 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight any record with a Printed or 1096 Filed print status Click the Change button 2 Atthe Protected Form Update Options screen click the
360. nt allowed by applicable law even if any remedy fails its essential purpose The terms of Section 9 below Exclusion of Incidental Consequential and Certain Other Damages are also incorporated into this Limited Warranty Some states jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights You may have others which vary from state juris diction to state jurisdiction YOUR EXCLUSIVE REMEDY eFile Viewer s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at eFile Viewer s option from time to time exercised subject to applicable law a return of the price paid if any for the Software or b repair or replacement of the Software that does not meet this Limited Warranty and that is returned to eFile Viewer with a copy of your receipt You will receive the remedy elected by eFile Viewer without charge except that you are responsible for any expenses you may incur e g cost of shipping the Software to eFileViewer This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Software has resulted from accident abuse misapplication abnormal use ora virus Any replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer Outside the United States or Canada neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by e
361. ntaining all employer identification numbers EINs issued by the IRS Then they compare the name control on the payee document if provided to the name control on file If a name control is not provided or is provided incorrectly they develop it from the name s provided on the first two name lines of the information return If they can match a developed name control to the name control in our records they consider it to be correct If no match is found using this process they consider your name TIN combination to be incorrect Name Controls A name control consists of up to four characters To help ensure that the name TIN combination for an account matches the name TIN combination on SSA or IRS files use the following information when you open an account for a payee Individuals The IRS develops name control for an individual from the last name on the return For example Ralph Teak Dorothy Willow Joe McCedar For an individual that has a hyphenated last name they develop the name control from the first of the two last names For example Brandy Cedar Hawthorn Victoria Windsor Maple For Joint Names Regardless of whether the payees use the same or different last names they develop the name control from the primary payee s last name For example Joseph Ash amp Linda Birch Edward amp Joan Maple Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile Sole Proprietors The IRSs generally develop the name control for a sole propr
362. o Blank Stock Alignment adjustments can be made when printing to blank stock After choosing blank stock you can select Advanced Print Options at the Ready to Print summary screen Pre Printed Forms Address Alignment The Print Wizard offers the opportunity to print a test alignment and adjust margins accordingly prior to printing your forms A test alignment to a blank sheet of paper is a smart way to minimize form waste See Troubleshooting Margin Alignments PCL Printing z Please contact Technical Support for more information about this feature See High speed PCL printing is designed for printing thousands of forms Reprint Records 1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint an individual record from a print session See Reprinting Records for more information Reprint Print Sessions Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 25 1099 Pro makes it easy to reprint a print session See Reprinting Print Sessions for more information Reset Print Sessions Only print sessions with a printed status may be reset Resetting a session will reset ALL records to pending status To reset an individual record see Print Status See Reset Print Sessions for more information Printing IRS Instructions Sheets Your 1099 Pro installation includes many useful IRS SSA forms and instructions Additionally users with an active internet connection can access current versions of these and other files directly from the IRS SSA websites See P
363. o Pro99T11 1042 S Pro Professional C 1099 Pro Pr42ST11 W 2 Pro Professional C 1099 Pro ProW 2T11 User s of eFileViewer with a registration code that are not using a 1099 Pro product may place the program ina directory of their completion You will need to enter your registration code before any program options are available to you Registration Please contact 1099 Pro to register this product and unlock export functionality 1099 Pro Support may be reached at 888 766 1099 License Agreement eFileViewer Tax Year 2011 END USER LICENS E AGREEMENT FOR eFile Viewer SOFTWARE IMPORTANT READ CAREFULLY This End User License Agreement EULA applies to all versions of eFile Viewer Software including but not limited to Demo Demonstration Free Single Client Server Network and Multiuser versions of eFile Viewer Software This End User License Agreement EULA is a legal agreement between you either an individual person ora single legal entity who will be referred to in this EULA as You and the Licensor for the eFile Viewer software technology that displays this EULA including any associated media printed materials and electronic Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1080 Proe 2011 documentation the Software The Software also includes any software updates add on components web services and or supplements that the Licensor may provide to You or make available to You after the date You obtain Your initial copy of the Softwa
364. o Rico forms for Individuals e Select Puerto Rico 480 6B Individuals to print 1099 Misc Copy B Puerto Rico forms for Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 255 Individuals 2 Click Select 3 When you are done selecting the type of form you want to print click Print Now Note Since there are multiple pages required for a Puerto Rico printout 4 pages per recipient it is recommended that you put the printer in duplex mode before printing Currently address information is spaced to fit into an 8888 1 envelope If needed 1099 Pro can create a template for the address information to be displayed properly with other envelopes 2 Select 1099 MISC Pressure Seal Format X Vendor Paper Format Print Style Form Order Number Form Description Moore Wallace 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Preprinted Mw 353 Pressure Seal Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Moore Wallace 8172 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold Blank N11EZ Pressure Seal Copy B Instructions Moore Wallace 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z Fold Blank N11Z Pressure Seal Copy B Instructions Moore Wallace 81 2 x 11 Duplex C Fold Blank N11C Pressure Seal Copies 2 B Instructions Nelco 81 2 x 11 Single Sided 2 fold Blank LMISCPSB Press Seal Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Relyco 8172 x 11 Single Sided Z fold Preprinted PS353 Pressure Seal Copies 2 B with Preprinted Instructions Std Register 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Max 4 Filer Lines Preprinte
365. o be used with Tax Forms Note These restrictive actions are allowed by default Enabling them to disallow use Restrict Do Not Print option Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the Do not print boxin the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software Restrict Do Not File option Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the Do Not File boxin the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software Restrict Do Not Merge option Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to check the Do Not Merge box in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software Restrict User Hold option Checking this box will disable a representatives ability to click the Hold button on Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F100 Lummpen 2011 11 3 3 6 a form in the ASP interface and Corporate Suite software Specify the max number of records that will be return by Search engine in ASP In this area you can determine how man records will be returned when a search is initiated using the Form lookup utility within the ASP interface limiting this number can significantly reduce the amount of time that is used to search the database when a search criteria that is vague is used Note If no number is set it will default to returning 100 records RCP Options RCP Recipient Options This area will allow you what rules apply to recipient information as it is entered into the system manually or if it is
366. o to access the scheduler This opens the Browse Scheduled Jobs screen Here you will be able to Add Change or Delete jobs as well as view any reports associated with these jobs Browse scheduled obs Scheduled Jobs Tax Year Status Type Start Date Time _ Next Date Time 1099 5 Import 1 Sched1 2008 2008 Enabled Import 8 28 2009 14 45 1099 5 Import 2 Sched1 2009 2009 Enabled Import 8 28 2009 14 46 1099 INT Transactional 2008 Enabled Import 903 2009 16 14 10 42 2009 16 14 3922 Balancing Report 2009 Enabled Report 9 25 2009 15 17 945 report for ptin 1401 2009 Enabled Report 10 07 2009 1 30 11 05 2009 1 30 Balance Report 2009 Disabled Report 9 24 2009 4 08 10 07 2009 4 08 BH 08 1098 import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 4 scheduled import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 CAP Import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 1099 Misc trans import 2008 Enabled Import 9 02 2009 17 14 1042 2009 17 14 BH 08 1099 R scheduled transactional impa 2008 Disabled Import 940 2009 8 35 9 24 2009 8 35 BH 08 1099 5 Scheduled Import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 5498 ESA import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 BH 08 scheduled Quarterly WW 2 import 2008 Disabled Import 9 02 2009 7 40 9 24 2009 7 40 H Hl Adc La Change mm D
367. of your print code You will see this when tagging the rules that will apply to your print job e The message to be printed or the field you wish to duplicate Define a custom message or replicate Account Number or Filer Department fields Define the position of your print code on the form This will define where your custom message will be printed on the tax form Once you are done The filers you wish to have access to the selected print code Define which Filers should have access to your print code e There are two methods for selecting which filers have access to your print code If you wish to grant all filers access to your print code simply place a check in the All Filers check box on the bottom left corner e You can also manually select which filers have access to your print code by clicking on the Select tag Specific Filers button Clicking on this button will display the Browse the Filers File window which will display a complete list of all Filers currently in your system e To select a filer click on it it will be highlighted afterward and then click on the Tag button You can also search for a specific PCode by typing it in the Search PCode box at Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 110 1099 Pro 2011 the top left corner To change the sort order of the Filers list click on the drop down menu labled Current View at the top right corner You can sort the Filers list by PTIN Filer TIN or Company Last Name x Step
368. oftware Even if no errors are identified by this software your submission could be returned or you could be penalized because of other errors Feedback If you come across a situation that you feel should generate an Error or Warning in the software please feel free to discuss the situation including the form type data set and IRS regulations by E Mailing Compliance at compliance 1099pro com 16 1 Filing Problems Filing Problems Users may scan their records for errors and warnings prior to generating a electronic file or Service Bureau upload file If errors or warnings are found in electronic files users may choose whether or not to process those records For uploads all records are processed no matter what the scan is just a last chance informational check Processing Records with Errors Warnings Errors and Warnings typically indicate missing or incorrect information Missing SSN s Ne ENG and State Fields will typically be a warning An incorrect Zip Code for example would generate an error Typically the IRS will accept uploads with errors and warnings but a high percentage of missing TIN s or other errors or warnings can cause the IRS to reject your file and or result in penalties Users are encouraged to make every effort to fix missing or invalid data but if they are unable to do so file the records anyway A good way to identify errors and warnings is to click on Reports from the main menu select Extended Reports and then l
369. om 2 Fillin the prompts using Login ID 1099upload Password 2004 3 Click the LOGIN button ten click UPLOAD at the lower left of the screen 4 Browse to your upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location select it and then click UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau 5 SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork Method C Sending your file on a disk via FedEx UPS USPS erc 1 Copy the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location to a CD ROM preferred or floppy dek 2 Package the disk SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer not a plain envelope 3 Mail the package to the address listed below Use FedExor similar to ensure fast secure package delivery 1099 Pro Inc Attn Electronic Upload Dept 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 Calabasas CA91302 Note Mailing in a CD ROM or Floppy Disk is strongly discouraged due to potential damage or delays in mailing Note Do NOT modify the name of your upload file as it is used to identify you 31 5 Reset Void Service Bureau Upload Reset Void Service Bureau Upload Resetting an upload session voids deletes the entire upload session All forms automatically revert to their pre upload status To reset session 1 On the task panel select the Service Bureau section and the Printing amp Mailing icon 2 Atthe Completed Service Bu
370. om Messages de Busness Form Specific Rules and Settings Rues Q Reporting Threshoids Options Fields an Combining Tax Forme 4 The Browse Custom Print Codes window displays all of your current print codes as well as a brief summary of a selected print code e To add a print code click on the Add button e To change an existing print code select it and click on the Change button e To delete a print code select it form the list and then click on the Delete button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security Create and Manage Custom Print Codes Print codes bigger special actions or messages when printing tax forms for your recipients Select Forms to Display fall forms D Print Policy above a c Detail for selected Code Taxable Income Pirton Copier R j Alabama Defined Benefit Plan Message Placement Horizontal 1 100 Print account above name Vertical 2 600 Plain Text Rabbi Housing Allowance n Plain Text addtl Retirement Pmt to Fed Emp Font Arial Size 10 Duplicate Acct test Message text Plain Text test by ray is the Housing Allowance amount Filers using the selected Code _Payer Code Name A Adi Ja Change e Delete Close 2 Heb 5 When adding or changing a print code you will be required to define the following information e Message Form type The form type that this print code will be used for A message description A short description
371. om this screen you can Add Change Delete Print Total as well as perform Group Actions with your forms e Current Sort View Order Current Sort Order or Views available to 1099Pro customers allow for sorting by certain criteria They are Last Name or Company by TIN or you have the ability to create custom views by selecting from available views in one window and displaying these views in the Enter Update amp View screen See Current Sort View Order for further details There are two ways to search for a form one from the keyboard depending on your sort order and one by using your mouse e Current Query Filter By default all forms for the form type selected are displayed You can choose to display a subset of the current form type by clicking on Current Query drop down and use an alternate pre canned query e g Filed Corrections Only or create your own custom query e g Tax State CA Corrected forms only Note that the Status of a form can be used to create powerful queries to limit the records displayed For example if you had Printed a batch of forms and then you imported a 2nd batch you might want to limit the forms displayed to those with a Status of Pending which would exclude all form with a Statuses of Printed Filed Add a Record 1099 Pro adding of records is limited to the current transaction limit of the version of 1099 software you re using These transactions can range anywhere from 5 K transaction up to
372. omplete click Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 next to continue Note It is recommended that only one state be selected at a time Specify the file type and transmission medium 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Specify the file type and transmission medium Here is where you indicate the type of fie to generate and how you are filing it Type Of Quarterly file s being created Your choice here determines the date range Original Forms are processed for Original Select the Quarter to process Select the form type to process Quarter 1 Jan 1 to Mar 31 C Only Filed Uploaded forms C Quarter 2 Apr 1 to Jun 30 Only Pending Printed forms C Quarter 3 Jul 1 to Sep 30 ALL forms C Quarter 4 Oct 1 to Dec 31 C Yearly Jan 1 to Dec 31 Includes al forms please read the warnings above regarding Pending Printed forms 10 On this screen you will be asked what quarter you wish to generate a report for e Quarter 1 Jan 1st to Mar 31st e Quarter 2 Apr 1stto Jun 30th e Quarter 3 Jul 1stto Sep 30th e Quarter 4 Oct 1stto Dec 31st e Yearly Jan 1stto Dec 31st Note This applies to New York only 11 You will also be given the option to select which form types to process e Only Filed Uploaded forms This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report showing completed reports so that work is not duplicated e Only Pending Printed forms This option is useful if you only wish
373. on on the values for the fields Form Status Voided Correction Type amp Error Status values 3 Atthe Operation Selection screen select the operator i e is Equal To and click Next 4 Atthe value entry screen determine the value which will be used to complete the expression i e Select Constant Value and in the Recipient State or Province is Equal To field type in the letters CA for the state of California As an option you may process the query using Compare Using Case Sensitive Matching by placing a check in the box below Click Next 5 Click Finish to save your changes and run the query At this finish screen you may add any additional selection criteria as needed You can select the Change button to change your current query or you can select the Delete button to delete the current query and begin a new query After clicking finish you are prompted to save the query you created Click Yes to save and type a query name or click No to bypass saving a query name and display the results of the current query 28 3 Selecta User Select a User The Select a User screen displays all users Use to select an individual user for querying or reporting purposes 29 Reports Reports See Control Totals Reports for more information Also See Form Counts and Forms Issued by Filers Troubleshooting If while printing from the Report Filter and Forms Selection Options section you come across Example Reports won t
374. on the page Left Margin Positive numbers eg 0 25 move the data to the right Negative numbers e g 0 25 move the data to the left v Review Margin Limitations Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ase 1080 Proe 2011 26 9 PCL Printing PCL Printing z Please contact Technical Support for more information about this feature High speed PCL printing is designed for printing thousands of forms In order to provide an efficient and effective way to control printer features across many different printing devices HP created PCL PCL was originally conceived and devised for HP s dot matrix and Inkjet printers The first printer in HP s LaserJet series the HP LaserJet was released in 1984 with the PCL 3 version of the language PCL commands are compact escape sequence codes that are embedded in the print job before being sent to the printer Issuance of the sequence was relatively easy from any high level language or from assembler HP PCL formatters and fonts were designed to quickly translate application output into high quality device specific raster print images The PCL printer language is common to virtually all HP printers but not universal and not always backward compatible This conceptual thinking enabled HP to minimize printer support problems and protect HP printer investment in applications and printer driver software It is why the HP laser printers quickly became the industry standard The PCL printer language is succe
375. one of the past two tax years the application will not be available to you at this time Click here to learn how to use Bulk TIN Matching Business Rules Business Rules are formulated in conjunction with the compliance experts from IRS Compliance to check that data being processed in 1099 Pro s software does not contain common formatting errors form specific errors is valid for State and Federal filing and can be used to separate records with different levels of issues for processing ore C Record Contains the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for each payer and or particular type of return CFSF See CFSFP CFSFP The Combined Federal State Filing Program was established to simplify information return filings for taxpayers The CF SF Program allows the IRS to forward electronically filed information returns to participating states free of charge for approved filers thus eliminating separate reporting to those states Continuous Form Feed For use with dot matrix or other impact printers These are multi part forms typically with COPY A in red drop out ink showing on top Your printer must be powerful enough to impact each of the parts If not your data will begin to appear lighter on each subsequent form if at all Available in both carbon and carbonless and mailer formats Control Totals The Control Totals reportis an invaluable tool for reviewing recipient records Information c
376. one sheet of paper gt Did you know that 1099 Pro offers a special 3 up recipient version of Form 1099 MISC Select Blank stock and Combined Print to preview gt Review various ways to safeguard TINs 9 Select a sort order to print forms By Last Name Company Name default By TIN By Zip Code use to pre sort mailings for the post office By State Abbreviation 10 Indicate your preview preference Ask me before processing each copy default Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me No send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them 11 Review print summary and if satisfied click Print to begin printing The Print Wizard pauses before printing each copy to prompt you to load the appropriate form into the printer 12 Indicate if forms are ready to send to the IRS Select I haven t printed my red Copy A yet if you are still printing copies of these records These records have a pending status and are available for edits and further printing Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview 267 Select I have printed and verified my red Copy A forms after printing approving all copies of these records These records are assigned a printed status and are now ready to generate a 1096 transmittal 13 Click Finish to exit the Print Wizard 26 13 View Selected Records View the Records Selected for this Process This screen will give you a preview of the records selected for this print process
377. only be prepared for forms that have a status of Printed To revert the status back to Printed you can click on the File via 1096 paper icon and change the status back to Printed by clicking on the Reset button each 1096 log Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F196 _ 1080 Proe 2011 21 21 1 21 2 E Filed This indicates that a file for the IRS was created and uploaded to the IRS To revert the status back to Pending or Printed you can click on the File via e file or disk icon and change the status back by clicking on the Reset button each E File log SB Print Mail This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and marked with a request for the Service Bureau to print and mail your forms to your recipients SB Filing This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected the Service Bureau to file your forms to the IRS SB Print File This status indicates that an upload file has been generated and you have elected for the Service Bureau to Print amp Mail to your recipients then File your forms to the IRS Corrections Corrections can only be done on a form that has a status of Filed SB Print File SB Filing or E Filed The status of these new forms will include Correction Form Counts The Form Counts Reportis a great way to see the status ofall forms Note 1 an in front of the status means that there may be an error with the form e g itis missing a SSN or a
378. ons CS Version only Bulk TIN Matching ccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeees Create a file manually IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart IRS Missing TIN Flowchart Using Bulk TIN Matching Filing via Efile Efile States Subset File Wizard State ID Number cccseceeseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeesneeeeneeees What can expect from the States Subset File Wizard How do Generate State Subset Combined Federal State Filing Program Federal Thresholds CS Version only FIRE Syste TEE IRS Name Control EEN RRE ENEE E File Wizard aaia a oaeee paeau eebe E File S rt Order anier seran a aaia FIRE upload process Electronic Filing Session Window Reset E File S SSION ccccesseeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees RUC OF 250 cceneececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeeeeseeeenees The Advantage of Filing Electronically eFileViewer Overview Installation and Registration License Agreement eFileViewer Main Screen Viewing Options ssesEREEREEREEREEREEREEEEERREEREEEEESEENEENE Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Contents 9 3 ie ROnmat s giereg deed seess ees ee edel 184 4 Loading and Viewing FileS cccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeseneets 185 Electronic Sessions SUM mary Report cceseseseeeseesesteesessessesseeseeseeseeseeseesaesaevaesaessesseeseesaesoesesaessenseneneas 186 5 SEXpOnting a d 192 Limitations Of EXPort uu ccc scseesseseesesesseseessessesseeseeseeseesoes
379. ontained in this report includes Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 siosan 7 Form type Filer s Name and TIN Recipient s First Name Last Name TIN Account Number and optionally their Address Individual record print status and date of last update Box by box totals Number of missing TINs and more Corrections If you filed a return with the IRS and later discover you made an error on it you must correct itas soon as possible For some corrections you must file two returns with Form 1096 and for some only one return with Form 1096 In addition you must provide statements to recipients showing the corrections as soon as possible If you fail to file correct information returns or furnish a correct payee statement you may be subject to a penalty E Electronic Filing See IRS FIRE System EIN Employer Identification Number An Employer Identification Number EIN is also known as a federal tax identification number and is used to identify a business entity Generally businesses need an EIN Excel Spreadsheet Files When saving data in Excel use the Save As method to save your file in TXT TAB delimited format not XLS format Sample importfiles in this format are included in your 1099 Pro installation and are very helpful These files appear out of alignment when viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look great when viewed from Excel To import TXT TAB delimited files select TAB CR LF and Double Quotes as your de
380. oosing this option will show all changes made within the last 7 days Last 14 days Choosing this option will show all changes made within the last 14 days Last 30 days Choosing this option will show all changes made within the last 30 days Specify Other Range Choosing this option will allow you to choose the date range that will be used to display your Audit Trail Report I E P4 P4 Runtime Query Value Activity Log Report Set Range From engen e A LO Through si242007 e A 112 You can enter a date manually use the popup calendar or select from the list of defaults Both dates are required and Through must be the same as or after the From date Default Ranges select an option to pre fill the Accounting Dates OToday OTax Year Oat Oaz Oas Oas O Jan O Feb March Ospi O May June O July O August O Sept O oct O Nov O Dec Deleted Record Options All activity choosing this option will show you all deleted option Skip deleted If you choose this option deleted records will not be displayed on your report Only deleted Choosing this option will display only deleted records on your report 6 Once you are done choosing the options you prefer click on the OK button 7 Now you will be given the option PREVIEW your report before itis printed Click Yes if you would like to view the report before it actually prints out Click NO to have the report begin printing or click Cancel to change your options before you
381. opyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 221 beginning or end of an imported field Character Field Options Special processing for Rep Account If the field is empty fill it with this no other changes will be made Removing leading trailing characters Trim characters from the end 0 Fla Zero no Trim characters from the beginning 0 y change Changing the case of the imported value Force all characters to UPPER case Force all characters to lower case Adding fixed characters to the imported value Add to the FRONT of the field Add to the END of the field Remove Cancel 24 1 6 3 Customize Fixed Filler Add Customize Fixed Filler There may be occurences where your fixed length file contains blank spaces or contains information that cannot be used in this program With the Add Filler button the software allows you to add or fill in unused space Perameters that can be set for adding space are e The size of the unused space e The start and ending position for this space This option is available upon creating a new fixed length map in 1099 Pro For more information see Fixed Length Import Map Wizard 24 1 6 4 Delimited or Excel Import Map Wizard Delimited or Excel Import Map The 1099 Pro Import Wizard simplifies the process of creating Import Maps so you can then import your data into the 1099 Pro software The first step in creating an Import Map is to specify how the r
382. opyright 1099 Pro 2011 ze 1099 Pro0 2011 24 8 24 9 import routine Post Import Session Remember any record not posted in this session may be modified and or posted at a later date simply repeat the above steps The Continue w ith Session button is only available for sessions with a loaded or partial status Independent Contractor Reporting Overview Independent Contractor Reporting Overview The Independent Contractor Reporting ICR Service offered by 1099 Pro Inc provides a simple way for you to stay compliant with states that require that you inform them of payments that you make to contractors that your business hires Many states have implemented such laws for the purpose of tracking and collecting child support amp alimony from non custodial parents Because state laws change from year to year and because more states are adopting tracking and collection laws compliance for businesses that do not have large legal staffs can be difficult 1099 Pro s software solutions and web based solutions such as ICR help businesses stay compliant For a minimal fee you can submit a single filing hundreds of filings or thousands of filings to a state Currently our service supports filings with the state of California However we are diligently working to add support for more states within the coming months Using our service is very simple e Setup a FREE account online Enter or upload your recipient information Ente
383. ortcuts 24 SEa Layouts 107 Letter Display Issues 206 Loading a New File 185 Location Code 32 Login as Different User 115 Logon as Different User 115 Look up City 142 Look up City Name 142 Look up Zip Code 142 Lookup Recipient Screen 37 Mag media 167 Magmedia 167 169 Magmedia File Viewer Main Screen 183 Magmedia File Viewer Overview 179 Magmedia File Wizard 167 Magmedia States Subset File Wizard 161 Magnetic Media Filing Address 208 Maintain Pending Status 355 Making a Revision 269 Making Address Adjustments 248 Manage Import Maps 218 Manual Override 285 Margin Alignments 261 masking 357 Master Audit Trail Browser 127 Master Tax Form 55 56 Maximum Field 257 132 204 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Maximum Printed 257 Maximum Size 257 Microsoft Access 235 Minimum Password Length 76 Moore Wallace 151 Multiple Recipients One TIN 40 Multiple Transactions 55 56 Multi User Considerations 201 Multi User Installations 199 N Name Control 166 Navigation 21 Networks 199 New features 19 Notes 136 O One to Many Corrections 64 Online Help 201 Open Window Cutoff 97 102 Optimize Posting 202 Options for Tax Form Data Entry 139 Options for W 9 Requests 341 Order 167 169 Overnight 302 303 Overview 16 P Participating States 164 Password Expiration Options 76 Password Format Options 76 Password Lockout Reset 76 Password Options 76 Password Requirements 76 Passwords 74 Payer Code
384. pany 1 with Filer 2 Company 2 W 2G Update access to W 2G Modify Import Update Modify Import amp 1099 MISC View Only 1 To create or manage an User Profile click Create and Manage User Profiles for Filers and Access Groups from within the Security Options window 1099 Pro has 10 built in User Profiles Built in groups will be colored in teal and cannot be modified or edited Note By default all built in User Profiles will have access to all current and Future Filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e 1 1080 Prow 2011 2 Click Add to create a new user profile You may also select Change About User Profiles User Profiles are created by attaching one or more Access Groups to them to modify any User Profiles i A user s rights are determined based on which User Profiles they are a member of Security Profile Name All Except Security and Tax Forms This profile gives users full Export Tax Form Data access to all areas of the File Tax Forms With IRS SSA pois Tie naass iie Import Tax Form Data ability to modify Security Service Bureau Upload rights Administration settings Tax Forms Edit Pending and Tax Forms Tax Forms Full Rights Tax Forms View Only W 9 Tracking The Quick Assign button will walk you through these steps in a wizard Clone Profile will allow you to clone a previously created profile and then edit the Filers and Access
385. paractwte a Gross proceeds paid to S ai an Siorer Text amp Aux danced Text rot reported Ln E tothe IRS tnt o e RS SES IRS Amount Change 6 Cancel Copy to Yes Fie with State Yes Save File wih IRS Yes Y Joke This will bring you back to the Protected Form Update Options screen click on close and file your correction in the normal way Example of the screen showing the Associated Corrected and Corrections Forms Associated Corrected and Corrections Forms Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ea _ 1080 Proe 201 9 4 9 5 Delete Corrected Forms Delete Corrected Forms Only corrected forms with a pending print status are available for deletion If a corrected form with a pending print status is associated with a corrected form with any other print status deletion is not possible You must first reset all associated forms to pending To delete corrections 1 At the Browse Form Records screen highlight any corrected record Corr Pending Click the Change button 2 At the Corrected Options screen highlight the record and click the Delete button 3 The Administrator prompts to confirm deletion Click Yes to continue or Cancel to abort The deleted form immediately exits the Corrected Options screen and reverts to the Browse Form Records screen with its pre corrected print status One to Many Corrections CS Version only One to Many Corrections Corporate Suite version only As of th
386. pe for one recipient under a given filer See Using Aggregation for more information Rules and Options Preference Update and Program options This area allows you to configure some of the programs general settings such as date range warning update checking and backup reminders See Preferences for more information Manage ASP Module PS ACL Access CS version only This allows you to control the Pressure Seal or Alternate Combined Layout print options for the 1099 Pro NET ASP module See Manage PS ACL Access Control for more information Tax From Validation for Import and Entry These settings allow you configure the warning and error messages that 1099 Pro software displays when importing or manually entering forms See Custom Tax Form Validation Rules for more information Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages This new feature allows you to create your own custom messages to be printed on your forms or to duplicate certain fields anywhere on the form See Tax Form Print Codes amp Custom Messages for more information Reporting Thresholds Manage State CFS Limits and Settings The State CFS Limits and Settings manager is a 1099 Pro Corporate Suite ASP feature only which will allow you to manage reporting thresholds for state and federal returns User Fields and E mail These settings are available in Corporate Suite Only Optional Form 1099 MISC Amount Box This feature allows you to use an optional custom box o
387. ple file to provide the column header information or e Select the file you wish to import by clicking on the Browse button and then locating the file you wish to import Once you have selected your file click on the Open button to continue e You should now see a sample of your data click on the Next button to continue e Match each field from the input file on the left to the corresponding tax form field on the right by dragging and dropping To cancel a match drag from right to left or double click on it Alternatively you can use the Map by Name button which will automatically map all fields with matching names When you have mapped all of your fields click on the Next button to continue Map by Name using your own Column Entered Header List If you placed a check in the Has a Header Record check box you will be prompted to enter your header values one header per line All header field values must be unique and fields that will not be mapped do not need to be added to the list e Match each field on the left to the corresponding tax form field on the right by dragging and dropping To cancel a match drag from right to left or double click on it Alternatively you can use the Map by Name button which will automatically map all fields with matching names When you have mapped all of your fields click on the Next button to continue Set the Default Formatting and Processing Options for the Import Fields ts Next
388. port Extended Version Users may also generate an error query at the Browse Form Records screen Error Queries To create a query that limits the Browse Form Records screen to just forms with errors and or warnings do the following 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen drop down the Current Query list and select Custom Query 2 Select Error Status on the list of fields to evaluate press E to go right to it 3 Click on NEXT then select ls Greater Than as the operation 4 Click on NEXT A zero is already entered as the value entry which is correct 5 Click on NEXT then ANISH Answer YES to the save query question and enter a name like Errors and Warnings Only When you return to the Browse Forms Records screen only forms with errors and warnings will be displayed If you update a problem form and fix it it will disappear from this list Continue until all forms are fixed then choose All Records as the current query to view all of your records again For reports there are already the built in options for displaying errors and warning messages and or filtering the report to only list forms with problems Disclaimer Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Error amp Validation Checking w 1099 Prof software identifies many but not all of the most common format errors in information compliance submissions The likelihood of submission rejection though not eliminated is greatly reduced when utilizing this s
389. ppear properly on the 8 5 x 14 paper you should select legal for the paper format If you are unsure about how to select legal paper during the print process you will want to contact your printer manufacturer To view a list of compatible Pressure Seal Forms from such manufacturers as Relyco Moore Wallace and TFP Data Systems see our list at http host 1099pro com ftp product 2011 Tech_ Support _docs Available 20Pressure 20Seal pdf Transmitter Information Transmitter Information A Transmitter Control Code number or TCC is required when filing electronically ATCC is composed of five alpha numeric characters If filing electronically via the Service Bureau a TCC is not required and this information need not be completed Request a TCC To obtain a TCC file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically Form 4419 must be mailed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Transmitter Information 333 at least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file Form 4419 may be printed at the Print Blank Forms screen For more information on TCC s contact the IRS MCC at 304 263 8700 v A single TCC may be used to file on behalf of multiple filers See How to Create a Transmitter 33 1 Create a Transmitter Create a Transmitter To create a transmitter 1 Atthe menu bar click File and Transmitter Information 2 Atthe Update E File Transmitter Information screen Enter the IRS assigned TCC five alpha
390. print session or filer Atagged item is marked by a red checkmark Task Panel Task Panel The task panel provides quick access to common tasks TCC TCC Transmitter Control Code Assigned to a filer when they have filled out Form 4419 at least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file Print Form 4419 atthe Print Blank Forms screen TIN TIN Taxpayer identification number An SSN Social Security Number has 9 digits divided by 2 hyphens i e 333 22 4444 An EIN Employer Identification Number has 9 digits divided by 1 hyphen i e 22 7777777 The placement of the dash is critical TIN SSN Masking TIN SSN Masking Use of this option allows you to print recipient copies of forms with the SSN masked i e 444 12 1234 will display as XXX XX 1234 for added security when mailing to the recipient Note when SSN masking is enabled for a filer or print run ALL copies printed for the recipient will be masked For example if the recipient receives both a recipient and a state copy the SSN will be masked on both IRS Rules and Restrictions for use of SSN Masking EIN or TIN formatted like 12 3456789 cannot be masked A masked SSN has an X for the first 5 digits Example XXX XX 1234 Masking is only available for Recipient copies For example if the recipient receives both a recipient anda Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ese _ _ 1080 Proe 2011 36 28 State copy the SSN will be masked on both forms Mask
391. r Which tells 1099 Pro to accept the current sort order Select a predefined sort order fastest which tells the software to use the built in predefined list Example Filer ID Last Name Company First Names or by Filer ID Recipient TIN then Last Name Company Define your own custom sort order slowest Allows you to indicate what custom sort order the software should follow based on your custom field selections 16 Error amp Validation Checking Error amp Validation Checking 1099 Pro performs various validation checks on your data This helps users find and fix potential tax form errors see Disclaimer prior to submission to recipients or the IRS Users can print out forms with errors amp warnings only by running an extended report as described below Error and validation checks occur when data is manually entered or imported It also occurs when printing a form or when generating a 1096 transmittal electronically file or service bureau file If a problem is found 1099 Pro flags the record with a warnings error or reject error Users are encouraged but not required to fix warnings and errors prior to submitting their records to recipients or the IRS An option to manually check for errors and warning is available under the Utilities menu titled Check Update Error Status for all forms which you can invoke at any time MI See Filing Problems Warnings amp Errors Defined Warnings Intended to flag a possible inconsistenc
392. r update and view User Profiles A User Profile combines Access Groups with access to Filer s Users Users are assigned a Username and Password they must they must be assigned to a User Profile to access the 1099 Pro software If security is enabled during the Welcome Wizard the Administrator must create a new password the first time they logon to 1099 Pro Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 1 Inthe User ID field enter Administrator in the Password field enter NEW 2 Click OK 3 The Logon screen requires you to enter a new password Passwords must be 3 8 characters Passwords are case sensitive Password cannot be NEW 4 After successfully creating a password Administrators are encouraged to create Users Lost My Password Ifa User forgets their password the Administrator may reset it 1 Atthe menu bar click on File and then on Security amp Administration 2 Atthe Administration screen click Security Groups and then click on Add Update individual Users 3 Atthe Browse amp Update the List of Users screen select the User whose password needs to be reset and A Change click Change 4 Atthe Changing a User screen click the Reset button The password is automatically reset to NEW The next time the User logs into 1099 Pro they are required to change the password M ifthe Administrator forgets their password they must contact Technical Support The purcha
393. r 4 Invalid Request If you don t know the TIN Type enter 3 and the system will check both the SSN and EIN master files Within 24 hours the response will be sent to a secure object repository and an E Mail notification will be sent to you indicating a response is waiting You will have 30 days to access and download the results file Once accessed the results are retained for 3 days before being purged The same Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 160 _ 1080 Proe 2011 18 information you sent in the txt file will be returned with one additional field containing the results indicator Filing via Efile Filing via E File FIRE System Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically FIRE System to electronically upload informational returns to the IRS Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with required IRS record formats per Pub 1220 including the Combined Federal State Filing Program format If you have 250 or more records to file you must file electronically or you may be subject to IRS Penalties of 50 per record See IRS FIRE System for more information Service Bureau Upload Wizard The Service Bureau is proud to offer a wide variety of services to registered users of 1099 Pro Customers are encouraged to schedule their print amp mail and electronic uploads appointments now Rates and availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked See Service Bureau Upload Process
394. r Update Email Templates EE Additional E mail Contact Options for Import JODS 1 307 Using the Scheduler Browse Jobs Adding or Changing a JOD iisipan aa eraa e aaa a aaaea enee MPOT JOD Rs aiee erras i Report OD erata a aN W2 Balance Report Ward Job Frequency Detail Browsing Reports Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 12 1099 Pro 2011 Part XXXI 4 5 Part XXXII 1 2 3 4 Part XXXIII 1 Part XXXIV 1 2 3 4 Part XXXV oa fF WN ch Part XXXVI Service Bureau Overview 315 Service Bureau PaCkaQGes cccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseenseeeseeeeeeeseenseeeseaeeeeesees 316 Service Bureau Overview amp Upload ProceS ccscsseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeneaeeseeseeseaeseanes 317 Step 1 Creating an Upload File for Print Mail or E File uc ccscsssscesessessessessesseeseeseesaeseesesaeseveevaneanes 318 Step 2 Approve Control Totale nisiingie ge deeg ee Step 3 File Upload Transfer amp Completion Bulk TIN Matching via the Service Bureau OVeErVieW ceesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeness 323 Using Bulk TIN Matching iaa eege EES es e 324 Step 1 Creating an Upload File for Bulk TIN Matching ccccscssssesssssssessessesseeseeseesaesesessensevenveneans 324 Step 2 File Upload Transfer amp Completion for Bulk TIN cccsesssssesesssssessessesseeseeseesaesessessessevenvenenes 325 Wizard SB Upload EE 327 Reset Void Service Bureau Upload ccc
395. r every criteria you wish to notify a recipient of 1 Record Will Be Added ell x m Process Type Ce Import C Electronic Filing C Export C Reports M Status of Request Completed C Failed Canceled Email Text Nour Import has finished successfully l Cancel Help 30 1 3 2 Additional E mail Contact Options for Import Jobs Additional E mail Contact Options In addition to the notification e mail set up during scheduled import jobs you can have notification sent to users based off file name In order to utilize this feature the import file you select must contain an e mail address es in the following formats e email 1099pro com e emaill 1099pro com email2 1099pro com email3 1099pro com etc etc e email 1099pro com e emaill 1099pro com email2 1099pro com email8 1099pro com etc etc Example file names e 1099 Misc Import 2011 email 1099pro com tab e 1099 Misc Import 2011 email 1099pro com tab When using this option users will automatically be notified of the status of their import job regardless of notification options set up when creating the job These status e mails will contain the import file name Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1 1080 Prow 2011 and Import Session information 30 2 Using the Scheduler Browse Jobs Scheduling Jobs Browse Jobs To access the Scheduler click Utilities then Scheduler from the menu bar You must have administrative rights within 1099 Pr
396. r or upload your provider information Add your filings to your shopping cart and pay for the submission of them We take care of the rest As an added bonus if you already use 1099 Pro software to file your 1099 s then taking advantage of our ICR Service is even easier as we can get the information for your ICR filings right from your 1099 Pro export files For customers that want to use our ICR Service but that do not use 1099 Pro software for filing 1099 s you can manually enter information or you can upload comma tab delimited files Visit our website at http www 1099icr com for more information Existing 1099 Pro customers receive a discount and or free filing when using this service Voiding an Import Session Review Import Session This section will allows you to void previously imported records In order for records to be voided they must Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 23 match their original status RESET Session 1555 12 imported 1099 INT forms Please read carefully before proceeding What happens when you reset an Import Session gt Alltax forms associated with this import have original import status or were manualy deleted and will be deleted as result of the reset process gt Ifthis was a partial import all records still in the import hold file are also deleted What does NOT happen when you reset an Import Session gt Recipient records added or changed during the import a
397. r prior year data files If files are located the wizard prompts to Copy 2010 Filers to 1099 Pro 2011 This is the only opportunity to roll forward prior year data into 1099 Pro 2011 Rule of 250 See 250 Rule LG Search Access anyrecipient or filer via the Search Name field Security 1099 Pro offers two levels of security on and off Ifsecurityis enabled access to 1099 Pro is limited to users with valid User ID Password combinations These users are restricted to specific tasks assigned by the Administrator This performs a twofold method of protecting sensitive company data Service Bureau 1099 Pro has a proven track record at printing mailing and electronic filing Our 1099 Service Bureau will relieve you of the burden of ordering supplies arranging for printing stuffing and mailing of your tax forms Input your data into our software when you are ready to file you transmit an encrypted file via the Internet to a secured site where we Print and mail all recipient copies File required Federal copies File State copies if necessary Print Mail amp File Corrections SSN Social Security Number The nine digit Social Security number is divided into three parts e The first three digits are the area number If your Social Security number was assigned before 1972 when Social Security cards were issued by local offices the area number reflects the State where you applied for your number If your number was assigned i
398. r that session Info The info field will display information regarding how the file was processed The information displayed here can be broken up into two categories 1 Federal Files e CFS This denotes that the file generated had the Combined Federal and State filing flag set to on in the file generated e Std This denotes that the file generated did NOT have the Combined Federal and State filing flag set on 2 State Files e The info field for state files use the following pattern Letter Letter e x U A e The first letter position denotes the primary process filter e U Unfiled Records e A All Records e The second position is a static plus e The third letter position denotes the threshold setting used e A Indicates that no thresholds were applied all eligable forms were selected e S Denotes that only state thresholds were applied e F Denotes that only federal thresholds were applied Session Date This field displays the date that the E File session was run on Time This field displays the time at which the E File session was run Reset Void This field indicates whether or not a particular session has been void reset File name This field displays where the file that was generated was stored amp viewPrint Log Report The View Print Log Report button will allow you to generate a totals report on the currently selected session XM Reset Void MagMedia The Reset Void E File button will allow you
399. rating Electronic Files m Create e file MagMedia file Clicking on the Create e file button will begin the wizard for generating federal electronic filing files Quarterly State Reporting Clicking on the Quarterly State Reporting button will begin the wizard for generating quarterly state files Ce Create State Subset Files Clicking on the Create State Subset Files button will begin the wizard for generating a state subset electronic filing file E File Session Log The E File Session Log contains details regarding any files or forms you have generated using the E File wizard The session log will display information all forms or files ever generated using 1099 Pro 1S ES Form Type Trans Type info 218 1143 5 CA Original U A 4042007 12 52PM SE er 2175 1133 97 3888550 1098 8 2 Original Std 4 02 2007 8 48AM CAPROGRA 1 Pro99S06 Log The log number is a specific number assigned to every individual file generated by the E File wizard Session The session number is a number assigned to any group of files generated together by the E File wizard Filer TIN This is the TIN number of the filer that the assoicated records were generated for Form Type This is the form type of the records that were generated Copy Count The number of forms generated for that particular log Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 176 1099 Pro 2011 Trans Type The Trans Type describes the type of transaction that was processed fo
400. rd Custom Mapped Imports on the Browse the Import Map List screen highlight the Import Map you created then click on the View and or Print Map button When asked to preview click Yes Information contained in this report includes Form type Creation Date and Time of the Import Map Recipient s First Name Last Name TIN Account Number and optionally their Address Individual record print status and date of last update Creation Date and Time of the Report including the Network Station ID Field Name Field Type and Field Description To generate an Import Map report 1 From the main screen in 1099 Pro you can click on the Import Forms link in the navigation bar to the left or as an alternative click on Utilities on the main menu then click Run the Import Wizard 2 Click on Use Standard Custom Mapped Imports on the Browse the Import Map List screen highlight the Import Map you created and then click on the View and or Print Map button 3 When prompted to Preview the Report click yes or you may click NO to send the report directly to your default printer 4 Ifyou elected to Preview the Report you can view the report on screen 5 When satisfied with your selections click the printer icon to Print Now Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 soz 1 1080 Prow 2011 29 7 Late Add Corrections Report Late Add Correctiosn Report The Late Add Corrections report allows you to generate a report that reflects which Late Adds and Co
401. rders Customers may place orders for all tax supplies including laser and continuous forms for current and past tax years by telephone with our Sales team at 888 776 1099 Blank Copier Paper Blank Copier Paper Blank Copier Paper Print Copy B amp or C directly onto blank copier paper Good in case of an emergency when Blank Laser Perforated paper is unavailable might require special folding and or cutting to fit in standard IRS approved envelopes 1099 Pro Inc offers custom designed IRS regulation envelopes to fit copier paper Blank Laser Perf Print Copy B amp or C directly onto blank laser perforated stock 1099 Pro prints the necessary graphics Easier to fold than blank copy paper because of the perforations and since itis blank it Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Tax Supplies 331 won t go out of date Also prints instructions When using blank stock you must select the copies to print The Print Wizard features a Combined option that prints all required copies for the recipient on one sheet e g 1099 MISC Combined includes copies B 2 and instructions You may instead select the individual copies for the recipient but you will need to manually collate the copies When printing instructions to blank paper you may Print them as part of the normal print run with one copy per recipient Remember to collate instructions with the recipient copies OR Print them on one sheet now and photocopy itas many times as needed Th
402. re N11EZ Wallace Pressure Seal Relyco PS1287 TX814 W4 Relyco PS1289 TX814 W4B TFP 5224 TFP 5225 Moore MW 1288 Wallace Pressure Seal Forms 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 14 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 11 Duplex 3 panels on side 1 addresses on side 2 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided Z fold 81 2 x 11 Single Sided EZ Fold 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentric Z Fold 8 1 2 x 14 Single Sided Eccentic Z Fold 275 Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B Instructions Copy B Instructions B Address on Back Copy B AC Copy B C 2 Print Instructions Separately Copy B Instructions
403. re NOT deleted or rolled back Ifyou wish to remove them that must be done separately Form totals for each Status level for each Log within this Import Session Log Id Form Status Result 12 Pending Status same as importe w Proceed with ResetVoid NW Cancel 25 Printed Printed All records are assigned a print status that determines their position in the filing cycle A printed record is available for inclusion in a 1096 transmittal To edit a printed record you must first reset its print status to pending See Print Status topic 25 1 Print sessions Print Sessions A print session is any batch of records with a Printed or Filed 1096 print status See Print Status topic Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zu _ 1080 Proe 2011 26 Printing Overview Printing Overview Print Tax Forms The 1099 Pro Print Wizard simplifies the printing routine print to preprinted laser forms blank stock or continuous forms See Print Tax Forms Wizard for more information Quick Print 1099 Pro makes it easy to quickly print a tax form using the Quick Print feature within the Enter Update and View Screen See Quick Print for more information Print Status 1099 Pro assigns a print status to all records To determine a record s status go to the Browse Form Records screen and refer to the Status column See Print Status for more information Margin Alignments Alignment Adjustments when printing t
404. re to the extent that such items are not accompanied by a separate license agreement or terms of use By installing copying downloading accessing or otherwise using the Software You agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA If You do not agree to the terms of this EULA do not install access or use the Software For purposes of this EULA the term Licensor refers to 1099 Pro Inc By installing copying downloading accessing or otherwise using the Software You agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA If You do not agree to the terms of this EULA Licensor is unwilling to license the Software In such event You may not install copy download or otherwise use the Software SOFTWARELICENSE The Software is protected by intellectual property laws and treaties The Software is licensed not sold 1 GRANT OF LICENSE This EULA grants You the following rights e Single User Version You may install and use one 1 copy of the Software Only one user of the Software can use the Software Multiple use of the software concurrently requires additional Single User Version s e Tax year you may process 2011 taxforms as well as some other prior years with this software 2 DESCRIPTION OF OTHER RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS e Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the Software except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law no
405. reation Step 4 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security ii AutoFill Pre fills the login dialogue with the Windows User Name When creating users you must use the same login name they use for Windows for this to be useful iii Active Directory Removes login prompts instead using the Windows Domain Username Login that the user logged into their computer with The username in our software must match the username they log into Windows with b Minimum Password Length Defines the minimum character length the password can be Length ranges from 5 15 characters c Locka User ID after this many invalid login attempts Sets the maximum number of times a user can fail to log in before needing to have their account unlocked by an administrator d Days before a password expires Sets the length of time a user s password is valid before they must choose a new one e Days to warn a user before their password expires Defines when the software will begin notifying when the user s password is going to expire f Times before a password can be used again Defines how many different passwords must be used before a user can use the same password again g Require at least One 1 Uppercase Character Determines whether or not there must be at least one uppercase character in a User s password h Require at least One 1 Lowercase Character Determines whether or not there must be at least one lowercase character in a User
406. reau Upload Session List screen highlight an upload session and click the Reset Void Session button 3 The Administrator prompts to confirm the void Click Yes to continue or No to abort Session status immediately updates to Voided Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a 1080 Proe 2011 32 32 1 Tax Supplies Tax Supplies 1099Pro Inc sells all of the tax forms and supplies necessary for use with 1099 Pro software at competitive rates All forms and supplies offered by 1099 Pro Inc are IRS approved All orders over 100 automatically receive a 10 discount Order in advance overnight shipping of forms can cost more than the actual forms Returns are NOT accepted after November 30 2011 Customer is responsible for all return shipping charges All tax forms and supplies are subject to availability Prices subject to change without notice Online Ordering Customers may place orders online for laser forms and envelopes current tax year only In addition to placing orders customers may view tax forms and a brief item description Try it at www 1099pro com click on the Products button and the Tax Forms hyperlink Online Customer Account Access Customers who ve purchased items in the past year may go online to view prior orders and activation codes Order tracking is also available to see if your order has been shipped Try it at www 1099pro com click on the Login button and follow the prompts Telephone O
407. registration code indicates the edition user license and number of record transactions purchased Aggregation The 1099 Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of the same type for one recipient under a given filer For example John Smith owns an automobile detail business and frequently comes by the movie studio to wax and wash the studios automobiles You the Filer issuing the 1099 MISC form pay John fequently on a bi weekly basis so instead of printing and issuing multiple 1099 forms for John you only want to view print it as one combined form This feature will allow you to view the aggregated box amount totals highlighted in green in the tax form which is a reflection of all tax form dollar amounts for this recipient under this master tax form only Audit Trails Audit Trails do NOT track the history of all manual and cascading changes to a Master Recipient amp Filer List Only direct changes to a tax form are stored in the record history screen B B Record Contains the payment information from the information returns B Notice If after submitting files to the IRS a mismatch is determined eg a recipient s name and TIN do not match the IRS records the IRS sends the Filer a CP2100 or CP2100A Notice The Filer must then issue a Form W 9 and a B Notice to the recipient in question unless the Filer determines the error was on their part e g a typo Backup Data The 1099 Pro
408. right 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Recipients 41 4 Use SHIFT TAB to move backwards through the fields and overwrite the name and or address fields with Jane Doe DBA s information 5 Click Save to save your changes 6 The Administrator indicates a possible recipient information mismatch Click No to not update Jane Doe DBA with the master record Also uncheck the Update All Other Pending Forms checkbox M At the Browse the Recipients screen only the master record Jane Doe is listed However the recipient record does list the DBA under the Accounts Namez2 tab 5 9 Recipient Record Details Recipient Record Details General Tab SSN EIN The placement of the dash in the TIN field is critical The entry of an SSN or EIN determines the formatting of the Name and Company fields First Name SSN Enter the recipient s First Name Last Name SSN Enter the recipient s Last Name Company EIN Enter the recipient s Company Name Line 2 Enter a second name or DBA as appropriate Address Type Defaults to USA Selecting Canada or Other reformats the address fields Address Enter the recipient s Address E mail This field is optional Accounts Name 2 Tab Name Line 2 This field is for reference only and reflects entries made at the data entry screen Account Numbers Enter as many account numbers as necessary Access this information at the Account Number field at any data entry screen via the lt F2 gt ke
409. rint By Last Name Company Name default By TIN By Zip Code use to pre sort mailings for the post office By State Abbreviation 7 Enter an optional message to printin the upper right corner of the form s 8 When satisfied with all entries click the Print Now button Click Close to exit this screen 9 8 Reprint Originals Reprint Originals Use to reprint the original form prior to any corrections To reprint originals 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight any corrected record Click the Change button 2 Atthe Corrected Options screen click the Reprint Original Form button 3 Atthe Print Options screen select the paper type pre printed laser continuous forms blank stock or pressure seal If selecting pre printed laser or continuous forms you should adjust the margin alignment as necessary 4 Select the copies to print 5 The Select the Sort Order to Print Forms field is ghosted because only one record is selected for print 6 Enter an optional message to print in the upper right corner of the form s 7 When satisfied with all entries click the Print Now button Click Close to exit this screen 9 9 Types of Corrections Types of Corrections Error Type 1 Original return was filed with one or more of the following errors a Incorrect payment amount codes in the Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 o _ 1080 Proe 201 Payer A Record b Incorrect payment amounts in the Payee B Record
410. rinted paperwork for file name and location select it and then click UPLOAD to send the records to the Service Bureau 5 SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork Method C Sending your file on a disk via FedEx UPS USPS erc Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Service Bureau Overview 323 1 Copy the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location to a CD ROM preferred or floppy dek 2 Package the disk SIGNED Fax Cover Sheet and Instructions together using a study disk mailer not a plain envelope 3 Mail the package to the address listed below Use FedEx or similar to ensure fast secure package delivery 1099 Pro Inc Attn Electronic Upload Dept 23901 Calabasas Road Suite 2080 Calabasas CA91302 Note Mailing in a CD ROM or Floppy Disk is strongly discouraged due to potential damage or delays in mailing Note Do NOT modify the name of your upload file as it is used to identify you 31 3 Bulk TIN Matching via the Service Bureau Overview Why should I use the Service Bureau The 1099 Pro Service Bureau has provided Print Mail E Filing services to thousands of our users Our customers utilize the Service Bureau to save money minimize administrative headaches safeguard their sensitive data and benefit from our extensive experience We ve made the process simple 1 Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to
411. rinting Blank Forms for more information Troubleshooting Printer Issues 1099 Pro prints to most Windows compatible printers subject to the printer s margin limitations If your bottom margin is greater than 1 3 inch you may not be able to print data at the bottom of the page or you may have to print 2 forms to a page Check your printer s manual and or Maximum Printable Area for your BubbleJet Deskjet Inkjet or Laserjet if you have questions See Trouble Shooting Printer Issues for more information Form Limits 1099Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides extra filtering options when printing forms See Form Limits for more information PDF File Generation Creating PDF files is fast and easy For Example You want to E Mail or electronically transfer your PDF file va the Internet This is now the preferred method of generating a PDF file instead of printing through a PDF printer selection or driver through the print menu In addition you are given the option to password protect your PDF file and save it to a location on your hard disk or on a network as well as view it in Adobe Acrobat See Initial PDF Options for more information Advanced Print Options 1099Pro offers an Advanced Print Option to allow you to shift the position of the Filer and Recipient Addresses either vertically or horizontally on a printed recipient copy and also force an X into the Corrected and VOID boxes on the form These option
412. rm Filed 1096 View the form reprint the form or create corrections E Filed View the form reprint the form or create corrections SB Print Filed View the form reprint the form or create corrections SB Print Mail View the form reprint the form or reset to pending SB Filing View the form reprint the form or create corrections Corrected View the original or corrected form reprint the original or corrected form To access the Protected Form Update Options screen e Ate Browse Form Records screen highlight any record with any print status except pending Click the Change button To Create Corrections e Refer to About Corrections and Create Corrections A Tutorial Reprint Corrections Reprint Corrections To reprint corrections 1 Atthe Browse Form Records screen highlight any corrected record without a Pending print status Click the Change button 2 Atthe Corrected Options screen click the Reprint Correction Form button 3 The Administrator prompts to reprint ALL associated corrections or just the selected form 4 Atthe Print Options screen select the paper type pre printed laser continuous forms blank stock or pressure seal If selecting pre printed laser or continuous forms adjust margin alignment as necessary 5 Select the copies to print Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Corrections 6 Select the sort order to print forms this field is ghosted if only one record is selected for p
413. rm 8809 Application for Extension of Time to File Information Returns State Filing Deadlines Deadline to file state returns for most states is February 28 2012 Some states locals may have different filing deadlines please check with your state to verify dates WHERE TO ALE File Copy Aand 1096 Transmittal returns at the IRS Center Address corresponding to the state your business office or agency is located using the list below lf your business is located in Alabama Arizona Arkansas Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Department of the Treasury Kentucky Louisiana Maine Massachusetts Mississippi New Hampshire Internal Revenue Service Center New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina Ohio Pennsylvania Austin TX 73301 Rhode Island Texas Vermont Virginia West Virginia Alaska California Colorado District of Columbia Hawaii Idaho Illinois Department of the Treasury Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Important Dates 209 Indiana lowa Kansas Maryland Michigan Minnesota Missouri Montana Internal Revenue Service Center Nebraska Nevada North Dakota Oklahoma Oregon South Carolina Kansas City MO 64999 South Dakota Tennessee Utah Washington Wisconsin Wyoming If your legal residence or principal place of business or principal office or Department of the Treasury agency is outside the United States Internal Revenue Service Center Austin TX 73301 M For more information on filing Forms 10
414. rm category field on data entry forms until Februa Remind me not to print red copy A until February RENTGEN Backing up your data files Backing up your data files Creating backup files of your data files should be Remind me to back up every days performed by your network and or database Set days to zero to backup every time administrator on a daily basis ou exit the program rn Global date range checking Global date range checking Warn if dates entered on forms are outside this Warn if dates entered on forms are Date is before EE Or after Options for MANUALLY deleted forms Allow previously deleted forms to be visible on tax form browses lt NEXTYEAR gt form options Allow users to undelete previously deleted tax forms Do not allow fe ee Allow Now General More Tab Name Not until Jan Let lt NEXTYEAR gt Recipient Address ZIP code city options Convert City to UPPER case during rater oc Options for manually deleted tax forms Always convert Recipient City to upper Allow previously deleted forms to be visible on tax Loe form browses Allow users to undelete previously deleted tax Other Options forms Automatically reselect the last filer at program start Special features Show a reminder when using Add Recipient Active extended casino w 2g 1042 S options Show a reminder that First Name is discarded for EIN Company Suppress no TIN message pS Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 104 1099 Pro 2011 Fi
415. rmation Existing forms that are not included in the YTD import will be flagged as zero drop candidates if the zero drop option is enabled e Replacement This feature is currently unavailable 1099 Pro Fixed Length Import Wizard Specify how the Import will affect existing Tax Forms These options let you specity whether new information wil update existing forms or replace them D Select the type of data processing that will be applied when this type of import is performed Processing Options for Tax Form imports C Standard Al Tax Forms are added as individual records independent of all other forms and regardiess of whether other forms may exist in the system for the same recipient C Transactional aggregation must be enabled It an existing forms are found for a recipient according to the form matching rules currently in effect for the Filer the new information wil update the existing record and be added as a transaction for that record Non matching forms are added as new Year To Date Transactions are aided to existing tax forms to reflect the new YTD amounts and information Existing forms that are not included in the YTD import wil be flagged as zero drop candidates if the zero drop option is enabled C Replacemer All existing Tax Form information for the Filer is deleted and replaced by the new forms Be Io H x cmo m 12 Finally confirm the settings on the summary screen before you click Finish Confirm
416. ro Enterprise SQL Workstation for tax year 2006 11 9 Did you know You can use the Query Wizard to select only the records you want to view or process when tagging browsing or creating reports Tell me more Steps to change your current logon account 1 Click on File on the toolbar at the top in 1099 Pro 2 Select Logon as Different User 3 When you are prompted with the 1099 Pro logon screen type in your User ID and then your password 4 Click OK Welcome to 1099 Pro Enterprise Edition Enter your User ID and password to access the system amp User ID Il Password I iwant to change my password after Logon eg _ Finally verify your login has changed by checking the user currently logged in in the bottom right corner of the screen User Administrator Wednesday July 26 2006 10 314M Optional Fields MISC Optional Field The 1099 MISC optional amount field configuration box allows you to enable an extra field at the bottom of a 1099 MISC form To enable the Optional Field place a check in the checkbox labeled Allow use of 1099 MISC extra amount box Upon placing a check in the Allow use of 1099 MISC Amount Box the Enter a title for the box will become available Type the title for you optional amount field here e When you have finished configuring the optional amount field click on the Apply Now button to save your changes Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration a
417. ro and click the Add Remove button 5 Atthe Select Uninstall Method screen choose Automatic and then click the Next button to start the uninstall program 6 1099 Pro prompts you through the remainder of the uninstall routine Using the Automatic uninstall feature does the following Leaves behind your current data files under the main program directory in the folder named Data preserves the Uploads folder containing any uploads generated by the 1099 software for submission to the Service Bureau and miscellaneous DLL files are left in the Program root directory used by the software In addition the INI file is also preserved in the Admin or Windows directory M Users who uninstall 1099 Pro and then reinstall it may getan Invalid Record Declaration 47 Accessing TAXDATA TPS or FILERS TPS Press OK to end this application warning This error occurs because some files were not deleted during the automatic uninstall Users must perform a custom uninstall of 1099 Pro and select all files for deletion and then reinstall the software 12 Audit Trails Audit Trails Overview Audit Trails DO NOT track the history of manual and cascading changes to a tax form including old and new Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 126 109 Proo 201 12 1 values date changed and the user responsible for changes M if Audit Trail Records don t reflect a known change Audit Trails are or were disabled Master Audit Trail Browser The M
418. rol Totals report 14 9 Department Department The Select Department feature allows you to quickly change the department phone number associated with the current filer contact When you click on the down arrow in the tax form the list of contacts is displayed Choose the contact by highlighting it and then click on Select You are taken back to the tax form and your current contact phone number and department ID are listed The name of the department does not print out Contacts can be added by clicking on File from the main menu and then selecting Filers list Change Filer Add as described in Filer Record Details 14 10 Options for Tax Form Data Entry Options for Tax Form Data Entry 1099 Pro contains a list of data entry options which can now be accessed in the Tax Form screen Inactive buttons in this list indicate the tax form is non edit able and therefore not available for use The image below displays how the button title changes after information has been entered A Audit Trail LT Notes gt gt Has Hotes Preferences L Zosae np gt A_ State CA Instructions Form Help i e Audit Trails This screen displays record history information for the selected tax form e Notes Allows you to View Add Update and Delete Notes for this tax form After entering in Notes the button changes to Has Notes with BOLD text to indicate that notes now exist for this form For more help on Notes See Browse No
419. rompts to preview the report click Yes Select a Filer Select a Filer Use the Select Filer screen to select a filer Current Filer nting Plus Select Filer To select a filer 1 From Browse Forms screen locate the current filer window on the left 2 On the task panel click the Select Filer button 3 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen highlight the filer to use and click Select The selected filer displays on the toolbar above the Select Filer button Tag Filers Tag Filers 1099 Pro allows you to manually tag select filers for inclusion in a print session To tag records 1 On the task panel select the Forms amp Printing section and the Print Tax Forms icon drop menu to select the form type to process Use the Current Form 2 Atthe Printing Tax Forms screen choose the All Pending Forms for Selected Filers option 3 Click the Begin Print Process button 4 Atthe Browse the Filers File screen click the Tag button to select filers Ared checkmark appears beside each tagged filer See Tag Key Shortcuts below To sort filers prior to tagging use the View drop menu 5 After tagging all filers click Proceed to initiate the Print Wizard Tag Key Shortcuts Tag Use this button or ALT T to tag individual filers Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Filers 35 Tag All Use this button or ALT A to tag all filers Untag Use this button or ALT U to untag an individual fi
420. ronic file is good it is released for mainline processing 10 calendar days from receipt Contact the IRS at 304 263 8700 within this 10 day period if there is a reason the file should not be released for further processing If the file is bad normal replacement procedures are followed 1096 Transmittal Use this form to transmit paper Forms 1099 1098 5498 39XX and W 2G to the Internal Revenue Service Do not use Form 1096 to transmit electronically For electronic submissions see Pub 1220 specifications for Filing Forms 1098 1099 5498 and W 2G Electronically apo 250 Rule The Rule of 250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those forms electronically Failure to do so may result in fines of up to 50 per form See Rule of 250 for detailed information 4 4419 To obtain a TCC number file Form 4419 to request authorization to file forms electronically Form 4419 must be mailed at least 30 days prior to the filing deadline for the electronic file Form 4419 may be printed at the Print Blank Forms screen 6847 This form is now obsolete please see Form 6847 for more details Participants in the Combined Federal State Filing Program must send Form 6847 to the IRS after filing electronically with the IRS Prior IRS approval is required to participate in this program Print this form at the Printing Blank Forms screen 8 8809 Purpose of form Use this form to request an extension o
421. rrections need to be filed or have been filed since a specifed date To generate a Late Add Corrections report select the Reports option from the top menu 1099 Pro Late Add Corrections Report Wizard Welcome to the Late Add Corrections Report wizard This wizard will walk you through the process of creating Late Add or Corrections Spreadsheet Using this Wizard gt Incases where there is additional information and help available for a topic you will see a Help button like this one next to it Click on the button to view the special help About the Late Add Corrections Spreadsheet Generation Process D This reporting tool is meant to reflect which Late Adds and Corrections need to be filed or have been filed since a particular date D 1st determine ifyou want to report on forms that have been filed or forms that need to be filed 2nd specify a Cutoff Date for forms filed on or after that date or for forms created on or before your Cutoff Date amp NOT filed p D 3rd specify your Filers PTINS amp Form Types gt 4th specify a Federal or State report amp the corresponding threshold criteria gt Lastly you can choose Summary Detail or Both for your spreadsheet Back et Cancel Help 29 8 Daily Totals Report by UserID 30 Daily Totals Report by UserID The Daily Totals Report by UserlD will display the total s for changes made via manual entry by UserID You will need to specify the date
422. rticipating states require separate notification that the payer is filing in this manner Since IRS MCC acts as a forwarding agent only it is the payer s responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information emphasis added All corrections properly coded for the Combined Federal State Filing Program will be forwarded to the participating states See IRS Pub 1220 for a complete description Contact your state agency for individual State requirements 18 3 Federal Thresholds CS Version only Federal Thresholds Corporate Suite Only The Federal Thresholds are values that represent the minimum amount that you are required to report the IRS and to the payee for each 1099 form If you pay a less then the threshold for that particular form you do not need to file a 1099 form for that payee 18 4 FIRE System FIRE System Use the Filing Information Returns Electronically FIRE System to electronically upload informational returns to the IRS Electronic files created via the 1099 Pro Electronic File Wizard fully comply with required IRS record formats per Pub 1220 The FIRE System is available 24 hours a day 7 days a week to any transmitter and can be reached by visiting https fire irs gov The FIRE System can be accessed by opening a web browser accessing the Internet and typing in the address https fire irs gov in the address field To use the FIRE System you must have a valid Transmitter Control Code TCC Fil
423. rts Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 312 1099 Pro 2011 Select One Type of Process to Schedule Import into Database Export out of Database Electronic File Creation for Filing 2 Select the Type of Report to Schedule d Job Wiz BEE Select the Type of Report to Schedule Only one report can be set up at a time Select One Report to Schedule 1098 1099 5498 W 2G Tax Form Summary Balancing Report 1099 W 2G 945 Federal and State Balancing Report 1042 S Tax Form Summary Balancing Report 1042 S 945 Federal and State Balancing Report W 2 Federal State Summary Balancing Report W 2 941 Federal and State Balancing Report 1099 Daily Totals Report By User 3 Enter the name of Job Initial Start date and Time as well as any dependencies jobs that must be completed prior to this one Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Scheduler Overview 313 Scheduled Job Wizard Assign a Descriptive Name and Time Frame for this Process Names can be up to 50 characters Type a name for this process e g Import Monthly 1099 R s from ABC Division Click on the Tab key on your keyboard after entering the name for the process Enable Scheduled Job Initial Date to begin the process on 8 05 2010 f Start Time e g 18 00 14 47 Job Dependency To create a job dependency select a job that must complete prior for this process to take place This Scheduled Job will start AFTER the selected job i
424. rvice Bureau to save money minimize administrative headaches safeguard their sensitive data and benefit from our extensive experience Whether you have a large or small job consider the cost savings and the value of a job done right during your busiest months of the year We ve made the process simple 1 Purchase the appropriate 1099 Pro software package for the type of form you wish to file Call or E Mail our Service Bureau to schedule an appointment date We must have your data by the agreed upon appointment date to ensure that itis posted online mailed or filed by the IRS deadline Manually enter or import your data into your 1099 Pro software Create an upload file within your 1099 Pro software E Mail or FTP your encrypted upload file to us on or before your appointment date e Customers are encouraged to schedule their upload appointments now Rates and availability are not guaranteed until your appointment is booked Worried about filing late or incorrectly Keep in mind NO customer has EVER incurred an IRS penalty due to an error on the part of 1099 Pro for information filed late or in an incorrect format to the IRS SSA Contact the SAS 70 Type Il Service Bureau Contact the 1099 Pro Service Bureau team to book your printing mailing and or electronic filing appointment and for all Service Bureau related inquiries Phone 866 444 3559 toll free or 818 876 0200 E Mail sb 1099pro com Internet htto Avww 10
425. s 336 W 9 337 B Notice S vseccceictcc ccc ceneccteetaccebicendccsscenatecentecchoeedieeccverdasuacdeeuetacz ecebsecdtcuscverdestavevetensesseccuats 337 Begin W 9 E HE WU ETC EE 337 Browse W 9 Request Main SCreenn ccccceeseeeeceeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeseeess 338 Browse W 9 Single Batch RE Quests ccceeececcceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeenseeeseeees 339 WY OVO EEN 339 VERT en GE 341 Glossary 342 250 TEE 352 E LE EE 353 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Contents 13 Business Rule S onni ienaa AERAN ege e 353 ASCI ria en a AR A A R 353 Cascading BEN E 353 e UE 354 Corrected options scc ici ccctecce cece cute nirea wecewetaecenduteneecedua cece EEN ENEE 354 End of Payer C Er DEE 354 End of Transmission F ROCOIGC c cceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeess 354 UW T tices Gosek ope tot cey Ee E E 354 LELE aa PE NENE Seege eege EA ee cus e Ee D eg Ne Seeerei ee 354 Import Ma p BE 354 Location COG osrin araea I REEE a edaccdansecs EAE ERIA EAEAN E ETETE 355 Payee BY RECON ET 355 Payer A E Lt E 355 Pending ME 355 Pending ECHT 355 Recipient Em ployee cis s0ic ccccdcccecazecs ccaccec cccadcecccnescettecavdesccadcestccanddecccaassennedasssectadseszccdavs 355 Roll Forward UNY fee ceteces ace tose cde A ENEAS Rani RA TAA ANAA VEE EN FRAASE DEL NIA PESETAS AKAFA 355 SAS T0 Type Ilirii a a aaaea E A aT aa RA 356 ll DEE 356 State
426. s are only available on copies for Recipients not Federal or Local State copies or copies for your own records See Advanced Print Options for more information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 zm 1 1080 Prow 2011 26 1 Advanced Print Options Advanced Print Options 1099Pro offers an Advanced Print Option to allow you to shift the position of the Filer and Recipient Addresses either vertically or horizontally on a printed recipient copy and also force an X into the Corrected and VOID boxes on the form These options are only available on copies for Recipients not Federal or Local State copies or copies for your own records Normally a Filer will issue a form in January and the information on that form will not change again it will simply be filed with the IRS later in February or March Sometimes though the Recipient may have been sent erroneous information or simply need to have an address changed Ifthe form has not been filed with the IRS yet the Filer will only need to correct the information in 1099 Pro and issue a new revised form to the Recipient Advanced Recipient Print Options Advanced Print Options for Recipient Forms These options only apply to Recipient Copies not Federal State Local copies Address Envelope Offsets Special Options for THIS run only These options allow you to shift the position of the Filer and Recipient addresses up down and over if you are not using standard envelopes Addre
427. s completed Note you can only have one job dependency however jobs may be chained 4 Select Job Frequency Here you will be able to select how often the jobs are run Please see Job Frequency Detail for more in depth information EN Ee HE E a ob Wizar Define the frequency of this Process Note different frequencies will bring up different options Set the Job Frequency Frequency of this process One Time Only Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ou _ 1080 Prow 2011 5 Define Report Parameters See Reports for more details on report options Scheduled Job Wizard Select Report Parameters This parameters will be used during the scheduled report process Report Parameters 4 Back x Cancel Help 6 After defining Report Parameters your job is now ready to run 30 2 1 2 1 W2 Balance Report Wizard 30 2 1 3 Adding or changing a W2 Balancing Report The W2 Balance Report wizard has options specific for form W2 to guide you through the process of generating a state Balance Report for form W2 Job Frequency Detail Job Frequency Detail This section will go into detail on the job frequency options available Daily Set start date and time the job will be run then select recurrence options e Every day Allows job to be run every day By selecting this option you may also select options to have the job repeat at specified intervals throughout the day e WeekDays Runs Monday Friday
428. s is now complete 34 4 1 Select Import Session 34 5 34 6 Zero Drop Selecting an Import session Corporate Suite feature only This screen will show you a list of all Year to date Import sessions for the current tax year Select the session you wish to use to use for the zero drop process Please see Year to Date Import Zero Drop Overview for more information on this process Zero Drop Process Confirmation Confirming your Zero Drop Process selections Corporate Suite feature only When you have completed making your selections for either your Date Range or Import Session Zero Drop Process you will be prompted by a confirmation window This confirmation window displays an overview of your Zero Drop selections and allows you to check them before continuing with the process The confirmation window will display different data depending on the type of Zero Drop Process you are running i e by Date Range or by Import Session The image below is an example of the Zero Drop Process by Date Range confirmation screen NY Confirm Zero Drop Processing If the the information shown here is correct please click OK to complete the process Click on CANCEL to stop the process no forms will be updated Selected Form Type 1099 INT Selected Date Range 10 01 2006 12 31 2006 Total affected Forms 1 Set To Status DROP Pending NOTE These forms will no longer be included in Control Total reports print runs or any type of state or Federa
429. s of returns submitted on paper or electronically may request an extension of time to file on this form You can view or print the form within 1099 PRO by choosing Forms and then IRS Instructions and Blank Forms and then choosing 8809 Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns To access the form via the internet please click here Help amp Maintenance Help amp Maintenance 1099Pro responds directly to customer needs by offering solutions that go beyond standalone products and services 1099Pro offers complimentary Technical Support to assist with issues that customers may experience and we make an effort to help get these problems resolved quickly and efficiently The 1099Pro Technical Help Desk is available to assist customers with software installation troubleshooting and other forms of assistance in using 1099Pro products In the meantime feel free to review some of the most common issues our customers have experienced and how to quickly resolve the issues Data Files Data Files 1099 Pro data files are suffixed with TPS For example filers tps contains filer data and states tps contains state data In a typical installation these files are located at C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Data Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F196 _1080 Proe 2011 22 2 INI File The Pro99T11 INI file contains information specific to your installation and is located at C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 admin The INI file may or may not be
430. s option allows you to tag individual records All pending forms for selected filer this option allows you to tag individual filers for this print session Note 1099Pro now contains a feature called Form Session Limits which provides with extra filtering options when printing forms 3 To print corrected forms if any have been created mark the Process and Print Corrected Forms Instead of Originals checkbox See About Corrections 4 Click the Begin Print Process button to access the Print Wizard Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ze _1080 Proe 2011 5 Select processing options for any records with errors or warnings at the Confirm Processing screen Please note that filing records with missing or invalid data may result in the record being rejected by the IRS If your data contains no errors or warnings this screen will not appear 6 The Print Wizard displays the number of recipients selected for printing To verify these recipients amounts or other information you are encouraged to first run a Control Totals report To proceed with the Print Wizard click Next Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 7 Select Printer and Paper Type Review the selected printer and change if necessary Choose your paper type Preprinted laser forms Blank stock or Continuous forms 8 Select the copies you want to print The Combined Print option available when printing to Blank stock prints all recipient copies and instructions on
431. s part of the 1099 Pro NET module of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software As part of the 1099 Pro NET module you can lay out the browse enter and edit screen to show the most relevant information to you This information is customized per user and can be shared amongst users In addition to being able to select which columns are displayed you may also rename them and or select a default custom sort order to display the information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ASP net Features CS Version only Define the Columns Layout Select desired fields from Available Fields list place them in a desired order The selected fields will appear in columns from left to right Available Fields 2nd TIN Notice Aggregation Master Form Authority Code Box 1 amount Box 10 Amount Box 13 amount Box 14 amount Box 15a Amount Select a Sort Order Select Default Predefined or Custom Sort Order Custom Sort Order should only be used when accessing a limited amount of data Selected Sort Order Order By Recipient Last Name First Name Use the Default Sort Order Select a predefined Sort Order fastest Define your own Custom Sort Order slowest Notes You may enter up to 255 characters long to describe this view or any information that you might find useful to associate with this view Internet Protected Mode On 4 Browse Filers Browse Filers Use the Browse the Fi
432. saesaeeaesanuaneas Printing Blank Forms OV rview ccceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeenseeeeeees Print IRS Form ScINStruCtiOm a a a T aa E aera a aa ra maa raea aa a Ea E aAa AEA a PAra aaar Aaroa EAren diranna rini Puerto Rico compliant tax forms CS version only ENEE REENEN EEN 252 Assigning a Printed Status ccceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeessaeeeeeseas 256 Field Size Sace RA A RE aa EaR Era re EREA E a REIA EASE 257 Margiri Alignim ents anie iina etetesecets ce ttecee Ka ANTE ENEE E ERSAN ERE Ae NENNE ES 261 PCE gl e BEE 262 Print Session Report iseinean ieee eE anaa EAK ENN EANNA KALKAN EEANN NOREEN KEENT REAN 264 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Contents d 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Part XXVII 1 2 Part XXVIII 1 2 3 Part XXIX e ON OO oO FP WO ND Part XXX P Printe RE TE 264 Printing Tax Forms WiZard ccceccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaeenseeseneess 265 View Selected RetGorde geegeg ee deeg ENNEN EENEG NENNEN SEENEN 267 QUICK PrN eege oes aes hs ees Adee A es 267 Reprint Ge e E 268 ld gr codec ccctaedceteceadseteassectuccedceccctesdaste cavseescadeeateuandcecncacsseetucuaseecuadsastuecese 269 Reset le EE 269 Troubleshoot Printer Leeues ue EEN ee ence ence ee ee eee ence ee REENEN EEN REENEN 270 Pressure Seal Forms 272 Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Fortmats cc
433. scccceesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeneess 273 Pressure Seal and Alternate Printing Tutorial cccccceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeees 276 Queries 284 Custom Query using Manual Ove rride cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeseeneeeees 285 Custom Query Wizard dees eene dicccerccccetadagcectaseccecnadasdectorceccecndscestuseeccecnvactecterececetusdes 287 Selecta Deet ege eegen tee ligase ed Seege Eed ee ENEE 288 Reports 288 Form Control Totale zeessen eeeE NEE ege EEN EE EN deeg 289 Troubleshooting Control Totals gece EEN aaa na aa aa aaeain ka eaaa aa 290 1099Pro State Quarterly E File Wizard CS version only EEN EEN 290 945 Federal and State Balancing Report CS version only ue 299 ele CET 300 Forms Issued By Feroun nienia rae ENEE EENS deed NR 300 Import Map Re ports icc ccc cccie cece deseecccctte cece ceeaecccetue eeecdebeeuecetuedeeecceaeeccecbenescccboeeccetuedeescceaeeds 301 Late Add Corrections Re pott cccceeesseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeneeseeeaeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeanees 302 Daily Totals Report by User lD ceseseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeenseeeeneess 302 Scheduler Overview Administrative Conftguraton SEENEN EEN EEN ENEE EEN EEN EE Set Email Server ANd ACCOUMNG sed Manage Email Recipient Lists cceeee Add or Update Scheduler Email Recipients Manage Automated Email Messages Text Add o
434. screen click the View Print Security Reports button Available reports include e Print Users by Name Lists all users sorted by User ID e Users and Attached Profiles Lists all access users and all of the User Profiles they are associated with Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security s e Profiles and Associated Access Groups Lists User Profiles and the Access Groups Filers and Departments they are associated with e Access Group Detail Lists Access Groups and all of the permissions assigned to them e Detailed Security Report Summarizes the User Profiles and Access Groups selected Users are assigned to e Security Log Generates a report based on the security audit trail 3 All reports offer a print preview option E Security Reports X eh Users and Attached Profiles amp gones and Associated Access roups amp Access Group Detal amp Detal Secunty amp Security Log d Chose 11 1 9 Security Access Log Security Access Log The Security Access Log tracks every time Security or Audit Trails are enabled or disabled If Security is enabled the Security Access Log also tracks all logon attempts Browse amp Manage the Security Access Log 1099 Pro includes predefined queries for sorting access log records including All Records Default selection that displays all records Access for One Date Select this query and then enter the date for which you want to show logs
435. sdiction to be invalid void or unenforceable the rest of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview 183 affected impaired or invalidated Section paragraph and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are in no way intended to describe interpret define amplify or limit the scope extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision of it 19 2 eFileViewer Main Screen eFileViewer with file selected At the eFileViewer Screen you will see the files you have opened The column categories displaying the contents of the file information as follows LI File Type Hl Tax Year LI Total Records Date amp Time the file was loaded into the viewer LI Total Filers LI Total Recipients LI File Name You will typically find the following general field descriptions embedded in a Electronic file kl Iransmitter T Record kl Payer A Record kl Payee B Record kl End of Payer C Record kl State Totals K Record kl End of Transmission F Record The Main Screen of the eFile Viewer with file open After you open the Electronic File you will see the contents of the file The upper left side of the window contains a listed hierarchy of T A C K and F records The B record is displayed in the lower left when you have an A record highlighted As you highlight each field i e The T r
436. se the form type you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to by clicking on it and then pressing the Select button You will now need to select the Filers you wish to apply the Zero Drop process to Click on the desired Filers and press the Tag button to select them Once you have made your selections you can save them for later usage by clicking on the Save button saved selections sets can be loaded by clicking on the Load button With your Fiers selected click on the Select Date Range to use button Select your date range by either entering a dates into the Set Range From and Through Note clicking on the calendar icon to the right of the date range boxes will bring up a calendar for easy date selection or you can choose from any of the predefined options in the Default Ranges box Simply click in any one of the radio boxes to the left of the date range and your dates will automatically fill the boxes Set Range From and Through Click on the OK button to save your date ranges and continue You can now click on the Proceed to the next step button load the Zero Drop The program will prompt you to confirm the Zero Drop process Click on the OK button to continue or the Cancel button abort the Zero Drop 3 Your Zero Drop Process is now complete Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Year to Date Imports and Zero Drops 335 34 3 Drop by Date Range Drop by Date Range Corporate Suite feature only Year to Date I
437. select a different filer by using the Select a Different Filer to use button 4 Choose an option for how Recipients will be selected either Manual or Automatic then click Next 5 Tag the recipients you want to send W 9 requests for by either manually tagging them or using the automatic feature which will select recipients based on the criteria of whether they have an invalid TIN or a missing TIN Click Next 6 Set the print options for your W 9 Forms Click Next 7 Confirm your settings and then click Finish 8 After clicking Finish you are returned to the Create a New Batch screen If you are finished then click cancel to print these requests Duplexing Note For users who have Printers with a duplexing unit there is an option to print on both sides of a sheet of paper es Follow steps 1 8 above then at the Print Preview screen initiate a print session by clicking the print icon at the top of the preview screen On the Select Printer Screen click the properties button for your printer Click the Finishing tab then locate the area Document Options on this screen Place a check in the box to Print on both sides Click OK and proceed to print your request ae ON Browse W 9 Request Main Screen Browse W 9 Request Main Screen From the W 9 Request main screen you can track update print amp view reprint all previously issued information requests Current View Sort Allows you to sort the
438. ser of 1099 Pro must send a request on company letterhead stating that the Administrator password is lost and an unlock code is required Upon receipt of this request Technical Support will provide an unlock code good for that day only 11 1 2 Turn On Off Security Turn On Off Security Section 1 Accessing Security To access the 1099 Pro security control panel select File from the program menu and then select Security and Administration From the Global Administrative Options window click the Security Groups button on the left Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro 2011 Security status is displayed in the blue box toward the top of the window next to the Security is currently On Off text If security is not enabled click on the Activate Security button to enable it You will be prompted to restart the program to finalize this change 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers Click on a button to view or change those options p Security Options K Secwity Security is currently OFF Activate Security Groups Step 1 Setup Permission Options Step 2 Managing Users amp Passwords These options are where you create groups of These options let you create users assign them Audit Trails eae S S p permissions and access rights for all users to Groups and viewprint security logs reports Create your Access Groups by Selecting the ae
439. setting an import session voids deletes all records The only exception is if some records from a pending import session have been upgraded to filed status Those records would not be voided Voiding an import session does not delete recipient information from the master recipient database To reset session 1 On the task panel select General Options and then the Import Forms icon 2 Atthe Completed amp In Process Import Sessions screen highlight an import session and click the Reset Void Session button Onlysessions with an Imported or Partial status are available for void 3 The Administrator prompts to confirm the void Click Proceed with Reset Void to continue or Cancel to abort Session status immediately updates to Voided Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 2a 24 6 Reject Imports Reject Imports Records that contain certain errors are automatically rejected for import Reject errors include Missing Last Name and TIN Field contains non allowed negative amounts If the correct information is available users should exit the Import Post Wizard and fix the record at the Edit Post or Abandon Records screen If the correct information is not available users may proceed with their import The rejected record is held at the Completed amp In Process Import Sessions screen and may be fixed at a later time M For more information on Warnings Errors and Reject Errors see Error amp Validation Che
440. sibly uploaded to the Service Bureau It is also possible that these forms were imported in a status other than pending in which case they would also be considered protected until they are either Reset VOIDED or un protected Forms with a Status of Pending may be changed or deleted Return to the top Use lookups to fill in information 1099Pro allows you to select existing recipients from your Recipients Master List to add to or update a form All recipient records are stored in a master database that is accessible on any tax form To access this information at any data entry screen place your cursor in the Recipient TIN field and hit the lt F2 gt key or right click your mouse The Select a Recipient screen appears with ALL recipients for ALL filers available for selection Return to the top Adding a group of forms Group Actions let you tag select any number of recipients and then loop through the list creating new forms for them The program will automatically fill in the recipient information on each new form so all you have to do is fill in the specific box information for the form For additional flexibility you are also given the option to add the forms in any of four sort orders by name by TIN by State or by ZIP The Group Actions button can be found on the main Enter Update amp View screen at the bottom of the screen Click the Group Actions button Select the Add tab then click the proceed with this action but
441. ss adjustments are measured in hundreths of an inch from the DEFAULT placement For example a change of 25 would shift an address down or to the right 1 4 of an inch Vertical adjustments positive numbers move the address down negative move it up Filer address MN 3 Recipient address 0 00 5 Horizontal adjustments positive numbers move the address right negative move H left Filer address 0 00 4 Recipient address 0 00 4 Clear all options Cancel Help 26 1 1 Forcing an X Forcing an X Why would I want an X in the Corrected box Many people regard these revised re issued forms as a correction and want to have that box checked to help indicate to the Recipient that the new form has the correct information on it The Advanced Options will let you do that What s important to understand is that the IRS does NOT regard this a correction Since the information has not been filed with them yet they neither know nor care how many versions of a form have been issued and or reissued before they get the final information Regarding formal IRS corrections i e a correction to information AFTER it has been submitted to the IRS The IRS has very strict rules about which forms should have the Corrected and or Void boxes checked That s why the Advanced Options are only Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 26 1 1 1 Printing Overview 247 available for forms that go to the Recipient send the IRS a
442. ss days after the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it whichever is later Date the B notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100 Notice or the date you received it whichever is later Do not send a Form W 9 The outer envelope must be clearly marked IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION ENCLOSED or IMPORTANT TAX RETURN DOCUMENT ENCLOSED Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 2 The payee must contact the SSA to have his or her social security number validated on Form SSA 7028 Notice to Third Party of Social Security Number Assignment or the IRS to get his or her employer identification number validated on IRS Letter 147C 3 Allow 30 business days after the date of the Second B Notice to receive SSA Form 7028 from the SSA or Letter 147C from the payee Begin backup withholding on payments made to the payee if you don t receive Form SSA 7028 or Letter 147C by the 30th business day You may at your option begin backup withholding during the 30 business day period You must continue to backup withhold until you receive the validation Stop backup withholding no later than 30 days after you receive the required verification You may stop backup withholding anytime within that 30 calendar day period after receiving verification NOTE You are not required to file a correction unless you are also making a change to the dollar amount reported It is your responsibility to send the appropriate B notice to the payee when
443. ssful because the following points remain consistent across all levels 1 All HP LaserJet series printers implement PCL printer language features consistently 2 HP printers implement the PCL feature in very cost effective formatters 3 HP printers have the ability to ignore most unsupported commands without causing the printer or issuing device to crash There are six major levels of PCL The creation of these levels was driven by the combination of printer technology developments changing user needs and application software improvements The first versions of PCL PCL 1 and 2 were used in HP impact and Inkjet printers in the early 1980s The major phases of the PCL printer language are as follows PCL 1 This version is supported by all HP LaserJet series printers except the HP LaserJet 3100 and 3150 series products It provided very basic printing and spacing functionality but was limited to only text printing and ASCII characters PCL 1 is the foundational base set of functions provided for simple single user workstation output It was created in the late 1970s and introduced in the late 70s and early 80s PCL 2 As was PCL 1 this version is supported by all HP LaserJet series printers except the HP LaserJet 3100 and 3150 series products Hence it covered all PCL functionality and provided Electronic Data Processing Transaction functionality Functions were added for general purpose multi user system printing but still in ASCII prin
444. ssion 269 Reset to Pending 264 269 Residence State 139 Restore Data 91 Review Import Session 241 Revising a Tax Form 269 Revisions 264 269 Rights Summary Report 88 Roll Forward Utility 355 Rollup 55 56 235 RTN 32 Rule of 250 177 352 Rules 93 Rulles for Aggregation 122 Run a Recipient Report 42 Oz Safeguard TIN 204 Sample Import Files 232 Santa Monica Seminar 44 SAS 356 SAS 70 356 SAS 70 Type II 356 SB Uploaded 195 Scheduled 70 Scheduler 70 302 303 305 308 seal 273 Search 140 Search By Account Number 37 Search by Name 37 Search by TIN 37 Secure 356 Secure Data 356 Security 70 Security Access Log 89 Security and Access Groups Overview 73 Security Overview 73 Security Password Options 76 Security Reports 88 Security Settings 76 Select a City Zip State 142 Select a Filer 34 Selecta Fom 141 Select a Recipient 42 Selecta User 288 Select Country 215 Select Department 139 Select Fields for Aggregation 122 Select Form Type 141 Select IRS Code 143 Select States 233 Selecting Print Codes 112 Seminars 44 Server Hosting 114 Service Bureau 324 356 Service Bureau Overview 315 Service Bureau Packages 316 Service Bureau Toolbar 21 Service Bureau Upload Process Step 1 Creating an Upload File 317 Step 2 Approve Control Totals 317 Step 3 File Upload Transfer amp Completion 317 Services 316 Set Password Requirements 76 Setting Aggregation Rules 122 Setting Rollup
445. st Name Company order when you switch to Browse by Form mode 14 5 Capitalization Capitalization 1099 Prof capitalizes the first letter of names addresses and non ID boxes Form W 2G only during manual data entry This is a default Preference setting that may be cancelled Please note Account number and free form text fields have no special formatting Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vm 1099 Proo 2011 14 6 14 7 14 8 State abbreviations are forced uppercase Cascading Changes Cascading Changes Frequently Asked Questions What are Cascading changes When you make manual changes to the filers amp recipient master list in 1099Pro those changes are then cascaded or updated throughout all tax forms with a status of Pending Cascading updates help ensure that the entire filer and recipient information regardless of the tax form synchronizes quickly and uniformly When does the cascading of those changes take place As you make changes to a filer or recipient click Save to save your changes You are then prompted with the option to Update all Pending forms with these changes as well Place a check mark in the box if you want all changes to then synchronize throughout all pending tax forms To make changes on the current tax form only remove the check mark and proceed to save your changes If existing tax forms contain information that need updating and have statuses other than Pending i e Printed Filed Uploaded
446. st will be appended to the original request How do interpret the results of my Bulk TIN Request You will receive a file containing the bulk request data you submitted along with the results The bulk data you provided in your Bulk TIN Request data file will be repeated A new field will be added to describe your results e 0 TIN and Name match 1 TIN was missing or was entered incorrectly 2 TIN entered is not currently issued 3 TIN and Name do not match 4 Invalid TIN matching request 5 Duplicate TIN matching request e 6 TIN and Name combination matches IRS SSN records e 7 TIN and Name combination matches IRS EIN records e 8 TIN and Name combination matches IRS SSN and EIN records The following are sample results from a sample Bulk TIN data file 13183421111 Matthew Mulberry 89765 2 2 562611111 Acme Incorporated 89765 0 As you can see the TIN provided by Matthew Mulberry is not currently issued The TIN provided by Acme Incorporated matched the IRS records What is an Invalid TIN Matching Request An Invalid TIN Matching Request has a required field missing on a line in the bulk upload file For example the following line from a TIN Matching bulk upload file is missing the TIN Name field 2 562611111 89765 This line would generate a 4 in the results data file E Mailed to you indicating an Invalid TIN matching request as follows 2 562611111 89765 4 IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart IRS Incorrect TIN Flowchart
447. start Default On Turning on this option will automatically start the user viewing the filer information that they were viewing when they exited the software Show a reminder when using Add Recipient Turning on this option will enable a warning that states Tip In order to reduce typing and save time recipients are normally added to 1099 Pro as part of the process of creating their 1099 forms You do NOT need to add a recipient here before creating a tax form for them Do you still want to add a new recipient employee right now Whenever you add a recipient in the Recipient section Note You will also be given the option to disable this message at the time this message is displayed Show a reminder that First Name is discarded for EIN Company Note These options can be set changed by the user on each workstation Your choices here will provide the default 11 3 3 3 Limits Limits Tab This area will allow you to set the accounting day limit entries on records so if you enter a specific date in these areas users will receive a warning that they cannot save the record because it goes beyond that date There are two different areas where dates may be entered the Transaction Accounting Date Cutoff and the Open Window Cutoff Date WEB ASP daia eniry only which is extremely useful because representatives that Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 se _ 1080 Proe 201 11 3 3 4 11 3 3 5 are only allowed to interface with the progra
448. subject to a penalty of 50 for each return in an improper format Take me back to Getting Started Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 e _ 1080 Proe 201 1 4 Registration amp Upgrades Registration amp Upgrades Software Activation You must activate your DEMO of this software to access this feature If your software is running in DEMO mode you must enter your 14 character authorization code so your demo will unlock and give you access to this and other features Once you have your authorization code follow these steps to activate your software 1 From within the software Click on the menu item Utilities at the top of the screen 2 Select Software Registration Demo Activation 3 Enter your code amp click on the Activate Now button 4 If for some reason you code does not work please call the number below Image 2 If you are ready to upgrade your copy of 1099 Pro Enter the code you received then press the Upgrade Now button Upgrade Bump Code Il Upgrade Now How to obtain an Authorization Code e Internet go to www 1099pro com and purchase the software from our web site e Phone call toll free 888 776 1099 or 888 pro 1099 from 6am 5pm PST or call 818 876 0200 e E Mail sales 1099pro com Upgrading Transaction Limits Transactions are the number of actual tax forms that may be entered or imported regardless of print status into 1099 Pro A standard installation allows for 5 000 transactions To
449. sure that necessary information such as the date account number and BWH rate are on the B Notice before mailing it to the payee If you do not include the optional reply envelope be sure to provide return address information in your mailing 3 Update your records with the corrected information received from the payee and include it on any future information returns you file Do not send the signed Form W 9 to the IRS 4 Begin backup withholding on payments made to payees who do not return a signed Form W 9 response to the First B Notice no later than 30 business days after the date of the CP2100 CP2100A Notice or the date you received it whichever is later However you may begin backup withholding the day after the date you receive the CP2100 Notice Stop backup withholding no later than 30 calendar days after you receive the signed Form W 9 from the payee You may stop any time within that 30 calendar day period NOTE Do not file a correction unless you are also making a change to the dollar amount reported It is your responsibility to send the appropriate B Notice to the payee when required to obtain the correct Name TIN This information may not be solicited by telephone You need a TIN that the payee certifies as correct on Form W 9 in order to stop current backup withholding or prevent backup withholding from starting Second B Notice 1 Send the Second B Notice and an optional reply envelope to the payee within 15 busine
450. sy to generate a 1096 Transmittal To generate a 1096 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections section and click the File via 1096 paper icon Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 so 1080 Proe 201 7 1 1 2 Click the Begin a New Form 1096 Process button to access the Form 1096 Print Wizard To proceed with the Print Wizard click Next Use the Back button at any time to go back a step 3 Select the form type to process Only records with a printed status are available for selection 4 Tagprintsessions Multiple print sessions of the same form type may be included in this 1096 Click Next to proceed a Verify Contact Name and Phone Number E mail Address and Fax Number are optional fields Click Next to proceed 6 Printa test alignment to minimize form waste When satisfied with alignment click Next to proceed N Review 1096 summary and if satisfied click Print to begin printing 8 1099 Pro prompts you to place the pre printed 1096 form into the printer Click OK when the printer is ready 9 Indicate if the Transmittal is ready to send to the IRS Select YES My 1096 printed correctly if you are satisfied with the 1096 These forms will have a Filed 1096 status Remember to mail your Copy A s and 1096 to the IRS by February 28 2012 Select NO My 1096 is not correct if you are not satisfied with the 1096 Discard the 1096 These forms will continue to have a printed status 10
451. t 45 days prior to the February 28 2012 filing date To request a TCC number complete Form 4419 Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically This form may be printed directly from 1099 Pro software obtained by calling the IRS at 866 263 8700 or 304 263 8700 You may also call 1099 Pro Inc and we ll fax you a copy If your company doesn t have a TCC or you ve missed the deadline to apply for one our Service Bureau can file electronically on your behalf for a nominal fee Combined Federal State Filing Program CFS Participation in this program allows the IRS to forward certain 1099 information directly to participating states The following information returns may be filed under this program 1099 DIV 1099 G 1099 INT 1099 MISC 1099 OID 1099 PATR 1099 R and 5498 By checking the Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Help amp Maintenance 199 box Combined Federal State Filer for each Filer 1099 Pro will flag that electronic data going to the IRS to be formatted in the CFS program Some states e g California require reporting of other forms not in the CFS e g 1098 In this case you can create state specific files using 1099 Pro Enterprise or Corporate Suite or you can contact our Service Bureau for specialized filing on your behalf Remember that current Enterprise and Professional customers can reference http www 1099pro com resourcecompliance asp for more information If you have an Internet conn
452. t Lookup Screen Accounts tied to criteria that you type in the Search Filter box are displayed in this secondary window To reset or remove the filter applied to this screen click the Show All Remove Filter button 1 Select an Account Recipient x Search Fitter john LastiCompany Name Address Address Show All remove filter Recipient Lookup Screen Recipient Lookup Screen In the recipient lookup screen you can run a program wide search for a recipient then view a list of form types associated with that recipient as well the forms statuses error statuses Filer Tax ID number applied to this Tax Form and Recipient and then the Filer Name This is helpful when you have a large number of records in the software and you need to find someone right away without having to go in and out of various filers to search for a single recipient Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 fee 1080 Proe 2011 5 3 Recipient Lookup and Forms Issued Search Criteria 25220090 Brit ByAccout ByName 123 22 1050 JAMES BROWN 605 SUNSET OR ACH 15 SKOKIE IL 60076 A Update Recipient Record List of Tax Forms issued to this Recipient Foem Status Filer TIN Location Payer Code Error Status Filer Name amp Auick Pint fen A ChangeMiew TaxFom 9 Rehesh D Chose 2 Hep To use the recipient lookup feature 1 4 First determine the search criteria you need to search
453. t driver with your printer For example an HP 4SI with a PCL 5 driver will give different results than a PCL 6 driver 3 Tryenvelopes and paper from 1099 Pro For example the 8888 1 envelope is specifically designed for the Combined Print option in conjunction with blank paper stock 5145 See Tax Supplies 4 Take advantage of the SSN masking feature within 1099 Pro Special Help Special Help H Some 1099 Pro Wizard screens offer this button for quick access to special help topics This button typically offers more detailed information than what is available via the standard Help button or lt F1 gt key Technical Support Technical Support 1099 Pro includes context sensitive help screens as the first means of supporting your use of this product In addition 1099 Pro Inc now offers several new technical support options including Online Help Tutorials and an Online Knowledge Base These options are intended to provide customers with immediate solutions If these sources do not contain the answers to your questions contact technical support by phone or E Mail To help us better assist you please follow these steps when contacting technical support Provide the following information Company name or Customer ID number Please be at the computer you are experiencing the problem with Alist of what steps were taken prior to the problem Any error messages that you have encountered Technical Support Options Copyright 1099
454. t duplicated e Only Pending Printed forms This option is useful if you only wish to generate a report on forms that are pending and need to be completed e ALL forms This option will allow will generate a report on all forms regardless of their status e Type of File e File will be placed in This will show you the directory on your computer where the report will be placed once it has been generated 17 Once you are done you may click Finish and a report will be generated and placed in the specified directory Note If there are multiple files in that directory your report can be easily identified by the time and date stamp in the file name Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 29 3 945 Federal and State Balancing Report CS version only 945 Federal and State Balancing Report Available in Corporate Suite edition only The 945 Federal and State Balancing Report allows you to create a report or Excel spreadsheet showing the Federal and or State Withholding Tax for forms 1099 INT 1099 MISC 1099 R amp W2 G The report will always give you the current amount of FIT or SIT to date and the Cutoff date will allow you to adjust the breakdown between Originals and Late Originals To run a 945 Balancing Report use the following steps From the menu bar select the Reports option From the Reports list select 945 Federal and State Balancing Report Please read the introduction to the report wizard and click Next Select a Cutoff Dat
455. t information either manually or via import Note The warning status of Error is more severe than the status of warning but is still capable of being brought into the software Reject Turning on this option will give a warning message with the status of Reject when entering Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 F102 Lumpen 201 11 3 3 7 recipient information that is missing a Address line 1 or 2 for recipient information either manually or via import Note The warning status of Reject is the most severe message and records with the status of reject will not be allowed to be saved in the system Error Level if for SWT State Withholding Tax for non taxing states This is the error warning that a user will see if they enter information for State Withholding Tax for a non taxing state this will be via the Corporate Suite software or the ASP interface weather entered manually or imported into the software No Error Default Choosing this option will not attribute an error message to forms that are entered with State Withholding Tax on non taxing States Warning Choosing this option will attribute an error message of Warning to forms that are entered with State Withholding Tax on non taxing States Note The error message of warning will not prevent the tax form from being save or from being brought into the software without prompt Error Choosing this option will attribute an error message of Error to forms that are
456. tatus OVErVieW cc ccccseee sess steneeseeseeseessesseeseesoesoesaesaesseuseuseeseeseeseesnesaesaevaesaeuaesonesnsnaesoesausaesensnuneas Converting From Excel Fortmat cccccceesseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseseeeeesesseeeeeeseeneeeees Microsoft Access 2007 Rollup Proce Qure ccceesseccceeeseeeeneeseeeeneeseeeeeenseeeeneeseeeeeenseeesneess IR Import Session Report eseEekeSERRVEKEEEREEKEEEEER EE EEENKEREE ENEE EE EEKEEEEER NEE EEENKEEEER EVEN ESuE Eed Reject impots onere REENEN e Review Import S SSION cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeeeenseeeeeeess Independent Contractor Reporting OVErVieW eeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseneeeesseneeeees Voiding an Import SCSSION ccceeeeeee cece ee ee ence ee ee ence eeeeee ee eeeeae ee seseeeseseseeesseeseeeseeessaeneeeaees Printed PRINU SESSIONS EE 243 Printing Overview Advanced Print Options fi coe ccc cicedece ege ceeccadeceedcccecheededi nade edccceescedicodscececeetdtuetdiadeccaseuces FOR CHING EUR GE Inserting a Custom Print Message Making Address AdjuStm ints iiien sieaa a aeaea aena saae Ea aasan asa ranae sa araa pa ia arkaadia Form Limits e UE e Enabling Form Em Welter eege ENEE EES PDF File Generation Overview EEN EEN ENEE RRE ERKENNEN Initial PDF Options ccc ccecesseseeseeeseeseeseessessesesoessesseeseesousoesausaessesseuseeseeseeseeanesaesaesaesaeuaesaneseesausaa
457. ter 1099 Pro Administrators use Administrator and NEW to logon for the first time with enabled security Administrator must create users and assign rights prior to installing 1099 Pro to workstations You are encouraged to enable Security If security is disabled ANY USER on ANY WORKSTATION can access 1099 Pro and view modify Administrator settings and all data This includes the potential for ANYONE to create himself as Administrator and lock you out of 1099 Pro To perform workstation installation 1 Complete network installation prior to installing workstation s 2 Install 1099 Pro at the workstation Enter your multi user Registration code as prompted Select Workstation Installation as the Install Type Browse for the network drive and folder eg X 1099 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 200 1080 Proe 2011 Pro Pro99T11 where X is the mapped network drive Allow the program files to reside on the local drive e g C 1099 Pro Pro99T1 1 If the Administrator enabled security the workstation is deemed a user Upon first entering 1099 Pro at the workstation a User ID as assigned by the Administrator is required For the Password enter new The User is then required to create their own unique password Multi User installation with Remote Data Program Location 1 Install Server Installing software a code ending with ME or MP will trigger a Multi user installation ALWAYS install the Server first noting that this PC
458. ter they have processed but before they have been sent to he printer You can also cancel printing afer just looking at the forms D Ifyou are using pre printed forms you wil oniy see the data during print preview you are using blank paper you will see doth the form and the date Preview each selected copy before priming Ask me before processing each copy type Using this option you wil be asked whether or not to preview the forms of each selected copy You can choose for each type and you aiso have the option to stop previewing O Yes preview each selected copy type without asking me Automatically previews each selected form type without stopping to ask you O No send the forms directly to the printer without previewing them Prints the al selected copies of the forms without any preview TH When you preview forms you also have the option to create a PDF file from the previewer Here you will be see the summary for all the options before you are done printing If everything looks correct click Print to begin your printing process I E 12 A 12 A Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Pressure Seal Forms 283 1099 MISC Print Wizard Ready to print your 1099 MISC now Double check that each of the settings below is correct then press the Print button to begin Here is summary of the choices you have made for printing your tax forms Printer 1099ms2 HP 4350 4Si on IP_192 168 1 70 Print Options Standard printin
459. tes e Preferences Takes you to the Data Entry Preferences for Form screen where you can change the position of the First Name and Last Name Company orientation in how itis displayed on the tax form Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vm Lummpen 201 Tax State Tax State is used for State filing only Ris normally the same as the state withholding if any or address state unless there is an explicit need to override it Withholding State When a tax form or electronic file is generated from our software the Withholding State is determined to be the state with dollar amounts withheld For Example 1099 R Box 10 State Tax Withheld Tax State with no amounts withheld If there is no amounts withheld and you still want to designate a Tax State since the work or event took place in a specific state then use the Tax State override button to do this Click the State button to set a Tax State Residence State If there is no Tax State then the state is the State of Residence IRS Instructions You can open the 2011 General Instructions and more specifically the Current Tax Form instructions Form Help Provides help for the current tax form 14 11 Print View Reports Print View Reports How to Print View Reports Ts 2 At the Browse Form Records screen click the Print View Report button 1099 Prof prompts to use the current query The current query is displayed in the upper right of the Browse Form Records screen
460. tes Entered on Forms Are Outside of this Range Date is before 1 01 2011 default entry Date is after 12 31 2011 default entry Other Options Located under the General more Tab Automatically reselect the last Filer at start up Show a reminder using the Add Recipient Show a reminder that the first name is discarded for EIN Company Checking for Updates These options help to ensure that you have the most up to date version including any last minute changes from the IRS SSA Ask for confirmation every time before checking How often the program should check for updates Automatic adjustment recommended the program will check for updates occasionally during the summer more frequently as tax Season approaches and everyday at the height of the tax season Specified Interval 1 45 days Throughout the year Checks will occur at the interval you set here Set the number of days between update reminders Manual checking only you will need to use the menu options to check for all updates See Web Updates for more information on updating the software 11 3 2 Custom Tax Form Validation Rules Custom Custom Tax Form Validation Rules Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 ER 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro E SQL software allows you to create and manage tax form validation rules These rules are used for detecting errors and or warnings on tax forms Items such as invalid TINs invalid zip codes and the rules that govern how boxes shoul
461. the Filers File screen highlight the filer and click Delete Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 32 1099 Pro 2011 4 5 3 Atthe Confirm Delete screen click Yes to delete the filer or No to cancel Filer Record Details Filer Record Details General Tab Taxpayer Identification Number If the filer does not have a TIN but has applied for one enter Applied For in this field Filers with an EIN or SSN may issue 1099s Filers with an Applied For status may issue forms but cannot generate a 1096 Transmittal until a TIN is entered Location Estab No Optional Use to setup multiple filers with the same TIN allows different return addresses for different forms Multiple filers sharing one TIN or batch processors grouping by month can enter a Location Code of up to 4 alpha numeric characters in this field The Location Code appears in the filer name and in all reports OR If the SSA assigned you an Establishment Number enter it in this field This field flows through to the B record positions 41 44 as the Payer s Office Code applies to electronic filers only Per the IRS this code must also appear on backup withholding notices Payer Code A Payer code is an alphanumeric shorthand used to identify a Payer Filer in the system You might set up several Filers with the same TIN in the system and the Payer Code is an easy way to identify the business area you are dealing with For example a Payer Code of BOD where report
462. this date range Select the Date Range for this report gt This screen will allow you to select a date range for this report Select Date Range to limit MagLog Report Date From 1401 2007 Date Thru 12 31 2007 Note If you clicked on the Select date range to use button you will be presented with a screen prompting you to enter the numerical date and time for your report you can enter the month day and year here Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eFileViewer Overview Kum Alternately you can choose which quarter to use or the tax year once you are done click on Next to continue Example of the Date Range Selection screen Select Mat og Date range The MagLog Report will be limited to the range selected Set Range From DOE Va GC Through 12 31 2007 va DI You can enter date manually use the popup calendar or select from the Est of defauts Both dates are required and Through must be the same as or after the From date Detaut Ranges select an option to pre fil the Accounting Dates OToday OtaxYerr O Oa O Oas CDen OF eb Omerch Cap Omay Own Owy Oat Oset Oot Onw Ooec ix cemce You now see a screen summarizing your selections for the report to be generated You can use the back button to modify your selections for the report to be generated Once you are done reviewing the information click on the Finish button to generate your report Example of preview screen prior to report generation Ready to
463. ting only It was Introduced in the early part of 1982 PCL 3 This was the first of the intelligent series of efforts by HP to incorporate graphics crude as they were back then It was the embedded code for the original HP LaserJet series printer and the HP LaserJet Plus series printer This version provided the commands and features required for simple high quality word processing and data printing Allowed for the use of a limited number of bitmapped fonts and graphics It quickly rost to the position of industry standard and PCL 3 was widely imitated by other Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Printing Overview printer manufacturers commonly referred to as LaserJet Plus Emulation when used by other companies It came out in 1984 PCL 4 This industry standard release was the embedded code for the HP LaserJet Series Il commonly referred to as the workhorse laser the HP LaserJet IID HP LaserJet IIP and HP LaserJet IIP Plus It had a host of new page printing capabilities including support for macros larger bitmapped fonts and graphics Introduced in 1985 it was the most radical of version improvements and would be more than sufficient for users for several years PCL 5 As the foundation of the HP LaserJet Ill HP LaserJet IIID HP LaserJet IIIP and HP LaserJet IIISI PCL 5 provided ultimate office publishing functionality It was released to allow compatibility for industry acceptance for font scaling outline fonts and HP GL 2 vector
464. tions are set to ignore the perforation at the end of the preprinted sheet 12 CPI characters per inch 1099 Pro prints at 12 CPI to allow the maximum number of characters per field e g 36 characters ina name field Accordingly your printer must be set at 12 CPI To set your printer either Adjust the front panel of the printer manually by setting the CPI to 12 and selecting a font like Courier Do not select a proportional font or the IRS may fine you 50 for each form or On your Windows desktop click Start Settings Printers and highlight the printer Right click your mouse select Properties and click the Device Options tab if available may not be available You must know what control code s will set your printer to 12 CPI For example in the case of many Epson printers hit the lt ESC gt key type an uppercase M and lt ESC gt M then displays in the box This may differ for your printer After printing your dot matrix forms you may wish to clear these control codes or setup a generic 12CPI printer as discussed below Perforation Dip Switch Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 272 27 1099 Pro 2011 When printing continuous forms your printer may have dip switches that cause the printer to skip over the perforation This is apparent if data does not print at the bottom of the page but rather skips to the top of the next page Please check the following items 1 The dip switches are set so that Skip over Per is
465. to begin E File File Wizard The 1099 Pro E File Wizard simplifies the process of generating Electronic files The Electronic File Wizard is available to purchasers of the 1099 Pro Enterprise Edition only We recommend waiting to generate your electronic files until the end of the filing period This allows you the maximum amount of time to correct any errors before filing with the IRS See E File File Wizard to learn how Account Number Generation Why would I need to generate Account Numbers 1099 Pro offers a feature that will generate account numbers for each form that does not have an account number IRS Publication 1220 states on page 77 that the IRS requires account numbers Enter any number assigned by the payer to payee that can be used by the IRS to distinguish between information returns This number must be unique for each information return See How to Generate Account Numbers for more information Generate State Subset The Create State Subset Files wizard will walk you through the file generation process As usual you can select all filers or selected filers all form types or selected form types and all states or selected states All files are generated in the IRS format detailed in Publication 1220 with record types T A B C K amp F See How to Generate State Subset Files for more information Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile 161 State Identification Number State ID numbers are assi
466. to generate a report on forms that are pending and need to be completed e ALL forms This option will allow will generate a report on all forms regardless of their status Select destination folder for your State Quarterly E File files Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 2 1099 Pro 2011 1099 Pro State Quarterly MagMedia Wizard Select destination folder for your State Quarterly MagMedia files This step lets you specify where your State Quarterly MagMedia file s wil be created D The generation process will automatically name your State Quarterly files prefting each one with the State it was generated for and today s date and time D You may need to rename individual files according to the requirements for the specific state before submitting the file Location where the State Quarterly file s will be created TIP To ensure that your files are created as quickly and safely as possible we recommend creating the files on a local hard drive Once created you can copy them to other locations Click on the button to change the Destination Folder where the Quarterly file s will be placed C PROGRA 1P1099S07 MagFiles Select the Destination Folder JW Check this box to also create a State Withholding Summary Report for the selected states Detail Report lists all TIN plus totals Summary Report totals onty 12 This screen allows you to choose where the report you are generating will be saved keep in mind that
467. to wid reset the currently selected filing session along with any log i d s associated with that session 18 8 Reset E File Session Reset E File Session Void a E File session and all records are automatically reset to their pre E File status To reset session 1 On the task panel select the Filing amp Corrections and then File via E File or Disk icon 2 Atthe Completed E File Session List highlight a session and click the Reset Void E File button 3 1099 Pro prompts Are you sure you want to void this transmittal Click Yes to proceed or No to cancel The Trans Type column indicates that the session has been voided Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 18 9 Filing via Efile Rule of 250 Rule of 250 The Rule of 250 states that any filer submitting 250 or more forms of any one type must submit those forms electronically Failure to do so may resultin fines of up to 50 per form If you are not signed up for the IRS FIRE system or do not wish to do so our SAS 70 TYPE II Service Bureau offers electronic filing services Please call us at 866 444 3559 to schedule an appointment and obtain pricing Please see the excerpts below from the IRS General Instructions for Forms 1099 1098 5498 and W 2G 1099 Informational Returns Electronic reporting may be required for filing all information returns discussed in these instructions see Who must file electronically on this page Different types of payments such as interest
468. ton On the next screen begin by selecting tagging all of the recipients you want to add to blank forms Next Select the Sort order in how these form will be placed Finish by filling out all information for each form and clicking save oe ON Return to the top Viewing the list of prior changes to a form 1099 lets you view a list of prior changes to a form Records with a pending status display the Changing a Record screen In the upper right corner of the form is an audit trails button Click the audit trails button This screen tracks all manual changes made directly to a record Return to the top Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 About Entry Forms 55 8 1 1099 Aggregation Feature CS Version only Using Aggregation This feature is only available in the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software The 1099 Aggregation Feature was designed to allow users to consolidate more than one tax form of the same type for one recipient under a given filer For example John Smith owns an automobile detail business and frequently comes by the movie studio to wax and wash the studios automobiles You the Filer issuing the 1099 MISC form pay John frequently on a bi weekly basis so instead of printing and issuing multiple 1099 forms for John you only want to view print it as one combined form This feature will allow you to view the aggregated box amount totals in the tax form which is a reflection of all tax form dollar amo
469. ton to continue Proceed to Step 2 of the import process Validating your data Trouble Shooting Import Issues Note When importing a text file from i e Microsoft Excel During the import you may run into a problem where during the process of assigning fields in the Specify Form Field Mapping Screen the software generates 0 records on the left hand side in the Available Input Fields column Typically this can be caused by the import file being locked in memory by the application Microsoft Excel or similar application across a network LAN or WAN The idea is to have Microsoft Excel or similar application to release control over the text file to be imported To solve this problem follow the steps below If working locally An individual computer not on a network First close all instances of i e Microsoft Excel or another program used to generate your text file for import Rename the file to a different filename i e import tab gt gt gt import2 tab Begin the Import Data process again starting with Step 1 above If working on a network Your import file resides on another computer such as a workstation or a server Again close all instances of i e Microsoft Excel or another program used to generate your text file for import Copy the file from the server to a folder on your local hard drive For Example C lmports Rename the file to a different filename i e import tab gt gt gt import2 tab Begin the Import Data
470. tronic filing requirements apply separately to original returns and corrected returns Originals and corrections are not aggregated to determine whether you are required to file electronically For example if you file 400 Forms 1098 electronically and you are making 75 corrections your corrections can be filed on paper because the number of corrections for Form 1098 is less than the 250 filing requirement However if you were filing 250 or more Form 1098 corrections they would have to be filed electronically How to get approval to file electronically File Form 4419 Application for Filing Information Returns Electronically at least 30 days before the due date of the returns File Form 4419 for all types of returns that will be filed electronically See Form 4419 for more information Once you have received approval you need not reapply each year The IRS will provide a written reply to the applicant and further instructions at the time of approval usually within 30 days How to request a waiver from filing electronically To receive a waiver from the required filing of information returns electronically submit Form 8508 Request for Waiver From Filing information returns Electronically at least 45 days before the due date of the returns You cannot apply for a waiver for more than 1 tax year ata time if you need a waiver for more thank 1 year you must reapply at the appropriate time each year Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Glossary 353
471. tructions for the form to find a current listing of codes These instructions may be found in our software by going to Forms and selecting IRS Instructions amp Blank Forms 15 Current Sort View Current Sort View Sorting of Records 1099 Prof offers built in views that are tied directly to the Search field To search for records by TIN the view must be set to By TIN Likewise to search for records by name the view must be set to By Last Name Company or By Filer Name as appropriate Failure to properly set the view will result in a failed search attempt Views are available at select browse screens Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vu _ 1080 Prow 2011 15 1 Custom Sort Order Custom Sort Order To define a custom sort order In the Enter Update amp View screen click the Current Sort Order button then click Custom View The software displays the Sort designer screen Click the view field under the entitled sort view by category Make your selection then select the button whether the field will be displayed in ascending or descending order To ignore the distinction between Upper case and lower case characters put a check in the box below After Defining your Sort Order click OK to save your entries for the currently defined view To cancel Defining a Custom View click Cancel To clear all fields and reset them back to none click Clear All Define the Column Layout Select from the Available
472. tting Started The User Interface 1099 Pro Central 1099 Pro Central 1099 Pro Central PRO Enterprise Edition Single User v2011 06 28c Click on an option below to view it Overview To Do Help Videos Compliance Services Getting Ready First Things First You must create Filers before you can create Tax Forms Manage TIP A Filer is Company or person telling the IRS that they My Filers made 3 payment to someone When using Pro YOU are a Filer Preparing My Forms Assembling and verifying all of the information that will be used to create your tax forms Also fixing issues with previously Filed forms L a Printing And Mailing My Forms Sending the tax forms to your Recipients You can do this yourself or have Pro or another service provider do it for you Submitting your finalized tax forms to the IRS This can be done on paper or electronically the preferred method D Filing My Forms With the IRS Corrections l What s Next Creating Corrections if needed If everything was right the first time you are done If you need to correct a form you go back to Step 1 and update the form to create a correction The 1099 Pro Central Screen provides rapid access to important information e Overview General layout of the tax form filing process form start to finish e To Do Keeps track of important dates form status Also allows you to leave notes for yourself e Help Videos Provides links to tech support r
473. twithstanding this limitation e Trademarks This EULA does not grant You any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of Licensor or its suppliers e No rental service bureau leasing or commercial hosting You may not rent lease lend provide a service bureau environment for multiple clients or provide commercial hosting services to third parties with the Software The definition of a service bureau is set forth below e Support Services Licensor may provide You with support services related to the Software Support Services Use of Support Services is governed by the policies and programs described in the user manual in online documentation or in other materials from the support services provider Any supplemental software code provided to You as part of the Support Services are considered part of the Software and subject to the terms and conditions of this EULA You acknowledge and agree that Licensor may use technical information You provide to Licensor as part of the Support Services for its business purposes including for product support and development e WINDOWS 3 XX and Windows 95 ARE NOT SUPPORTED e Allinformation created with this software must be verified by the User s for accuracy and completness No warranty guaranty or representations are made with regard to accuracy or completeness of information from this product e Termination Without prejudice to any other rights Licensor or its suppliers may t
474. ues or amounts turn blue to assist you in distinguishing between original information and corrections Return to the top Saving and Canceling While viewing the 1099 Tax Form screen you may save your changes immediately by clicking the Save button or if you are unsure and wish to abandon those changes you may back out by clicking the Cancel button Return to the top Changes to a Form Group Actions About Protected Forms Using Lookups Saving amp Canceling Some Tips form filling in a form and navigating through boxes While viewing a form 1099Pro allows you to TAB through fields in the tax form For Example If you begin by entering information into Box 1 then press the TAB key on your keyboard you will then move to Box 2 etc When you tab to an empty check box you can press the space bar to insert or remove a check from the box If you wish to move in the opposite direction hold down the SHIFT and Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _ 1080 Proe 201 continuously press the TAB key to move through the fields in reverse order Return to the top What is a Protected form A protected form is a form that contains any status other than a status of pending A form with a status of Printed Filed SB Print Mail SB Filing SB Print Filed Filed 1096 etc is considered locked or protected to prevent any mismatch of data from the original data that has been either filed to the IRS on paper electronically or pos
475. ult OK Warning Error or Reject e You can also add a short error message that will be displayed when reocrds with this forms particular rules are broken If needed you may add a longer error message in the Full error message text box e Lastly you may suggest a fix for your form error by typing it in the Suggestion how to fix box e When you have finished configuring your rule click on the Save button to save your changes and return to the Manage Business Rules Validation window 11 3 3 1099 Module Preferences 1099 Module Preferences Here we will explain what the preferences are for the various tabs contained within the 1099 98 5498 W 2G Preferences Options area in the 1099Pro Corporate Suite software 11 3 3 1 Global Global Tab Options that apply to ALL users Require A full name and address before a form can be saved Checking off this option will require a full name and address to be entered when manually creating a record Auto capitalize names addresses amp localities during manual entry This will automatically place everything that was manually entered for a record in an upper case format when the text entry has been completed Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 as 1080 Proe 2011 Hide the optional form Category field on data entry forms Checking this box hide the areas Source and Category on records when manually entering forms Note These fields are only used as a means of organizing data
476. umbers State ID numbers are assigned by the individual state For example in California the Employer Development Department EDD assigns a state ID number Check with your accountant or attorney to determine your company s state ID number Many companies do NOT have one To add change delete a State ID Code Refer to Browse the Filers File screen or New Add a State ID directly at the Select State ID database while adding or changing a record To access the Select State ID database When adding or changing a record place your cursor in 1099 MISC Box 17 1099 R Box 11 W 2G Box 13 Hit the lt F2 gt key or right click your mouse to access the Select State ID database What can expect from the States Subset File Wizard What can I expect from the States What will happen when I generate my State Subset Files Your files will be placed in the MagFiles directory unless you have selected a different directory State Files will be labeled by State Abbreviation Date amp Time with a TXT extension Example CA TAX 2 25 09 5 01PM TXT The E File Viewer mentioned earlier will launch and you will be able to load and view your files or Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile 13 close the E File Viewer Where you generate E Files also doubles as the Completed E File Session List You can identify individual state files from the Completed E File Session List as the Trans Type column will have the two letter st
477. unts for this recipient under this master tax form only 8 1 1 Viewing Transactions CS Version only Viewing Transactions This feature is only available in the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software To show the Aggregated Dollar Amounts list 1 First open a tax form a for recipient that contains more than one dollar amount for 1 tax form type 2 Click the Transactions button on the right side of the tax form 3 Click the View button to see a detail of the transaction 198 1099 MISC Aggregation Line Item Box Amounts Sj x Recipient 123 22 1050 BROWN JAMES Wem Type Manually created 1099 MISC tem Edi Acct Date Te Created Form Source Last Updated 1 1119 09 11 111 00 11 19 09 1149 09 1 111 00 gt f SavelApply X Cancel Help Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 a _ 1080 Prow 2011 8 1 1 1 Updating Transactions CS Version only Updating Transactions This feature is only available in the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software This screen will allow you to edit transaction s that were previously entered Currently disabled 13 IEW 1099 MISC Transaction Detail i ell x Transaction 1 Date created 11 19 2009 Last manual update n a Type detail Manually created 1099 MISC Recipient 123 22 1050 BROWN JAMES Transaction Accounting Date 1119 2009 gi Optional recipient amount Box 2 Royalties Box 4 Federal income tax withheld Box 6
478. upload file Select the destination folder e The default location is C 1099 Pro Pro99T11 Uploads It is preferable to create your upload file on a hard drive rather than floppy diskettes to avoid the possibility of disk error Itis also faster Enter your Contact Information and User Password e This information is used in case the Service Bureau needs to contact you and where your Bulk TIN results will be sent The password is used to encrypt the Bulk TIN matching results when they are returned to you Select the Printer for your Bulk TIN Matching summary and instructions e Here you may change the printer where you Summary and instructions are printed Click Finish to begin generating the upload file Arunning detail is displayed as forms are scanned by the system See Step 2 Approving the Bulk TIN matching upload 31 3 3 Step 2 File Upload Transfer amp Completion for Bulk TIN Step 2 File Upload Transfer amp Completion SAS 70 Type II Service Bureau Welcome to the Upload File transfer Wizard Pre Upload Checklist Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 eas 1080 Proe 201 To Upload 1 Highlight the session you wish to upload at the At the Printing Mailing Filing and Bulk TIN Matching screen 2 At the bottom of the screen click the Complete Pending Upload button to proceed and choose the best option for upload At this point you now have the opportunity to examine the File Generation Summary Report and verify that
479. ure transactional imports This is because there is no record kept of transaction being linked to a specific recipient when the recipient list has been disabled Note To view a list of the current optional transactional items criteria to be used during aggregation click here transactional items Your transactional import is now complete and ready for use within the software For help combining transactions with other versions of our program please see the Roll Up procedure Transactional Items CS version only Transactional Items Corporate Suite edition only Configurable criteria for combining forms Form combining can be configured to use any single or combination of the following criteria to aggregate forms by TIN Control Number Account Box 15 State Tax State Distribution Code Form Category Form Source Department Box 13 Retirement Box 13 Statutory Box 13 Sick Pay These options can be reached by clicking on File from the main menu then Security and Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 215 Administration Combining Tax Forms then Set Change Matching Criteria Once in the Aggregation Options window you will see two columns The column on the left is a list of available matching criteria and the right side represents the items you have chosen to match by Drag the items from the left side to the right side in order to select your aggregation fields You can adjust the order by which th
480. ureau E mail your upload file to uploads 1099pro com You will receive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e mail After the wizard finishes a set of final instructions will be printed for you on the printer shown below At this point you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default printer Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading Sign and fax your Control Totals to the Service Bureau at 818 876 0202 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 31 4 Service Bureau Overview 327 If unable to upload via built in FTP Select to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau Press Finish to create the files for manual transfer Special instructions will print out advising you how to proceed next It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the Service Bureau Methods for sending records to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau when manual transfer is selected Method A Sending your file via email 1 Create an email ATTACH the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location and address the email to uploads 1099pro com 2 SIGN and FAX your cover sheet to the phone number indicated on your printouts Method B Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site 1 Using your web browser access our secure FTP site at https uploads 1099pro com 2 Fillin the prompts using Login ID 1099upload Password 2004
481. urrent ZIP code data Zip Codes can be looked up from either the City field shows all matching cities or the zip field more precise shows matching zips If you type a partial city or zip and then invoke the pop up the list will start at the closest approximation This database includes all zip codes and cities accepted by the United States Postal Service The USPS currently recognizes all United States ZIP codes by either their preferred or alternate city names USPS Codes P Preferred City Name Example Philadelphia 19101 A Alternate Example Phila 19101 Tip You can right click on the City or Zip Code fields to pull up the list of cities in the U S You may also type in the name of the City or Zip code in the search field As you type the software will narrow down the closest match based on your entry A third tab By State allows you to type in the abbreviation of the state to match the zip code your are searching for Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Browse Records 143 Select a Zip City State By ZIP code le City and State By State Search EI 302 Zipcode City State USPS a F E 91302 Calabasas C Hidden Hills Monte Nido Woodland Hills Canoga Park Woodland Hills Box Canyon Canoga Park West Hills Canoga Park Canoga Park Winnetka Bell Canyon Canoga Park West Hills PP Urrururuvurrurre PRERPEREREREPR X Cancel Help 14 17 IRS Codes IRS Codes Please review the IRS Ins
482. urrently associated with Step 5 will cover adding users to profiles g Click Ok to complete adding a user or Cancel to abandon any changes Adding a User 7 r Required Information User ID smith Password be e Se Reset Lock Status UnLocked S Change Pre V 2K Domain 1099pro Domain valid only in Active Directory mode If not domain MUST be left blank User ID must also be Pre W2K in Active Directory mode Optional Information User Name E ohm Sith Phone 888 888 8888 User Profile Membership Year Profile Hame w OK Cancel Help Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 11 1 7 Security Add Users to a Profile Step 5 Step 5 Add Users to Profiles This last step in configuring security will guide you through the process of assigning a user to a profile created during Step 3 1 To adda User to a User Profile click on the Add Remove Users from Profiles button located on the Security Options window At the Security Assign Users Available User Profiles in Corporate Suite screen you will assign the users you have created to a profile 1 Select the profile you wish to add users by clicking the Available User Profiles dropdown 2 Tag the users that you wish to have applied to the selected profile Note You must click Save prior to adding users to another profile To tag a user
483. v Starts With v Ends With e Contains v Equa Security Security This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software With administrator configurable encryption going up to 256 bit your information can now be trusted to users outside the local area network Now users from multiple locations can safely and securely draw upon the information stored in your SQL database to both input information and print No longer will information getin the wrong hands 1099Pro net offers unparalleled levels of access restrictions administrators now have the ability to limit what areas users have access to If you don t want certain forms or boxes changed after certain times of the year you can now limit that this can also save time from mistakes potentially being made Recipient Printable Forms Recipient Module Recipient Printable Forms This feature is only available as part of the Corporate Suite version of the 1099 Pro Software Information can now easily be exported in the commonly used Adobe Acrobat PDF format without the need for Adobe to be installed on the users machine Exporting forms in this commonly used format makes sending forms to recipients a snap simply e mail or transfer the forms to the recipient With this advanced feature recipients can now have records of their forms accessible to them almost immediately Custom Column Views Custom Column Views This feature is only available a
484. viewed from a text editor such as Notepad but look great when viewed from Excel To import TXT TAB delimited files select TAB CR LF and Double Quotes as your delimiters in the Import Wizard M rap files will not display at the Open screen in Excel unless All Files is selected at the Files of Type field Comma Quote Delimited Files In a database program such as Microsoft Access save your file in CSV Comma Separated Values format To import CSV files select Double Quotes and Comma as your delimiters in the Import Wizard or the import will fail Examples of acceptable CSV file formats note formatting of dollar amounts Charlie Tuna 100 00 555 55 5555 1525 Bruin Ave Westwood CA 90024 Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Imports Overview 235 Charlie Tuna 100 00 555 55 5555 1525 Bruin Ave Westwood CA 90024 Other Spreadsheet Files In your program determine if files can be saved in TXT text format If difficulty is encountered columns may be inserted between the existing columns and a pipe maybe entered as a delimiter To import TXT files select Pipe as your delimiter in the Import Wizard No Obvious Way to Create an Import File If nothing else works try printing your data to a file Ageneric text driver that only prints text characters may be required Import that file into a spreadsheet parse the various columns and then importinto 1099 Pro 24 3 Microsoft Access 2007
485. w Require a ful name and ackiress before a form can be saved bw Auto capitalize names acdresses amp localities during manual entry Hide the optional form Category fieki on data entry forms W Remind me not to print Red Copy A until February Backing Up Your Data Files EN Remind me to backup every 1 days Set days to zero to backup every time you exit the program Global Date Range Checking I Wen it dates entered on torms are outskie of this range Date is before 1012006 or ater 12172008 f TIEI To modify preferences 1 On the task panel click the General Options section and the Preferences icon or you can click on File and then select Program Preferences 2 Atthe Preferences screen all items except for Hide the optional form Category field on data entry forms are checked by default Uncheck an item to cancel its functionality Preference Items Global Program Options Remind Me Not to Print Red Copy A Until February Require Full Name and Address Before a Form Can Be Saved Auto Capitalize Names Addresses amp Localities During Manual Entry Hide the Optional Form Category Field on Data Entry Forms Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Administration and Security 93 Remind Me to Backup Every X Days The reminder defaults to 1 day although any number between 0 to 99 is allowed Set to 0 to backup every time you exit 1099 Pro To disable the reminder uncheck the box Range Checking Warn If Da
486. will be taken to a screen where you can create a user name and a password for accessing the IRS FIRE system Read the directions carefully NOTE The password that you create MUST be 8 characters in length and have an upper case a lower case and a numeral but cannot contain your user id or personal name Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Filing via Efile Create FIRE System Account continued Please complete the form below You will need to supply the name you intend to use as your User ID and a password If you wish to use special characters in your User ID the following are allowed _ period comma and space Your password must be eight alpha numerics containing atleast 1 uppercase 1 lowercase and 1 numeric but cannot contain your User ID or your personal name User 1D 1099Pro Password tettette Verify Password 6 Once you have input your chosen user name and password click the Create button 7 You will be asked to create a pin number This number will be used when you upload your file which is created by the 1099 Pro software 8 Once you are done with the PIN creation process click the Submit button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 172 1099 Pro 2011 The Personal Identification Number PIN you create below will be required each time you send us a file electronically and will be your permission to release the file This process replaces the Form 4804 Transmittal of Information
487. wsing by Form All tax form browses now have a new button on them to initiate browsing tax forms using the update form This lets you move from form to form while viewing all of the data for each form To use this feature 1 Click on Forms amp Printing on the navigation bar on the left then click on Enter amp Edit Tax Forms You could also just choose Create Edit and View from the Forms menu Select the type of tax form to browse Select the individual form you want to start browsing at Click on the Browse by Form button Use your PageUp and PageDown keys to move forwards and backwards through the list of forms Ifa form has been printed or filed you will only be able to view it If the form has a status of Pending you will be able to update it and save your changes 6 Ifyou want to keep browsing after making changes to a Pending form just press PageUp or PageDown to continue You will be asked if you want to save your changes answer YES then your changes will be saved and the next form will be displayed 7 To stop browsing by form and return to the list just press Cancel or Save on any form CE Oy MWhen you use Browse by Form your current View and Query settings will still be in effect just as if you were using the standard browse For example if you are viewing the list of forms in Last Name Company order and have a Query to only show forms that have Notes you will still see only forms that have notes in La
488. y W 9 B Notices Request Tab Only Applicable if an open request exists for a recipient This tab allows you to change you update the TIN Name and change the status of the request If there is no open request that tab is not shown Your options for status requests are as follows e Leave the Request Open as Pending Any open requests will be untouched and left in a Pending status Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 az 1080 Proe 2011 5 10 5 11 5 12 e Close the Request This option is used when corrected info has been received back from the recipient etc e Voided VOID the request it should not have been issued After you VOID a request and save your changes that request can no longer be modified since it is now considered updated closed e Escalated If you choose Escalate when you save the Recipient form the existing form is closed and you are taken directly to the Info Request wizard to create a new form Your options to escalate are Escalate to the 1st B Notice or Escalate to a 2nd B Notice When escalating selecting either one of these options determines the proper screen you will be taken to Run a Recipient Report Run a Recipient Report The Recipient Listing includes the Name TIN and Address ofall recipients in the 1099 Pro database For more detailed recipient information including Account Numbers and status of any forms use the Conirol Totals report To run a report 1 From the task panel click the General
489. y or omission in the data that may resultin the record being rejected by the IRS Common warnings include TIN is missing Last Name or Company Name is missing Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 vm 109 Proo 2011 Code or checkbox value is invalid and assumed false Date is missing or invalid Be sure to specify the status of your records in the Control Totals Reports feature Example If you want to actually see all forms generated after running a report select All Original Forms All Original Forms for this filer will bring up all records regardless ofthe status All pending forms bring up forms with a status of pending only i e Forms that have a status of Uploaded Filed Printed will not be displayed Errors Serious flaws in the data that would most likely result in the record being rejected by the IRS Common errors include TIN is invalid Name is incomplete Address is incomplete Field contains invalid characters e g text characters in an amount field Code or checkbox value is invalid Reject Errors User must enter correct data or record is automatically rejected Last Name and TIN are both missing Field contains non allowed negative amounts Finding Problem Records 1099 Pro makes it easy to find problem forms Users may run a Form Counts Report to quickly determine which filer and form types have errors or warnings To view all errors and warnings in detail run a Control Totals Re
490. y select forms option 3 Click the Begin Print Process button 4 Atthe Selecting Form Records screen click the Tag button to select records Ared checkmark appears beside each tagged record See Tag Key Shortcuts below To sort records prior to tagging use the View or Query drop menus 5 After tagging all records click Proceed to Next Step to initiate the Print Wizard Tag Key Shortcuts Tag Use this button or ALT T to tag individual records Tag All Use this button or ALT A to tag all records Untag Use this button or ALT U to untag an individual record Untag All Use this button to untag all records Flip Use this button or ALT F to reverse the tag status of an individual record Flip All Use this button or ALT L to reverse the tag status of all records For example if you have 3 records and only one record is tagged the Flip All button will tag the two previously untagged records and untag the original record Prev Tag Use this button or ALT P to scroll backwards through tagged records Next Tag Use this button or ALT N to scroll forwards through tagged records 6 Helpful Hints 6 1 Acrobat ADOBE Acrobat Use Acrobat Reader to open view a PDF file Download Acrobat Reader for free at ADOBE s website Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 aa _ 1080 Proe 2011 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 Alternative import layout Alternative Import Layout Standard Import vs Alternative Import L
491. y your custom print codes messages when printing your forms you will need to select up to 3 codes messages at the form entry screen Print codes can be applied to forms either manually on a per form basis or during an import To apply a print code manually please use the following steps 1 Enter the Browse Enter amp Edit screen 2 Select a form that is already in the system and click on the Change button or add a new form by clicking on the Add button 3 Locate the Special Print Codes box at the bottom of the form entry window 4 Enter the desired print code in one of the three boxes or click on the Select Codes button EX Changing a Form 1099 MISC Record xi 9595 O voo CT CORRECTED PAYER S name streat address city state ZIP code andtedephone no OMB No 1545 0115 1099 Pro Ine 2 6586 00 2006 Miscellaneous 23901 Calabasas Road 4 l ncome Suite 2080 Calabasas CA 91302 be Federal income tax withheld PAYERS Federal identification number RECIPIENT S identification number fs Fishing boat proceeds S Medical amp health oare paymerts 97 1234567 1123 22 1033 Recipient s address View mode cick for edit mode Horamngpioyoa Coren 3 Substitute payments in beu WALLACE G NORTON of dividends oi interest 730 18TH AVE BOUNTIFUL UT 84010 Payer made direct sakes of A Crop insurance procesds 5 000 or more of er us products to a buyer a ke resin k Account nuther see instructions ind TIN Sh e
492. you may manually transfer the file to the Service Bureau E mail your upload file to uploads 1099pro com You will receive an automatic confirmation of receipt of your e mail After the wizard finishes a set of final instructions will be printed for you on the printer shown below At this point you have the option of changing your default printer to another printer selection or accepting the default printer Make sure you are connected to the Internet before uploading Sign and fax your Control Totals to the Service Bureau at 818 876 0202 If unable to upload via built in FTP Select to Manually transfer your file to the Service Bureau Press Finish to create the files for manual transfer Special instructions will print out advising you how to proceed next It is you responsibility to make sure these records are transferred to the Service Bureau Methods for sending records to the 1099 Pro Service Bureau when manual transfer is selected Method A Sending your file via email Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 Service Bureau Overview 320 1 Create an email ATTACH the upload file see printed paperwork for file name and location and address the email to uploads 1099pro com 2 SIGN and FAX your upload reports and authorizations to the phone number provided on the paperwork Method B Uploading your file manually via the 1099 Pro uploads web site 1 Using your web browser access our secure FTP site at https uploads 1099pro c
493. ype Search for Print Font Detait Arial Regular 8 pt Black SS Ce 12345 ov characters456 7890122 56789012345678901234567 890123 d 8901234 8901 fake text THIS IS THE CRAZY A CODE LESS CRAZY BUT NOT YET SANE B CODE This is a really long message for the purpose of testing condensed fonts in msgs Text to print from code VOD Print Font Arial Regular 8 pt Black cl Override Font optional Reset to Defauk Font Cancel Help 11 11 Reporting Thresholds Reporting Thresholds and Options Pro E SQL Corporate Suite now provides the ability to manage the built in state reporting limits thresholds which are applied when generating a State Subset E File file Thresholds are used to determine which amounts should be reported and which should not Typically these thresholds are set by each individual state and may vary Configuring Reporting Thresholds To configure State Reporting Thresholds please use the following steps 1 From under the File menu select Security and Administration 2 From the left pane click on the Reporting Thresholds button Copyright 1099 Pro 2011 120 _ 1080 Prow 2011 1099 Pro Program Administration Global Administrative Options all Filers See EE Thresholds and Options From the Reporting Thresholds and Options window click on the Manage State CFS Limits and Settings button At the View Manage CFS Filing Thresholds window you will se

Help Manual - 1099 Pro Wiki

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents